AcT Service Manual

COULTER® Ac•T™ Series Analyzers
Service Manual
PN 4237339F (December 2001)

Beckman Coulter, Inc.
Miami, Florida 33196-2500 USA
LEGAL NOTICES
Beckman Coulter, Inc. makes no representation that, upon furnishing this service manual, the holder of the manual will have
the necessary technical capabilities and know-how to properly troubleshoot and repair any of the equipment specified in the
manual. Beckman Coulter, Inc. assumes no liability whatsoever, including consequential and incidental damages, resulting
from improper operation of Beckman Coulter instruments after maintenance of Beckman Coulter instruments has been
performed by persons not employed by Beckman Coulter, Inc. Furthermore, Beckman Coulter, Inc. assumes no liability
whatsoever for any personal injury or property damage resulting from maintenance and/or repair of Beckman Coulter
instruments performed by persons not employed by Beckman Coulter, Inc.
READ ALL PRODUCT MANUALS AND CONSULT WITH BECKMAN COULTER-TRAINED PERSONNEL BEFORE
ATTEMPTING TO OPERATE INSTRUMENT.
HAZARDS AND OPERATIONAL PRECAUTIONS AND LIMITATIONS
WARNINGS, CAUTIONS, and IMPORTANTS alert you as follows:
WARNING - Can cause injury.

CAUTION - Can cause damage to the instrument.
IMPORTANT - Can cause misleading results.
Beckman Coulter, Inc. urges its customers to comply with all national health and safety standards such as the use of barrier
protection. This may include, but it is not limited to, protective eyewear, gloves, and suitable laboratory attire when
operating or maintaining this or any other automated laboratory analyzer.
"This Service Manual contains confidential information of Beckman Coulter, Inc. and its receipt or possession does not
convey any rights to reproduce, disclose its contents, or to manufacture, use, or sell anything it may describe.
Reproduction, disclosure, or use without specific written authorization of Beckman Coulter, Inc. is strictly forbidden."
Copyright © Beckman Coulter, Inc. 1996-2001

All rights reserved.
REVISION STATUS
Initial Issue, 10/96

Software Version 1.03 (8)
Revision B, 4/97
Software Version 1.04 (8 and 10)
Numerous changes were made to this manual to reflect Software Version 1.04, and to keep it current and
easier to use. A table of specific AC•T-related problems was added. The master parts list and the Index
were updated. Actual text changes, were made on the following pages: Legal Notices, vi through viii,
1.1-14 through 1.1-3, 2.1-1, 2.6-1, 2.6-2, 5.1-1, 7.1-1, 7.1-4 through 7.1-7, 7.2-1, 7.2-1, 7.2-5, 7.2-6,
A.3-1, B.1-1, B.1-2, and Trademarks.
Revision C, 11/97
Released by CN 034130-0069
Software Version 1.03 (diff)
A complete revision was made to this manual to reflect Software Version 1.03. This includes the
AC•T diff™ Analyzer functionality and the differences between the AC•T 8/10 Analyzer and
AC•T diff Analyzer functionality.
Revision D, 4/98
Software Version 1.04 (diff and diff/Veterinary option)
Numerous changes were made to this manual to reflect Software Version 1.04 and to address any Service
Memos released since revision C. Updated sections include: Contents, ABBREVIATIONS, and Index. New
sections include: Heading 4.14, APERTURE VERIFICATION - AC•T diff/Veterinary Option Analyzer and
Appendix C.2, CANON BJC-250 BUBBLE JET PRINTER. Actual text changes were made on the following
pages: 1.1-1 through 1.1-3, 2.2-1, 2.2-3, 2.2-4, 2.3-2, 2.7-1, 2.7-3 through 2.7-6, 2.7-9, 2.7-10, 2.7-12,
2.7-13, 2.7-15, 2.8-1, 3.2-1 through 3.2-4, 4.4-2, 4.4-3, 4.10-1, 7.1-1, 7.1-17, 7.4-1, 8.1-1, 8.1-3, 8.1-4,
8.1-6, 8.1-7, 8.2-3, 8.2-5, 8.2-15 and A.3-1 through A.3-3. A new revision of the AC•T Series Analyzers,
HYDRO-PNEU, Ac.T SERIES engineering diagram, DCN 6323083, was inserted into Chapter 6.
Revision E, 2/99
Software Version 1.00
Complete revision to include hardware and software information for the AC•T diff 2™ analyzer.
Revision F, 12/01
Software Version: 2.00
The material in revision F change pages was updated for AC•T diff analyzer software version 2.00 and for
any hardware changes made since revision E, including relevant information released by the following
service memos: SM1 804, SM 1809, SM 1819, SM 1839, SM 1871, SM 1887, SM 1896, SM 1911, SM 1988,
SM 1994, SM 3013, SM 3021, SM 3023, SM 3044, SM 3048, SM 3087, SM 3091, and SM 3092. This new
information encompasses the hardware changes made to improve reliability - namely, installing a
redesigned sweep-flow assembly, replacing the single-head vacuum pump with a dual-head pump, and
installing a pair of filters in the diluent lines to the reservoir. In addition, since check digits are not used in
the VANTIVE or CARES systems, all check digits have been removed from the part numbers listed in this
manual.
This document applies to the latest software listed and higher versions. When a subsequent software version affects the
information in this document, the changes will be included on minor revision change pages or summarized on a Notice of
Information Update form and will be released by service memo.
PN 4237339F
REVISION STATUS
Note: Information from the following service memos was considered for this revision but not added
because the information is obsolete: SM 1868, SM 1922, SM 1955.
Changes were made on the following pages: 1.1-1, 1.1-3, 1.1-4, 1.1-5, 1.1-6, 1.2-2, 2.1-3, 2.2-2, 2.2-3,
2.2-4, 2.2-5, 2.2-6, 2.2-7, 2.2-8, 2.3-9, 2.3-10, 2.3-11, 2.3-12, 2.3-13, 2.3-14, 2.3-15, 2.3-16, 2.3-17, 2.6-1
through 2.6-4, 2.8-2, 2.8-8 and 2.8-9, 2.8-12 and 2.8-13, 2.8-14 and 2.8-15, 2.8-16 through 2.8-18, 2.9-1,
3.2-5, 3.2-6, 4.4-1, 4.4-2, 4.4-4, 4.5-4, 4.6-1 through 4.6-4, 4.7-1 through 4.7-4, 4.17-6, 4.15-3, 4.16-1,
4.20-2, 5.1-1, 6.1-1, 7.1-1, 7.1-6, 7.1-16, 7.1-17, 7.1-18, 7.1-22, 7.1-23, 7.2-8, 7.4-1, 8.1-1, 8.1-2, 8.1-3,
8.1-4, 8.1-6, 8.1-6, 8.1-7, 8.1-9, 8.1-9, 8.1-10, 8.1-11, 8.1-14, 8.2-1, 8.2-3, 8.2-4, 8.2-5, 8.2-9, 8.2-11,
8.2-12, 8.2-13, 8.2-14, 8.2-15, 8.2-21, 8.2-24, 8.2-25, 8.2-26, 8.2-27, 8.2-28, 8.2-29, 8.2-30, A.2-1 through
A.2-18, A.3-1 through A.3-4, A.4-1, A.4-7, A.4-10, A.4-11, A.5-2, A.5-6, A.5-8, A.5-9, A.5-10, A.5-11,
A.5-12, and TRADEMARKS page. In addition Headings 4.21, 4.22, and C.3 were added.
PN 4237339F
CONTENTS
LEGAL NOTICES
REVISION STATUS, iii
1 INTRODUCTION, 1.1-1
1.1 MANUAL DESCRIPTION, 1.1-1

Scope, 1.1-1
Notification of Updates, 1.1-3
Intended Audience, 1.1-4
Organization, 1.1-4
Numbering Format, 1.1-5
Special Headings, 1.1-5
WARNING, 1.1-5
CAUTION, 1.1-5
IMPORTANT, 1.1-5
ATTENTION, 1.1-6
Note, 1.1-6
Conventions, 1.1-6
1.2 SAFETY PRECAUTIONS, 1.2-1

Electronic, 1.2-1
Biological, 1.2-1
Troubleshooting, 1.2-1
2 INSTRUMENT DESCRIPTION, 2.1-1
2.1 SYSTEM OVERVIEW, 2.1-1

Hardware, 2.1-1
Software, 2.1-1
Interacting with the AC•T Analyzer, 2.1-1
2.2 DILUTER SYSTEM - AC•T 8/10 AND AC•T diff™ ANALYZERS, 2.2-1
Traverse Module, 2.2-1
Components, 2.2-1
Diluent Delivery System, 2.2-2
Lytic Reagent Delivery System, 2.2-4
Pneumatic System, 2.2-5
Vacuum Supply, 2.2-6
Probe Wipe, 2.2-6
Count, 2.2-7
Pressure Supply, 2.2-7
Aperture Sensor System, 2.2-8
Hemoglobin Photometer Assembly, 2.2-9
Waste and Cleaner System, 2.2-9
Waste System, 2.2-9
Cleaner System, 2.2-10
Peristaltic Pumps, 2.2-11
PN 4237339F
CONTENTS
2.4 POWER SUPPLY MODULE, 2.4-1

Components, 2.4-1
Module Differentiation, 2.4-2
Power Harness and Connectors, 2.4-2
Fuses, 2.4-3
Appearance, 2.4-3
Comparison, 2.4-3
2.6 ANALYZER CARDS - AC•T diff and AC•T diff 2 Analyzers, 2.6-1
Power Supply Filtering and Distribution, 2.6-1
CPU and Memory, 2.6-2
Communication, 2.6-2
Display, 2.6-2
Solenoid Control, 2.6-2
Stepper Motor Control, 2.6-3
D/A Conversion, 2.6-3
Data Acquisition, 2.6-3
Jumpers, 2.6-4
2.7 DISPLAY ASSEMBLY, 2.7-1

Main Components, 2.7-1
Touch Screen, 2.7-2
LCD, 2.7-2
Display Controller Driver Card, 2.7-3
Function, 2.7-3
Differences Between the Old and New Versions of the Display Controller
Driver Card, 2.7-5
2.8 SOFTWARE STRUCTURE, 2.8-1

Overview, 2.8-1
Menu Trees, 2.8-1
Instrument Cycles, 2.8-1
Powerup Cycle, 2.8-2
Aspirate Cycle, 2.8-5
2.9 INSTRUMENT STATES, 2.9-1
3 INSTALLATION PROCEDURE, 3.1-1
PART A: INSTRUMENT INSTALLATION
3.1 INSTRUMENT INSTALLATION, 3.1-1
vi PN 4237339F
CONTENTS
PART B: UPGRADE AND OPTION INSTALLATION
3.2 OPTIONAL PRINTERS, 3.2-1

Epson TM-290P® and TM-295P® Slip Printers, 3.2-1
Printer Setup Procedure, 3.2-1
Verification, 3.2-2
Canon® BJC-250 Bubble Jet™ Printer, 3.2-3
Verification, 3.2-4
Ithaca Series 90 Printer, 3.2-5
OKIPAGE™ 14e LED Printer, 3.2-5
Verification, 3.2-6
4 SERVICE AND REPAIR PROCEDURES, 4.1-1
4.1 GENERAL GUIDELINES, 4.1-1
4.2 OPENING OR REMOVING INSTRUMENT DOORS, PANELS, AND

COVERS, 4.2-1
Purpose, 4.2-1
Removing the AC•T 8/10 and AC•T diff Analyzers’ Top Cover and Rear Panel, 4.2-1
Tools/Supplies Needed, 4.2-1
Installation (AC•T 8/10 and AC•T diff Analyzers), 4.2-2
4.3 POWER SUPPLY MODULE REPLACEMENT, 4.3-1

Purpose, 4.3-1
Removal, 4.3-1
Installation, 4.3-2
Verification, 4.3-2
4.4 ANALYZER CARD REPLACEMENT, 4.4-1

Purpose, 4.4-1
Removal, 4.4-1
Installation, 4.4-4
Verification, 4.4-4
4.5 DISPLAY ASSEMBLY - DISASSEMBLING/ASSEMBLING, 4.5-1

Purpose, 4.5-1
Removal, 4.5-1
Installation, 4.5-3
Verification, 4.5-4
PN 4237339F
CONTENTS
4.6 PNEUMATIC PUMP REPLACEMENT - AC•T 8/10 AND AC•T diff

ANALYZERS, 4.6-1
Purpose, 4.6-1
Removal, 4.6-2
Installation, 4.6-3
Verification, 4.6-4
4.8 TRAVERSE MODULE DISASSEMBLY/REPLACEMENT - AC•T 8/10 AND AC•T

diff ANALYZERS, 4.8-1
Purpose, 4.8-1
Removal, 4.8-1
Installation, 4.8-3
Verification, 4.8-5
4.10 APERTURE/BATH ASSEMBLY REPLACEMENT
Purpose, 4.10-1
Removal, 4.10-1
Installation, 4.10-3
Verification, 4.10-5
4.11 HGB PHOTOMETER ASSEMBLY - DISASSEMBLY/REPLACEMENT

Purpose, 4.11-1
Removal, 4.11-1
4.12 LATEX GAIN ADJUSTMENT - AC•T diff AND AC•T diff 2 ANALYZERS, 4.12-1
Purpose, 4.12-1
Procedure, 4.12-1
4.13 SETTING CLOG DETECTION TARGET VALUES - AC•T diff AND AC•T diff 2
ANALYZERS, 4.13-1
Procedure, 4.13-1
PN 4237339F
CONTENTS
4.14 VERIFY INSTRUMENT OPERATION IN PREDILUTE MODE, 4.14-1

Purpose, 4.14-1
Procedure, 4.14-1
4.15 PREPARING THE INSTRUMENT FOR LONG-TERM SHUTDOWN OR
SHIPMENT, 4.15-1
Procedure, 4.15-1
Preparation for Shipment, 4.15-3
Procedure, 4.15-3
4.21 INSTRUMENT DECONTAMINATION, 4.21-1
Purpose, 4.21-1
Procedure, 4.21-1
Flushing Out the Old Reagents, 4.21-1
Decontaminating with Acetic Acid, 4.21-2
Flushing Out the Acetic Acid, 4.21-2
Installing New Reagents and Checking the Instrument, 4.21-3
4.22 PREAMP DUMMY LOAD TEST, 4.22-1

Purpose, 4.22-1
Procedure, 4.22-1
5 MAINTENANCE PROCEDURES, 5.1-1
5.1 RECOMMENDED MAINTENANCE SCHEDULE, 5.1-1
6 SCHEMATICS, 6.1-1
6.1 SCHEMATICS REQUIRED, 6.1-1
7 TROUBLESHOOTING, 7.1-1
7.1 DIAGNOSTICS MENU, 7.1-1

Voltages/Sensors Screen, 7.1-2
Hgb, 7.1-3
Hgb Gain - AC•T diff and AC•T diff 2 Analyzers, 7.1-3
WAV and RAV, 7.1-3
Vac, 7.1-4
Temp, 7.1-4
Voltages, 7.1-4
Lytic and Clean, 7.1-5
CONTENTS
Exit Icons, 7.1-6

Solenoids Screen, 7.1-6
Verify Predilute Screen, 7.1-8
Sample Details Screen - AC•T diff and AC•T diff 2 Analyzers, 7.1-12
Sample Results, 7.1-12
Hgb Readings, 7.1-13
WBC/RBC Measured, 7.1-15
RBC CV, 7.1-15
WBC/RBC Ratio CVs, 7.1-15
RBC Ratio Mean, 7.1-16
WBC/RBC Voteout, 7.1-16
RAV CV, 7.1-16
AVR Measured, 7.1-16
WBC/RBC/AVR Target, 7.1-16
RBC Clog Detection Criteria, 7.1-16
WBC Clog Detection Criteria, 7.1-17
Motors Screen, 7.1-17
Pulse Test - AC•T diff and AC•T diff 2 Analyzers, 7.1-22
Latex Calibration, 7.1-22
Cycle Counter, 7.1-24
Prepare to Ship, 7.1-24
7.2 TROUBLESHOOTING ERROR MESSAGES, 7.2-1
Warning (Non-Fatal) Error Messages (Icons), 7.2-1
Fatal Error Messages (Numbers), 7.2-2
Service Bypass, 7.2-3
Extended Fatal Error Descriptions, 7.2-4
PCMCIA Error 1, 7.2-4
DVM Error 3, 7.2-4
Probe Did Not Reach Position Errors 6 through 11 and 19, 7.2-5
Syringe Did Not Reach/Leave Up Position Errors 12 and 13, AC•T 8/10 and
AC•T diff Analyzers, 7.2-6
Valve Error 14, 7.2-7
I2C Communication Failure Error 16, 7.2-7
Steps Missing (Syringe Motor) Error 17, AC•T 8/10 and AC•T diff
Analyzers, 7.2-7
Diluent Level Error During Powerup, 7.2-8
Vacuum Error, 7.2-8
7.3 TROUBLESHOOTING CLOG DETECTION PROBLEMS, 7.3-1
Purpose, 7.3-1
Flow Voltage (Pulse Width), 7.3-1
Description, 7.3-1
Measuring Pulse Widths, AC•T diff and AC•T diff 2 Analyzers, 7.3-1
Factors Affecting Pulse Widths, 7.3-2
WBC/RBC Ratios and WBC/RBC Ratio CVs, 7.3-3
WAV/RAV/AVR, 7.3-4
7.4 TROUBLESHOOTING AC•T 8/10 AND AC•T diff ANALYZER SPECIFIC
PROBLEMS, 7.4-1
PN 4237339F
CONTENTS
8 PARTS LISTS, 8.1-1
8.1 MASTER PARTS LIST, 8.1-1
8.2 ILLUSTRATED PARTS, 8.2-1
A QUICK REFERENCE INFORMATION, A.1-1
A.1 TOLERANCES AND LIMITS, A.1-1

Analyzer Card Voltage Limits, A.1-1
Clog Detection Target Value, A.1-1
Hgb Amplifier Output, A.1-1
Latex Adjustment Criteria, A.1-2
Power Supply Module Output - Connector P5, A.1-2
A.2 CIRCUIT CARD CONNECTORS, JUMPERS, AND TEST POINTS, A.2-1

Analyzer Card - AC•T diff Analyzers, A.2-5
Component Locations, A.2-5
Connectors, A.2-6
Jumpers, A.2-7
Test Points, A.2-8
Analyzer Card - Universal AC•T diff/AC•T diff 2 Analyzers
Connectors, A.2-14
Jumpers, A.2-16
Test Points, A.2-18 , A.2-9
Display Controller Driver Card, A.2-19
Connectors and Pinouts, A.2-20
Jumpers, A.2-23
Test Points, A.2-23 , A.2-13
A.3 SOFTWARE MENU TREES, A.3-1
AC•T diff Analyzer, A.3-2
A.4 AC•T 8/10 and AC•T diff COMPONENT LOCATIONS AND FUNCTIONS, A.4-1
Summary, A.4-1
Solenoids, A.4-1
Main Analyzer Components, A.4-2
Components Located Behind the Front Door of an AC•T 8/10 or AC•T diff
Analyzer, A.4-2
Components Inside the Right Compartment of an AC•T 8/10 or AC•T diff
Analyzer, A.4-5
Components Inside the Left Compartment of an AC•T 8/10 or AC•T diff
Analyzer, A.4-10
CONTENTS
B ERROR MESSAGES, B.1-1
C OPTIONAL PRINTERS, C.1-1

Specifications, C.1-1
Operator Controls and Indicators, C.1-1
DIP Switch SW1 Settings, C.1-2
C.2 CANON BJC-250 BUBBLE JET PRINTER, C.2-1

C.3 OKIPAGE 14e LED PRINTER, C.3-1

Configuring the Printer, C.3-1
Controls and Indicators, C.3-4
ABBREVIATIONS, ABBREVIATIONS-1
INDEX, INDEX-1
TRADEMARKS
PN 4237339F
CONTENTS
ILLUSTRATIONS
1.2-1 Warning and Information Labels, 1.2-2
2.1-1 User Interfaces on the AC•T 8/10 and AC•T diff Analyzers, 2.1-2
2.2-1 Traverse Module - Components, 2.2-1

2.2-2 Diluent Delivery System in AC•T 8/10 and AC•T diff Analyzers - Components and
Flow, 2.2-3
2.2-3 Lytic Reagent Delivery System in AC•T 8/10 and AC•T diff Analyzers-
Components and Flow, 2.2-4
2.2-4 Pneumatic System in AC•T 8/10 and AC•T diff Analyzers - Vacuum Components
and Flow, 2.2-5
2.2-5 Vacuum Chamber (VC1) System in AC•T 8/10 and AC•T diff Analyzer-
2.2-6 Pneumatic System in AC•T 8/10 and AC•T diff Analyzers- Pressure Components
and Flow, 2.2-8
2.2-7 Waste/Cleaner System in AC•T 8/10 and AC•T diff Analyzers - Components and
Flow, 2.2-10
2.2-8 Peristaltic Pump Assembly, 2.2-11
2.3-1 Traverse Module - Main Components, 2.3-2
2.3-2 Vertical Positioning of the Probe - Components, 2.3-3
2.3-3 Cap-Pierce Module - Main Components, 2.3-4
2.3-4 Starting the Cycle (right side view), 2.3-5
2.3-5 Vent Pierce (right side view), 2.3-6
2.3-6 Aspiration Pierce - Typical (right side view), 2.3-6
2.3-7 Bottom Sense Function - Components
(right side view), 2.3-7
2.3-8 Aspiration Pierce Using Bottom Sensing (right side view), 2.3-8
2.3-15 FMI Pump Components, 2.3-18
2.3-16 Crossover from Output to Intake, 2.3-18
2.3-17 Intake Position, 2.3-19
2.3-18 Crossover from Intake to Output, 2.3-19
2.3-19 Output Position, 2.3-20
2.4-1 Power Supply Module - Main Components, 2.4-2
2.7-1 Display Assembly Components, 2.7-1
3.2-1 Epson TM-290P Slip Printer - DIP Switch, SW1, Location, 3.2-1
3.2-2 Connecting Optional Printers, 3.2-2
3.2-3 Epson TM-290P Slip Printer - Location of Controls and Indicators, 3.2-3
PN 4237339F
CONTENTS
3.2-4 Canon BJC-250 Bubble Jet Printer - Power/Resume Controls and Indicators, 3.2-4
4.2-1 Top Cover and Rear Panel Removal, AC•T 8/10 and AC•T diff Analyzers, 4.2-1
4.3-1 Power Supply Module Replacement, 4.3-1
4.4-1 Removing the Software (Flash Memory) Card, 4.4-1
4.4-2 Disconnecting the Analyzer Card, 4.4-2
4.4-3 Disengaging the Analyzer Card from the Mounting Posts, 4.4-3
4.5-1 Disconnecting the Cables to the Display Assembly, 4.5-1
4.5-2 Removing and Disassembling the Display Assembly, 4.5-2
4.6-1 Pneumatic Pump Cover and Bracket Removal AC•T 8/10 and AC•T diff
Analyzers, 4.6-2
4.6-2 KNF Dual-Head Pump with Muffler and Choke Installed, 4.6-3
4.7-5 Pneumatic Compartment Securing Screws, 4.7-6
4.8-1 Traverse Module Disassembling/Replacement, 4.8-2
4.9-1 Disconnecting the Traverse Module Flex Cable, 4.9-2
4.9-2 Disconnecting the Horizontal Motor Cable, 4.9-2
4.9-3 Disconnecting the Traverse Module Tubing, 4.9-3
4.9-4 Removing the Traverse Module, 4.9-3
4.9-5 Removing the Probe-Wipe Housing from the Traverse Housing
4.9-6 Removing the Probe from the Traverse Housing, 4.9-4
4.9-7 Removing the Belt Clamp, 4.9-5
4.9-8 Removing the Belt, 4.9-5
4.9-9 Removing the Traverse Housing, 4.9-6
4.9-10 Removing the Vertical Motor, 4.9-6 , 4.9-4
4.9-11 Removing the Traverse Interconnect Card, 4.9-7
4.9-12 Removing the Vertical Rack, 4.9-8
4.9-13 Removing the Horizontal Motor, 4.9-8
4.9-14 Removing a Horizontal Sensor, 4.9-9
4.9-15 Probe Installation, 4.9-12
4.10-1 Removing the Aperture/Bath Assembly Shield, 4.10-1
4.10-2 Removing the Hgb Photometer Assembly, 4.10-2
4.10-3 Aperture Sensor System Components, 4.10-3
4.11-3 Disassembling the Hgb Photometer Assembly, 4.11-3
4.12-1 Latex Calibration Screen - AC•T diff Analyzer, 4.12-1
4.12-3 Latex Results Screen, 4.12-2
4.15-1 Hgb Photometer Shipping Posts, 4.15-3
4.15-2 Securing the Traverse Assembly for Shipping, 4.15-4
4.15-3 Preparing FMI Pumps for Shipment, 4.15-5
4.17-1 Removing the Cap-Pierce Module, 4.17-2
4.17-2 Removing the Cap-Pierce Motor, 4.17-3
4.17-3 Front Door Safety Latch Removal, 4.17-4
4.17-4 Disassembling the Cap-Pierce Door Assembly, 4.17-5
PN 4237339F
CONTENTS
4.17-5 Removing the Optical Sensors in the Cap-Pierce Module, 4.17-6

7.1-1 Diagnostics Menu, AC•T 8/10 Analyzer, 7.1-1
7.1-2 Diagnostics Menu, AC•T diff/Veterinary Option Analyzer, 7.1-1
7.1-3 Diagnostics Menu, AC•T diff and AC•T diff 2 Analyzers, 7.1-1
7.1-5 Voltages/Sensors Screen - AC•T diff Analyzer, 7.1-2
7.1-9 Sample Details Screen Example - AC•T diff Analyzer, 7.1-13
7.1-10 Hgb Results Analysis, 7.1-14
7.1-11 Motors Screen, AC•T 8/10 and AC•T diff Analyzers, 7.1-18
7.1-13 Latex Calibration Screen - A T diff Analyzer, 7.1-23
8.2-1 Triple Syringe Module Components, AC T 8/10 and AC T diff Analyzers (See
Table 8.2-1), 8.2-1
8.2-2 Front Panel Components, AC•T 8/10 and AC•T diff Analyzers (See
Table 8.2-2), 8.2-2
8.2-4 Front Door Components (See•Table 8.2-4), 8.2-6
8.2-5 Right-Side Compartment, Reservoir Components, AC•T 8/10 and AC•T diff
Analyzers (See Table 8.2-5), 8.2-8
8.2-6 Right-Side Compartment, Transducer Components, AC•T 8/10 and AC•T diff
8.2-9 Rear View Showing Components (See Table 8.2-9), 8.2-16
8.2-10 Traverse Module Components, AC•T 8/10 and AC•T diff Analyzers (See
Table 8.2-10), 8.2-18
8.2-13 Left Side and Top Views (See Table 8.2-13), 8.2-24
8.2-14 Aperture/Bath Assembly Components on Mounting Plate, AC•T 8/10 and AC•T
diff Analyzers (See Table 8.2-14), 8.2-26
8.2-16 Aperture/Bath Assembly Shield and Mounting Plate (See Table 8.2-16), 8.2-30
A.2-1 Analyzer Card Component Locations - AC••T 8/10 Analyzers, A.2-1
A.2-2 Analyzer Card Component Locations - AC T diff Analyzer, A.2-5
A.2-4 Universal AC•T diff/AC•T diff 2 Analyzer Card Component Locations, A.2-13
A.2-5 Display Controller Driver Card Component Locations - (Through-Hole
Design), A.2-19
A.2-6 Display Controller Driver Card Component Locations - (Surface-Mount
Design), A.2-20
A.3-2 Software Menu Tree - AC T diff Analyzer, A.3-2
A.4-1 View of an AC•T 8/10 or AC•T diff Analyzer with the Front Door Open, A.4-2
A.4-2 View Inside the Right Compartment of an AC•T 8/10 or AC•T diff Analyzer, A.4-5
A.4-3 View Inside the Left Compartment of an AC•T 8/10 or AC•T diff Analyzer, A.4-10
C.1-1 Epson TM-290P Slip Printer - Location of Controls and Indicators, C.1-1
C.2-1 Canon BJC-250 Bubble Jet Printer - Power/Resume Controls and
Indicators, C.2-1
C.2-2 Canon BJC-250 Bubble Jet Printer - Cartridge Lock and Paper Thickness
Levers, C.2-2
C.3-1 OKIPAGE 14e LED Printer Front Operator Panel, C.3-4
PN 4237339F
CONTENTS
TABLES
1.1-1 AC•T Analyzer Customer Documents, 1.1-1
2.1-1 AC•T Series Analyzers - System Specifics, 2.1-3
2.4-1 Switching Supply Specifications , 2.4-1
2.4-2 Power Supply Module - Comparison of Unique Features, 2.4-3
2.5-1 Stepper Motors, AC•T 8/10 Analyzer - Associated Chips, 2.5-4
2.5-2 Solenoids Controlled by Solenoid Driver Circuitry, AC•T 8/10 Analyzer, 2.5-5
2.6-1 Stepper Motor Function Summary, 2.6-3
2.7-1 Touch Screen Specifications, 2.7-2
2.7-2 Touch Screen Connections to Display Controller Driver Card, 2.7-2
2.7-3 LCD Connector CN1, 2.7-3
2.7-5 Display Controller Driver Card - J61 Pinout, 2.7-4
2.7-6 Display Controller Driver Card Connectors, 2.7-5
2.7-7 Display Controller Driver Card Jumpers, 2.7-6
2.7-8 Display Controller Driver Card Test Points, 2.7-6
2.8-1 Powerup Cycle - AC•T 8/10 and AC•T diff Analyzers, All Software Versions, 2.8-3
2.8-2 Powerup Cycle - AC•T diff 2 Analyzer, 2.8-4
2.8-3 Whole-Blood Aspirate Cycle - AC•T 8 Analyzer, Software Version 1.03, 2.8-6
2.8-4 Whole-Blood Aspirate Cycle - AC•T 8 and AC•T 10 Analyzers,
Software Version 1.04 and 2.00, 2.8-8
2.8-5 Whole-Blood Aspirate Cycle - AC•T diff Analyzer, Software Version 1.03, 2.8-10
2.8-6 Whole-Blood Aspirate Cycle - AC•T diff Analyzer, Software Versions 1.04, 1.05,
1.06, and 2.00, 2.8-12
2.8-7 Whole-Blood Aspirate Cycle - AC•T diff Analyzer with Veterinary Option,
Software Versions 1.04, 1.05, 1.06, and 2.00, 2.8-14
2.8-8 Closed-Vial Aspirate Cycle - AC•T diff 2 Analyzer, Software Version 1.00 and
2.00, 2.8-16
3.1-1 AC•T Analyzer Installation Documents, 3.1-1
3.2-1 Canon BJC-250 Bubble Jet Printer - Available Printer Information/Tests, 3.2-4
4.12-1 Latex Adjustment Criteria, 4.12-2
4.13-1 Target Acceptance Criteria, 4.13-1
5.1-1 Recommended Maintenance Schedule - AC•T 8/10 and AC•T diff Analyzers, 5.1-1
5.1-2 Recommended Maintenance Schedule - AC•T diff 2 Analyzers, 5.1-1
7.1-1 Solenoid Drivers and Related Components, 7.1-7
7.1-2 RBC Clog Test Results, 7.1-17
7.1-3 WBC Clog Test Results, 7.1-17
7.1-4 Motors - Function, Action and Description, AC•T 8/10 and AC•T diff
Analyzers, 7.1-18
7.1-5 Motors - Function, Action and Description, AC•T diff 2 Analyzer, 7.1-19
7.2-1 Warning (Non-Fatal) Error Messages (Icons), 7.2-1
7.2-2 Fatal Error Messages (Numbers), 7.2-2
7.2-3 Allowable Voltage Ranges - AC•T 8/10 Analyzer, 7.2-5
7.2-4 Allowable Voltage Ranges - AC•T diff Analyzer, 7.2-5
7.2-5 Allowable Voltage Ranges - AC•T diff 2 Analyzer, 7.2-5
7.4-1 Specific AC•T 8/10 and AC•T diff Analyzer Problems/Solutions, 7.4-1
8.1-1 Components, 8.1-1
8.1-2 Fasteners, Fittings, and Miscellaneous Hardware, 8.1-8
8.1-3 Optional Items and Supplies, 8.1-14
PN 4237339F
CONTENTS
8.2-1 Triple Syringe Module Components, AC•T 8/10 and AC•T diff Analyzers (See
Figure 8.2-1), 8.2-1
Figure 8.2-2), 8.2-3
8.2-3 Front Panel Components, AC•T diff 2 Analyzers (See Figure 8.2-3), 8.2-5
8.2-4 Front Door Components (See Figure 8.2-4), 8.2-7
Analyzers (See Figure 8.2-5), 8.2-9
8.2-7 Right-Side Compartment, Reservoir and Reagent Pump Components, AC•T diff 2
8.2-8 Right-Side Compartment, Vacuum Pump Components, AC•T diff 2 Analyzers
(See Figure 8.2-8), 8.2-15
8.2-9 Rear View Showing Components (See Figure 8.2-9), 8.2-17
Figure 8.2-10), 8.2-19
8.2-11 Traverse Module Components, AC•T diff 2 Analyzers (See Figure 8.2-11), 8.2-21
8.2-12 Cap-Pierce Module Components, AC•T diff 2 Analyzers (See
Figure 8.2-12), 8.2-23
8.2-13 Left Side and Top Views (See Figure 8.2-13), 8.2-25
diff Analyzers (See Figure 8.2-14), 8.2-27
8.2-15 Aperture/Bath Assembly Components on Mounting Plate, AC•T diff 2 Analyzers
(See Figure 8.2-15), 8.2-29
8.2-16 Aperture/Bath Assembly Shield and Mounting Plate (See Figure 8.2-16), 8.2-30
A.1-1 Analyzer Card - AC•T 8/10 Analyzer, Voltage Limits, A.1-1
A.1-2 Analyzer Card - AC•T diff Analyzer, Voltage Limits, A.1-1
A.1-3 Analyzer Card - AC•T diff 2 Analyzer, Voltage Limits, A.1-1
A.1-4 Target Acceptance Criteria, A.1-1
A.1-5 Latex Adjustment Criteria, A.1-2
A.1-6 Power Supply Module Output, Connector P5 - AC•T 8/10 Analyzer, A.1-2
A.1-7 Power Supply Module Output, Connector P5 - AC•T diff and AC•T diff 2
Analyzers, A.1-2
A.2-1 Analyzer Card Connectors - AC•T 8/10 Analyzers (See Figure A.2-1), A.2-2
A.2-2 Analyzer Card Test Points - AC•T 8/10 Analyzers (See Figure A.2-1), A.2-4
A.2-3 Analyzer Card Connectors - AC•T diff Analyzer (See Figure A.2-2), A.2-6
A.2-4 Analyzer Card Jumpers - AC•T diff Analyzer (See Figure A.2-2), A.2-7
A.2-5 Analyzer Card Test Points - AC•T diff Analyzer (See Figure A.2-2), A.2-8
A.2-6 Analyzer Card Connectors - AC•T diff 2 Analyzer (See Figure A.2-3), A.2-10
A.2-7 Analyzer Card Jumpers - AC•T diff 2 Analyzer (See Figure A.2-3), A.2-12
A.2-8 Analyzer Card Test Points - AC•T diff 2 Analyzer (See Figure A.2-3), A.2-12
A.2-9 Universal AC•T diff/AC•T diff 2Analyzer Card Connectors (See
Figure A.2-4), A.2-14
A.2-10 Universal AC•T diff/AC•T diff 2 Analyzer Card Jumper Settings (See
Figure A.2-4), A.2-17
A.2-11 Universal AC•T diff/AC•T diff 2Analyzer Card Test Points (See
Figure A.2-4), A.2-18
A.2-12 Display Controller Driver Card Connectors, A.2-20
A.2-13 Display Controller Driver Card - J61 Pinouts, A.2-21
PN 4237339F
CONTENTS
A.2-14 Display Controller Driver Card, J62 Pinouts, A.2-22

A.2-17 Display Controller Driver Card Jumpers, A.2-23
A.2-18 Display Controller Driver Card Test Points, A.2-23
A.4-1 Solenoid Functions - AC•T 8/10 or AC•T diff Analyzers, A.4-1
A.4-2 Components behind the Front Door of an AC•T 8/10 or AC•T diff Analyzer, A.4-3
A.4-3 Components Inside the Right Compartment of an AC•T 8/10 or AC•T diff
Analyzer, A.4-6
A.4-4 Components Inside the Left Compartment of an AC•T 8/10 or AC•T diff
Analyzer, A.4-10
A.5-1 Solenoid Functions - AC•T diff 2 Analyzers, A.5-1
A.5-2 Components behind the Front Door of an AC•T diff 2 Analyzer, A.5-3
A.5-3 Components Inside the Right Compartment of an AC•T diff 2 Analyzer, A.5-6
A.5-4 Components Inside the Pneumatic Pump Compartment of an AC•T diff 2
Analyzer, A.5-11
A.5-5 Components Inside the Left Compartment of an AC•T diff 2 Analyzer, A.5-13
B.1-1 Warning (Non-Fatal) Error Messages (Icons), B.1-1
B.1-2 Fatal Error Messages (Numbers), B.1-1
C.1-1 Epson TM-290P Slip Printer - Specifications, C.1-1
C.1-2 Epson TM-290P Slip Printer - Function of Controls and Indicators, C.1-2
C.1-3 Epson TM-290P Slip Printer - DIP Switch Settings for SW1, C.1-2
C.1-4 Epson TM-290P Slip Printer - International Character Sets - DIP Switch Settings
for SW1-2 through SW1-4, C.1-2
C.2-1 Canon BJC-250 Bubble Jet Printer - Specifications, C.2-1
C.2-2 Canon BJC-250 Bubble Jet Printer - Function/Status of Controls and
Indicators, C.2-2
C.3-1 OKIPAGE14e LED Printer - Specifications, C.3-1
C.3-2 Approved Menu Settings Printed Using the Front Panel, C.3-2
C.3-3 Approved Menu Settings Printed from the Installation Software Print Menu, C.3-3
C.3-4 OKIPAGE 14e LED Printer - Operator Panel Lights - Reference, C.3-4
PN 4237339F
CONTENTS 1
1 INTRODUCTION, 1.1-1
1.1 MANUAL DESCRIPTION, 1.1-1

Scope, 1.1-1
Notification of Updates, 1.1-3
Intended Audience, 1.1-4
Organization, 1.1-4
Numbering Format, 1.1-5
Special Headings, 1.1-5
WARNING, 1.1-5
CAUTION, 1.1-5
IMPORTANT, 1.1-5
ATTENTION, 1.1-6
Note, 1.1-6
Conventions, 1.1-6
1.2 SAFETY PRECAUTIONS, 1.2-1

Electronic, 1.2-1
Biological, 1.2-1
Troubleshooting, 1.2-1
ILLUSTRATIONS
1.2-1 Warning and Information Labels, 1.2-2
TABLES
1.1-1 AC•T Analyzer Customer Documents, 1.1-1
PN 4237339F
1INTRODUCTION 1
1.1 MANUAL DESCRIPTION
Scope
This manual provides the reference information and procedures needed for servicing and
maintaining COULTER AC•T™ analyzers (hereafter referred to as the AC•T analyzer or the
instrument). It is available both online and in hard copy. The online manual is released on the
Service Resource Kit CD-ROM, PN 6417471.
This manual is to be used in conjunction with the AC•T analyzer customer documents and
does not contain information and procedures already covered in those documents.
Table 1.1-1 lists the customer documents available.
Table 1.1-1 AC•T Analyzer Customer Documents
Instrument Document Language PN
AC•T 8/10 analyzer Getting Started English 4237289

Chinese 4237355
French 4237349
German 4237352
Italian 4237361
Japanese 4237358
Spanish 4237346
Host Transmission Specification English 4237283
Installation and Training Guide for the AC•T Pak™ Reagent English 4237414
Installation and Training Guide for the AC•T Tainer™ Reagent English 4237413
Installation Guide English 4237407
Operator's Guide English 4237287
Chinese 4237354
French 4237348
German 4237351
Italian 4237360
Japanese 4237357
Spanish 4237345
Reference Manual English 4237288
Special Procedures and Troubleshooting English 4237314
Chinese 4237353
French 4237347
German 4237350
Italian 4237359
Japanese 4237356
Spanish 4237344
PN 4237339F
INTRODUCTION
MANUAL DESCRIPTION
Table 1.1-1 AC•T Analyzer Customer Documents (Continued)
AC•T diff analyzer Installation and Training Guide for the AC•T Pak™ Reagent English 4237421
Chinese 4237444
French 4237432
German 4237436
Italian 4237440
Spanish 4237428
Chinese 4237445
French 4237433
German 4237437
Italian 4237441
Japanese 4237449
Spanish 4237429
Operating Summary English 4237420
Chinese 4237446
French 4237434
German 4237438
Italian 4237442
Japanese 4237450
Spanish 4237430
Chinese 4237447
French 4237435
German 4237439
Italian 4237443
Japanese 4237451
Spanish 4237431
Veterinary Applications Software Options Operator’s Guide English 4237400
PN 4237339F
INTRODUCTION
MANUAL DESCRIPTION 1
Table 1.1-1 AC•T Analyzer Customer Documents (Continued)
AC•T diff 2 analyzer Installation and Training Guide for the diff AC•T Pak™ Reagent and the English 4237517
diff AC•T Tainer™ Reagent French 4237553
German 4237544
Italian 4237561
Japanese 4237556
Spanish 4237550
Portuguese 4237547
Operating Summary English 4237516
French 4237551
German 4237557
Italian 4237562
Japanese 4237554
Spanish 4237548
Portuguese 4237545
French 4237552
German 4237543
Italian 4237563
Japanese 4237555
Spanish 4237549
Portuguese 4237546
Printers AC•T diff Analyzer Canon® Bubble Jet™ Printer User’s Guide English 4237479
AC•T diff Analyzer Graphics Printer User’s Guide English 4237343
AC•T Series Analyzer Roll Printer User’s Guide English 4237381
AC•T Series Analyzer Ticket Printer User's Guide English 4237380
Notification of Updates
Any service memo that affects the information in this manual will include either change pages
or a Notice of Information Update form for this manual. A Notice of Information Update form
will summarize the changes and list the specific headings, figures, and tables affected.
PN 4237339F
INTRODUCTION
MANUAL DESCRIPTION
Intended Audience
To use this manual effectively, you need the following:
r An operator’s knowledge of the AC•T analyzer

r A thorough understanding of -
t Basic electronic and pneumatic principles and devices
t Reagent systems
t Quality control
t Troubleshooting concepts
r The ability to -
t Use basic mechanical tools and understand related terminology
t Use a digital voltmeter (DVM) and an oscilloscope
t Read pneumatic/hydraulic schematics and understand related terminology
t Read electronic schematics and understand related terminology
Organization
The material in this manual is organized into eight chapters and three appendices. To make it
easier to access the information:
r In the electronic manual, each page or screen has -

t A Contents button linked to a master table of contents.
t An Illustrations button linked to a master list of illustrations.
t A Tables button linked to a master list of tables.
t An Index button linked to an alphabetic index.
r In the printed manual, there is a master table of contents (including master lists of the
illustrations and tables) at the beginning of the manual, a chapter-specific table of
contents at the beginning of each chapter, and an alphabetic index at the end of
the manual.The chapters / appendices contain:
Chapter 1, INTRODUCTION - A brief description of this manual and essential safety

information.
Chapter 2, INSTRUMENT DESCRIPTION - An introduction to the AC•T analyzer and a

description of how it functions.
Chapter 3, INSTALLATION PROCEDURE - A reference to the Getting Started manual for

installation requirements and procedures.
Chapter 4, SERVICE AND REPAIR PROCEDURES - The procedures for servicing/repairing

the AC•T analyzer.
Chapter 5, MAINTENANCE PROCEDURES - The procedures for maintaining the

AC•T analyzer.
Chapter 6, SCHEMATICS - A list of the engineering schematics needed for servicing the
AC•T analyzer.
PN 4237339F
INTRODUCTION
MANUAL DESCRIPTION 1
Chapter 7, TROUBLESHOOTING - An in-depth troubleshooting table.
Chapter 8, PARTS LISTS - The master parts list followed by the illustrated parts list.
Appendix A, QUICK REFERENCE INFORMATION - Quick reference information:

tolerances and limits; connectors, test points and jumpers for the circuit cards; connector
locations for the Analyzer cards; the software menu trees; location diagrams and summarized
functions for main analyzer components.
Appendix B, ERROR MESSAGES - Tables of fatal and non-fatal error messages.
Appendix C, OPTIONAL PRINTERS - Specifications, operator controls and indicators,

switch settings, and self-test procedures for the optional Printers.
ABBREVIATIONS - A list of abbreviations, acronyms, and reference designators used in this

manual.
Numbering Format
Each chapter of this manual is further divided into topics that are numbered sequentially,
beginning at one. The numbering format for the topic heading, which is called the primary
heading, is chapter number, decimal point, topic number. For example, the primary heading
number for the fourth topic covered in Chapter 2 is 2.4.
The page, figure, and table numbers are tied directly to the primary heading number. For
example, Heading 2.4 begins on page 2.4-1, the first figure under Heading 2.4 is Figure 2.4-1
and the first table under Heading 2.4 is Table 2.4-1.
Note: Primary headings always begin at the top of a right-hand page.
Special Headings
Throughout this manual, WARNING, CAUTION, IMPORTANT, ATTENTION, and Note
headings are used to indicate potentially hazardous situations and important or helpful
information.
WARNING
A WARNING indicates a situation or procedure that, if ignored, can cause serious personal
injury. The word WARNING is in bold-faced text in the printed manual and is red in the
electronic manual.
CAUTION
A CAUTION indicates a situation or procedure that, if ignored, can cause damage to the
instrument.The word CAUTION is in bold-faced text in the printed manual and is red in the
electronic manual.
IMPORTANT
An IMPORTANT indicates a situation or procedure that, if ignored, can result in erroneous
test results.The word IMPORTANT is in bold-faced text in the printed manual and is red in
the electronic manual.
PN 4237339F
INTRODUCTION
MANUAL DESCRIPTION
ATTENTION
An ATTENTION contains information that is critical for the successful completion of a
procedure and/or operation of the instrument.The word ATTENTION is in bold-faced text in
the printed manual and is red in the online manual.
Note
A Note contains information that is important to remember or helpful in performing a
procedure.
Conventions
1. The AC•T analyzer uses icons exclusively. In this document however, text equivalents
(appearing in bold) are substituted for icons. Refer to Figures A.3-1, A.3-2, A.3-3, or
A.3-4 for the icons (along with their text equivalents) used to access menus and screens.
2. Select menu item tt sub-menu item indicates the software options you have to select, as
well as the order in which you should select them. For example:
When the Powerup cycle is completed, select Main icon tt Diagnostics icon tt
Voltages/Sensors icon.
3. In the electronic manual, links to additional information are in blue and are underlined.
To access the linked information, select the blue, underlined text, or in the case of a
graphic, the blue box.
4. A reference to AC•T Series analyzers includes the AC•T 8 analyzer, the AC•T 10
analyzer, the AC•T diff analyzer, the AC•T diff with Veterinary Option analyzer, and the
AC•T diff 2 analyzer.
5. The AC•T 8 analyzer and AC•T 10 analyzer are two different products. However, since
these analyzers are physically identical with only slight differences in their software, the
product names are combined in this document. As a result, a reference to the AC•T 8/10
analyzer means the stated information or procedure applies to both the AC•T 8 analyzer
and AC•T 10 analyzer.
PN 4237339F
INTRODUCTION
SAFETY PRECAUTIONS 1
1.2 SAFETY PRECAUTIONS
Electronic
WARNING Risk of personal injury. Contacting exposed electronic components while the instrument is
attached to power can cause personal injury from electric shock. Power down completely before removing
covers to access electronic components.
WARNING Risk of personal injury or damage to electronic components. While performing maintenance or
service on the instrument, rings and other metal jewelry can become caught in the instrument. To avoid
personal injury or damage to the instrument, remove rings and other metal jewelry before performing
maintenance or service on the electronic components of the instrument.
CAUTION Risk of damage to electronic components. If the power is ON while removing or replacing printed
circuit cards and components, the instrument could be damaged. To prevent damage to electronic
components, always be sure power is OFF before removing or replacing printed circuit cards and
components.
CAUTION Risk of damage to electronic components. Electrostatic discharge (ESD) can damage add-in
circuit cards and other electronic components. If there is a possibility of ESD damage with a procedure,
then perform that procedure at an ESD workstation, or wear an antistatic wrist strap attached to a metal part
of the chassis connected to an earth ground.
Biological
WARNING Risk of personal injury or contamination. If you do not properly shield yourself while servicing
the instrument with the doors open, you may become injured or contaminated. To prevent possible injury or
biological contamination, you must wear appropriate safety glasses, a lab coat, and gloves when servicing
the instrument with the doors open.
Use care when working with pathogenic materials. Means must be available to decontaminate
the instrument, provide ventilation, and to dispose of waste liquid. Refer to the following
publications for further guidance on decontamination:
r Biohazards Safety Guide, 1974, National Institute of Health.

r Classifications of Etiological Agents on the Basis of Hazards, 3d ed., June 1974, Center
for Disease Control, U.S. Public Health Service.
Troubleshooting
Bring the following Warning to the customer’s attention before advising that customer to
perform any service, maintenance or troubleshooting procedures on the AC•T analyzer. Also,
make sure customers are aware of the Warning and information labels shown in Figure 1.2-1.
PN 4237339F
INTRODUCTION
SAFETY PRECAUTIONS
WARNING Risk of personal injury or contamination. If you do not properly shield yourself while performing
service, maintenance, and troubleshooting procedures, residual fluids in the instrument could injure or
contaminate you. Beckman Coulter recommends that you wear barrier protection, such as appropriate
safety glasses, a lab coat, and gloves throughout the performance of service, maintenance, and
troubleshooting procedures to avoid contact with cleaners and residual fluids in the instrument.
Figure 1.2-1 Warning and Information Labels

ETL LISTED
ETECTRICAL EQUIPMENT
FOR LABORATORY USE;
PART 1: GENERAL
LISTED R REQUIREMENTS
26785 CONFORMS TO UL Std 3101-1
ETL TESTING LABORATORIES, INC.
2 1
MOD ASSY S/N
NO. Ac*T NO. xxxxxx xxxxxx
240/120 50/60 0.5/1.0 120 ELECTRICAL POWER
VOLTS HZ AMPS WATTS
SUPPLY AC INPUTS
MANUFACTURED BY COULTER CORPORATION
11800 S.W. 147 AVENUE, MIAMI, FL 33196-2500 U.S.A. 90 - 132v / 198 - 264v
PATENTS ISSUED AND / OR PENDING ETL LISTED
ETECTRICAL EQUIPMENT
FOR LABORATORY USE;
PART 1: GENERAL
LISTED R REQUIREMENTS
26785 CONFORMS TO UL Std 3101-1
ETL TESTING LABORATORIES, INC.
MOD ASSY S/N

NO. NO.
VOLTS HZ AMPS WATTS
M AN UF AC TU R ED BY COULTER CORPORATION
11 80 0 S .W . 1 47 AV EN U E, MIA M I, F L 331 96 -25 00 U .S.A.
PATENTS ISSUED AND / OR PENDING
WARNING
TO AVOID ELECTRIC CONNECT ONLY
SHOCK DISCONNECT TO A PROPERLY
J1
POWER CORD PRIOR TO EARTH GROUNDED
ON
F1 F2
AC INPUT
ELECTRICAL POWER
SUPPLY AC INPUTS
REMOVING OR REPLACING OUTLET .
OFF
FUSE 3AG
90 - 132v / 198 - 264v
FUSE .
1 . 5A 250V
!
WARNING
TO AVOID ELECTRIC
SHOCK DISCONNECT
CONNECT ONLY
TO A PROPERLY
REPLACE FUSE ONLY
WITH THE TYPE AND
FUSE 3AG FUSE .

REPLACE FUSE ONLY
WITH THE TYPE AND
RATING SPECIFIED .
RATING SPECIFIED .
1 . 5A 250V
AC•T 8/10 or AC•T diff Analyzers
MOD ASSY S/N

NO. Ac*T NO. xxxxxx xxxxxx
240/120 50/60 0.5/1.0 120
VOLTS HZ AMPS WATTS
MANUFACTURED BY COULTER CORPORATION

BECKMAN A BECKMAN COULTER COMPANY
11800 SW 147 AVENUE, MIAMI, FLORIDA 33196-2500 U.S.A.
COULTER PATTENTS ISSUED AND/OR PENDING
ELECTRICAL POWER
SUPPLY AC INPUTS
MOD
NO.
VOLTS
ASSY
NO.
HZ
M AN UF AC TU RE D B Y COULTER CORPORATION
AMPS
S/N
WATTS
90 - 132v / 198 - 264v
11 80 0 S .W . 14 7 A VE NU E , MIAM I, F L 331 96 -25 00 U.S.A .
PATENTS ISSUED AND / OR PENDING
WARNING
FUSE 3AG TO AVOID ELECTRIC CONNECT ONLY
2. 5A 250V SHOCK DISCONNECT TO A PROPERLY
J1
ON
F1 F2
AC INPUT
ELECTRICAL POWER
SUPPLY AC INPUTS
OFF
FUSE 3AG
90 - 132v / 198 - 264v
FUSE .
LEAKAGE CURRENT COMPLIES 2 . 5A 250V
REPLACE FUSE ONLY

!
WARNING
WITH UL STD 1262

TO AVOID ELECTRIC CONNECT ONLY
SHOCK DISCONNECT TO A PROPERLY
INSP BY LEAKAGE CURRENT COMPLIES

WITH UL STD 1262
POWER CORD PRIOR TO
FUSE .
REPLACE FUSE ONLY
WITH THE TYPE AND
EARTH GROUNDED
WITH THE TYPE AND
DATE
INSP BY
DATE
RATING SPECIFIED .
RATING SPECIFIED .
7339010E AC•T diff 2 Analyzer
PN 4237339F
CONTENTS 2
2 INSTRUMENT DESCRIPTION, 2.1-1
2.1 SYSTEM OVERVIEW, 2.1-1

Hardware, 2.1-1
Software, 2.1-1
Interacting with the AC•T Analyzer, 2.1-1
2.2 DILUTER SYSTEM - AC•T 8/10 AND AC•T diff™ ANALYZERS, 2.2-1
Traverse Module, 2.2-1
Components, 2.2-1
Diluent Delivery System, 2.2-2
Lytic Reagent Delivery System, 2.2-4
Pneumatic System, 2.2-5
Vacuum Supply, 2.2-6
Probe Wipe, 2.2-6
Count, 2.2-7
Pressure Supply, 2.2-7
Aperture Sensor System, 2.2-8
Hemoglobin Photometer Assembly, 2.2-9
Waste and Cleaner System, 2.2-9
Waste System, 2.2-9
Peristaltic Pumps, 2.2-11
Waste System, 2.3-16
FMI Pump Operation, 2.3-17
Pump Components, 2.3-18
Crossover Position from Output to Intake, 2.3-18
Intake Position, 2.3-19
Crossover Position from Intake to Output, 2.3-19
Additional Points about the FMI Pumps, 2.3-20
Output Position, 2.3-20
2.4 POWER SUPPLY MODULE, 2.4-1
Components, 2.4-1
Module Differentiation, 2.4-2
, 2.4-2
Power Harness and Connectors
Fuses, 2.4-3
Appearance, 2.4-3
Comparison, 2.4-3
2.6 ANALYZER CARDS - AC••T T diff and AC••TT diff 2 Analyzers
Analyzers,, 2.6-1
Power Supply Filtering and Distribution
Distribution,, 2.6-1
CPU and Memory
Memory,, 2.6-2
Communication,, 2.6-2
Communication
Display,, 2.6-2
Display
Solenoid Control
Control,, 2.6-2
Stepper Motor Control
Control,, 2.6-3
D/A Conversion
Conversion,, 2.6-3
Data Acquisition
Acquisition,, 2.6-3
Jumpers,, 2.6-4
Jumpers
PN 4237339F
CONTENTS
2
2.7 DISPLAY ASSEMBLY
ASSEMBLY,, 2.7-1
Main Components
Components,, 2.7-1
Touch Screen
Screen,, 2.7-2
LCD,, 2.7-2
LCD
Display Controller Driver Card, 2.7-3
Function, 2.7-3
Differences Between the Old and New Versions of the Display Controller
Driver Card, 2.7-5
2.8 SOFTWARE STRUCTURE, 2.8-1
Overview, 2.8-1
Menu Trees, 2.8-1
Instrument Cycles, 2.8-1
Powerup Cycle, 2.8-2
Aspirate Cycle, 2.8-5
2.9 INSTRUMENT STATES, 2.9-1
ILLUSTRATIONS
2.1-1 User Interfaces on the AC•T 8/10 and AC•T diff Analyzers, 2.1-2
2.1-2 User Interfaces on the AC•T diff 2 Analyzer, 2.1-2
2.2-1 Traverse Module - Components, 2.2-1
2.2-2 Diluent Delivery System in AC•T 8/10 and AC•T diff Analyzers - Components and
Flow, 2.2-3
2.2-3 Lytic Reagent Delivery System in AC•T 8/10 and AC•T diff Analyzers-
2.2-4 Pneumatic System in AC•T 8/10 and AC•T diff Analyzers - Vacuum Components
and Flow, 2.2-5
2.2-5 Vacuum Chamber (VC1) System in AC•T 8/10 and AC•T diff Analyzer-
2.2-6 Pneumatic System in AC•T 8/10 and AC•T diff Analyzers- Pressure Components
and Flow, 2.2-8
2.2-7 Waste/Cleaner System in AC•T 8/10 and AC•T diff Analyzers - Components and
Flow, 2.2-10
2.2-8 Peristaltic Pump Assembly, 2.2-11
2.3-1 Traverse Module - Main Components, 2.3-2
2.3-2 Vertical Positioning of the Probe - Components, 2.3-3
2.3-3 Cap-Pierce Module - Main Components, 2.3-4
2.3-4 Starting the Cycle (right side view), 2.3-5
2.3-5 Vent Pierce (right side view), 2.3-6
2.3-6 Aspiration Pierce - Typical (right side view), 2.3-6
2.3-7 Bottom Sense Function - Components
(right side view), 2.3-7
2.3-8 Aspiration Pierce Using Bottom Sensing (right side view), 2.3-8
2.3-9 Diluent Delivery System in the AC•T diff 2 Analyzer - Components and
Flow, 2.3-9
2.3-10 Lytic Reagent Delivery System in the AC•T diff 2 Analyzer - Components and
Flow, 2.3-11
2.3-11 Pneumatic System in the AC•T diff 2 Analyzer - Vacuum Components and
Flow, 2.3-12
2.3-12 Vacuum Chamber (VC1) System in the AC•T diff 2 Analyzer - Components and
Flow, 2.3-13
2.3-13 Pneumatic System in the AC•T diff 2 Analyzer - Pressure Components and
Flow, 2.3-14
PN 4237339F
CONTENTS
2.3-14 Waste and Cleaner System in the AC•T diff 2 Analyzer - Components and
Flow, 2.3-16
2.3-15 FMI Pump Components, 2.3-18
2.3-16 Crossover from Output to Intake, 2.3-18
2.3-17 Intake Position, 2.3-19
2.3-18 Crossover from Intake to Output, 2.3-19
2.3-19 Output Position, 2.3-20
2.4-1 Power Supply Module - Main Components, 2.4-2
2.7-1 Display Assembly Components, 2.7-1
TABLES
2.1-1 AC•T Series Analyzers - System Specifics, 2.1-3
2.4-1 Switching Supply Specifications , 2.4-1
2.4-2 Power Supply Module - Comparison of Unique Features, 2.4-3
2.5-1 Stepper Motors, AC•T 8/10 Analyzer - Associated Chips, 2.5-4
2.5-2 Solenoids Controlled by Solenoid Driver Circuitry, AC•T 8/10 Analyzer, 2.5-5
2.6-1 Stepper Motor Function Summary, 2.6-3
2.7-1 Touch Screen Specifications, 2.7-2
2.7-2 Touch Screen Connections to Display Controller Driver Card, 2.7-2
2.7-5 Display Controller Driver Card - J61 Pinout, 2.7-4
2.7-6 Display Controller Driver Card Connectors, 2.7-5
2.7-7 Display Controller Driver Card Jumpers, 2.7-6
2.7-8 Display Controller Driver Card Test Points, 2.7-6
2.8-1 Powerup Cycle - AC•T 8/10 and AC•T diff Analyzers, All Software Versions, 2.8-3
2.8-2 Powerup Cycle - AC•T diff 2 Analyzer, 2.8-4
2.8-3 Whole-Blood Aspirate Cycle - AC•T 8 Analyzer, Software Version 1.03, 2.8-6
2.8-4 Whole-Blood Aspirate Cycle - AC•T 8 and AC•T 10 Analyzers,
Software Version 1.04 and 2.00, 2.8-8
2.8-5 Whole-Blood Aspirate Cycle - AC•T diff Analyzer, Software Version 1.03, 2.8-10
2.8-6 Whole-Blood Aspirate Cycle - AC•T diff Analyzer,
2.8-7 Whole-Blood Aspirate Cycle - AC•T diff Analyzer with Veterinary Option,
2.8-8 Closed-Vial Aspirate Cycle - AC•T diff 2 Analyzer, Software Version 1.00 and
2.00, 2.8-16
PN 4237339F
2INSTRUMENT DESCRIPTION 2
2.1 SYSTEM OVERVIEW
The AC•T analyzer product line consists of four small, uncomplicated, low cost, hematology
analyzers: the AC•T 8 analyzer, the AC•T 10 analyzer, the AC•T diff analyzer, and the
AC•T diff 2 analyzer. The AC•T 8/10 and the AC•T diff analyzers use the same diluter but
different electronics and software. The AC•T diff and AC•T diff 2 analyzers use very similar
electronics and software, but different diluters. All four models accept open-vial whole-blood
or prediluted samples. The AC•T diff 2 analyzer also has a Cap-Pierce mode. Table 2.1-1
provides a quick reference to instrument specific information concerning each AC•T system.
Hardware
The instrument has an onboard switching Power Supply module rated at 50/60 Hz with a
voltage range of 90 to 264 Vac. The electronics of the instrument are housed on one circuit
card, the Analyzer card, although different models use different Analyzer cards. The Analyzer
cards for the AC•T 8/10 analyzers use through-hole card technology. The Analyzer cards for
the AC•T diff and AC•T diff 2 analyzers use surface-mount technology (SMT).
Fluidic movement on the AC•T 8/10 and AC•T diff analyzers is controlled by the Triple
Syringe module using one motor to drive three different volume syringes and two peristaltic
pumps. Fluidic movement on the AC•T diff 2 analyzer is controlled by FMI metering pumps
or piston/valve pumps.
Three external electrical connectors are provided, one for the waste sensor, one for a parallel
Printer, and one for ASTM host communication.
Software
The instruments use 8 bit microprocessors as their main controllers. Software is stored and
runs directly from Flash Memory cards. The AC•T 8/10 analyzer has a 512 KB Flash Memory
card while the AC•T diff and AC•T diff 2 analyzers use a 1 MB Flash Memory card. Both
models use a 128 KB, non-volatile RAM chip to store persistent data such as the calibration
factors and the user-configuration settings. The Analyzer card for the AC•T 8/10 analyzer has
no additional memory, so the unused portion of non-volatile RAM is used as program runtime
memory. The Analyzer cards for the AC•T diff and AC•T diff 2 analyzers have 256 KB RAM
that is used during program execution.
Interacting with the AC•T Analyzer

All AC•T analyzers have an Open-Vial mode of operation. Pressing the aspirate switch
(Figures 2.1-1 and 2.1-2) tells the instrument to begin aspiration in the Open-Vial mode.
Additionally, the AC•T diff 2 analyzer has a cap-pierce door for closed-vial sampling
(Figure 2.1-2). Inserting a specimen tube and closing the cap-pierce door initiates aspiration
in the Closed-Vial mode.
You also interact with the instrument using the touch screen (Figures 2.1-1 and 2.1-2). To
communicate commands to the instrument, the touch screen displays a series of screens
containing icons and numbers for your use. Screens are available for initiating sample runs,
displaying sample results, establishing instrument settings, and performing various
maintenance routines.
PN 4237339F
INSTRUMENT DESCRIPTION
SYSTEM OVERVIEW
Figure 2.1-1 User Interfaces on the AC•T 8/10 and AC•T diff Analyzers
Touch
screen
Aspirate
switch 7339011E
PN 4237339F
SYSTEM OVERVIEW 2
Table 2.1-1 AC•T Series Analyzers - System Specifics
AC•T 8 Analyzer AC•T 10 Analyzer AC•T diff Analyzer AC•T diff 2 Analyzer
Operating Modes Whole-Blood Aspirate Whole-Blood Aspirate Whole-Blood Aspirate Closed-Vial Whole-Blood
Predilute Predilute Predilute Open-Vial Whole-Blood
Predilute
Parameters WBC WBC WBC WBC
RBC RBC RBC RBC
Hgb Hgb Hgb Hgb
Hct Hct Hct Hct
MCV MCV MCV MCV
MCH MCH MCH MCH
MCHC MCHC MCHC MCHC
Plt Plt RDW RDW
LY% Plt Plt
LY# MPV MPV
Pct* Pct*
PDW* PDW*
LY% LY%
MO% MO%
GR% GR%
LY# LY#
MO# MO#
GR# GR#
Software See Figure A.3-2
Menu Trees (Figure A.3-3 for system
with Veterinary Option)
Diluter Operation See Heading 2.2
Power Supply See Heading 2.4
Analyzer Card See Heading 2.6
Display Assembly See Heading 2.7
Powerup Cycle See Table 2.8-1
Aspirate Cycle Software Version 1.03,
see Table 2.8-5
Software Versions 1.04,
1.05, 1.06, or 2.00, see
Table 2.8-6
Veterinary Option for
Software Version 1.04,
1.05, 1.06, or 2.00, see
Table 2.8-7
* Pct and PDW are not FDA approved parameters; therefore, these parameter labels and results are not routinely
displayed in the United States. The PDW result, however, is used as an internal check in the platelet
algorithm.
PN 4237339F
DILUTER SYSTEM - AC•T 8/10 AND AC•T diff™ ANALYZERS 2
2.2 DILUTER SYSTEM - AC•T 8/10 AND AC•T diff ™ ANALYZERS
The AC•T 8/10 and AC•T diff analyzers use different Analyzer cards and software, but the
same diluter. This diluter uses two peristaltic pumps and three syringes to move liquids.
Location diagrams for the fluidic components identified in the following descriptions are
under Heading A.4, AC•T 8/10 and AC•T diff COMPONENT LOCATIONS AND
FUNCTIONS.
Traverse Module
The Traverse module acts as a transport system for the probe. Two stepper motors provide the
power that allows the Traverse module to move the probe either vertically or horizontally as
needed. Two dual-channel opto sensors control the positioning of the probe so that it is
properly aligned, as needed, at the aspiration station, the WBC bath, or the RBC bath.
Components
The Traverse module (Figure 2.2-1) consists of:
r The probe
r The traverse housing
r The probe-wipe housing
r Two stepper motors
r The Traverse Interconnect card
r Two dual-channel opto sensors
Figure 2.2-1 Traverse Module - Components
Vertical
stepper
Traverse motor
housing
Horizontal
stepper
motor
Probe-wipe
housing
Traverse
Interconnect
Probe
card 7339140E
PN 4237339F
DILUTER SYSTEM - AC•T 8/10 AND AC•T diff™ ANALYZERS
For horizontal travel, the probe has three positions: the aspirate station, over the WBC bath,
and over the RBC bath. The probe also must position itself at three heights: the top position
while travelling, the thief position (aspiration for the RBC dilution while in the WBC bath),
and the bottom position for sample aspiration.
Two stepper motors move the probe. One motor moves it vertically and the other moves it
horizontally. A direct drive gear and rack system is employed for both motors. Two
dual-channel opto sensors, one associated with each motor, detect the probe positions. Using
these sensors with binary encoding allows detection of three possible positions in each
direction with one sensor.
When a function such as aspiration is complete, the probe moves into the traverse housing
where the probe-wipe housing surrounds the tip of the probe and a flow of diluent cleanses
the outside of the probe and high vacuum dries it.
Diluent Delivery System

The AC•T 8/10 and AC•T diff analyzers’ diluent delivery system uses an on-board diluent
reservoir. The diluent reservoir contains two sensors, a level sensor and a temperature sensor.
The level sensor, FS1, verifies delivery of diluent to the instrument. The level sensor used
originally was an optical sensor, but a float sensor is used currently. The temperature
thermistor sensor provides a reagent temperature reading to the instrument. This sensor is
used by the AC•T diff analyzer, but not by the AC•T 8/10 analyzer.
Peristaltic pump PM2 moves diluent from the reagent source to the diluent reservoir via two
hydraulic filters, FLS1 and FLS3; a solenoid, LV10; and two hydrophilic filters, FLS4 and
FLS5. See Figure 2.2-2 for a simplified diagram of the diluent system.
Note: For details concerning the operation of peristaltic pumps, see Peristaltic Pumps at the
end of this section.
PN 4237339F
Figure 2.2-2 Diluent Delivery System in AC•T 8/10 and AC•T diff Analyzers - Components and Flow
FLS1
1 2
Diluent 1 2
FLS3
PM2 1 2 1 LV10
1
2 3 2
Probe-wipe 1
housing 2 3
3
1 1
LV7 LV11 Diluent
1 3 2 FLS5
Probe reservoir FS1 2 FLS4 2
3 2
2 3 1 3 2 1 1
3 2 LV12
Sweep
WBC RBC 1 flow
bath bath
Aspiration Diluent RBC

syringe syringe 7339024F
aperture
FLS1 and FLS3 filter any large particles from the diluent source as well as from peristaltic
pump tubing wear. They are directional and fluid should enter the blue (striped) side of the
filter. LV10 normally connects PM2 output to the reservoir, but when energized, connects
PM2 to the top port of the probe-wipe housing. This is the diluent supply for cleansing the
probe. FLS4 and FLS5 remove smaller contaminating particles, such as some bacteria. (Filters
that are small enough to eliminate all possible bacteria would restrict diluent flow too much.)
Two filters are used in parallel to facilitate initial priming.
LV12 controls the reservoir diluent usage. In its normal state LV12 connects the reservoir to
the 5-mL diluent syringe. This provides diluent while the syringe is being filled, and also
allows delivery of diluent back to the reservoir when only lytic reagent dispense or aspirate
functions are required. A separate port on the diluent reservoir provides sweep-flow diluent
to the RBC aperture through the sweep-flow coil and a check valve.
LV7 and LV11 control diluent output from the syringes. When LV11 is in its normal state, the
diluent syringe dispenses through the aspirate probe. When energized, LV11 routes diluent
from the syringe to LV7, which routes diluent to lower-side ports on the baths. Diluent is
routed to these ports to rinse the baths and to prefill each bath prior to making the dilution.
The remainder of the diluent needed to make the dilution is dispensed through the probe
with the whole-blood sample. In its normal state LV7 is connected to the WBC bath. When
energized, LV7 switches to the RBC bath.
PN 4237339F
Lytic Reagent Delivery System

Lytic reagent is used to eliminate red blood cells from the WBC/Hgb dilution, similar to most
Beckman Coulter hematology analyzers. A 1-mL syringe on the Syringe module pumps and
dispenses lytic reagent for the diluter system and LV9 controls the routing of the lytic reagent
(Figure 2.2-3).
Figure 2.2-3 Lytic Reagent Delivery System in AC•T 8/10 and AC•T diff Analyzers- Components and Flow
W B C
F S 2 b a th
1 2
3 2 L V 9
L y tic
re a g e n t
1
3 2 L V 4
L y s e s y r in g e
(1 m L )
1
A T M
3 2 L V 5
P n e u m a tic
p u m p
7 3 3 9 0 4 1 F
Two features of the AC•T analyzer’s lytic reagent delivery system distinguish it from previous
Beckman Coulter hematology analyzers. Using a syringe allows the system software to control
the amount of lytic reagent dispensed. The AC•T analyzer takes advantage of this versatility,
using different amounts of lytic reagent during different cycles. A normal Aspirate cycle uses
415 µL of lytic reagent, the same amount that is dispensed during a Lyse Dispense Verification
cycle and a Prime cycle. The Predilute cycle uses 313 µL while the Lyse Prime cycle (which
assumes a lytic reagent dry state) uses the full 1-mL syringe stroke several times.
The other difference in the AC•T analyzer’s lytic reagent delivery system results from the use
of the Syringe module. Since one motor moves three syringes simultaneously, there are
instances when diluent is being dispensed and lytic reagent delivery is not desired. At these
times, lytic reagent is pushed back toward the reagent container.
An optical liquid sensor, FS2, in the lytic reagent line monitors the lytic reagent supply as it
enters the instrument. Lytic reagent in the sensor transmits light, but air in the sensor
prevents light transmission. The presence of air gaps in the sensor triggers a lytic reagent low
PN 4237339F
warning. A software filter is applied to the data received from the sensor to ensure that
microbubbles, inconsequential in their affect on the lytic reagent delivery volume, do not
trigger the warning.
Pneumatic System
The pneumatic pump is located beneath the on-board reagent compartment. Currently, three
models of a 24-Vdc pump are in use: the Brailsford brushless vacuum pump; the ASF
Thomas brush-type, diaphragm vacuum pump; and the KNF dual-head, brushless-type
pump. The earliest AC•T analyzers used the Brailsford pump, more recent analyzers
(including the AC•T diff 2 analyzer), used the ASF Thomas pump, and the latest use a KNF
dual-head pump. These pumps satisfy the three pneumatic supply requirements:
r Raw vacuum from the pump is used unregulated as a high-vacuum source for the probe-
wipe function.
r Raw (high) vacuum from the pump is regulated to 6-in. Hg for counting.
r Pressure from the pump (exhaust pressure from the single-head pumps) is used to create
bubbles for mixing the WBC and RBC dilutions in their respective baths.
Note: An upgrade to a KNF dual-head pump is required for instruments used at altitudes of
1524 m (5,000 ft) or above.
Five pneumatic solenoids, LV1 through LV5, control this vacuum system. These solenoids are
mounted together on a manifold and are available as an assembly. The vacuum system is
illustrated in Figure 2.2-4.
Figure 2.2-4 Pneumatic System in AC•T 8/10 and AC•T diff Analyzers - Vacuum Components and Flow
A T M
P n e u m a tic
p u m p 1 L V 1
V a c u u m
3 2 L V 2 s e n s o r
F B 1
1
C K 1
A T M
2 1 0
1
V C 1
7 3 3 9 0 4 3 F
PN 4237339F
Vacuum Supply
LV2 controls the vacuum level applied to the vacuum chamber, VC1. High vacuum from the
pneumatic pump is applied directly to the normally closed port, labelled port 3
(Figure 2.2-4). The normally open port, port 2, is connected to the vacuum being routed
through the vacuum regulator. This configuration makes high vacuum and regulated low
vacuum available at a common port, port 1 which is connected to VC1, LV1, and the vacuum
sensor.
At rest, when the pneumatics are on but the analyzer is not cycling, the high vacuum supply
being regulated to 6-in. Hg by the vacuum regulator is the vacuum available inside the
vacuum chamber, VC1. Regulated vacuum, monitored by the vacuum sensor, is used during
the count portion of the cycle to draw the WBC and RBC dilutions through their respective
apertures and to pull sweep-flow diluent behind the RBC aperture.
The high vacuum applied to VC1 when LV2 is energized is used to scavenge waste during the
probe-wipe function. Solenoid LV1 is used to vent VC1 to atmosphere when it is draining and
during high vacuum/low vacuum transitions.
On the single-head pneumatic pump, LV5 switches the exhaust to atmosphere when vacuum
is being used.
Probe Wipe
The probe-wipe function involves two tasks, probe washing with diluent and probe drying.
Both tasks require high vacuum. To supply the high vacuum needed to accomplish these
tasks, LV8 connects the high vacuum supply in VC1 to the bottom port of the probe-wipe
housing (Figure 2.2-5).
After aspiration, while the probe is moving up into the probe-wipe housing, LV10 is energized
to open the pathway from the diluent source to the top port of the probe-wipe housing and
peristaltic pump PM2 begins pumping diluent from the source container to the top
probe-wipe port. The diluent is forced in a spiral action down to the bottom probe-wipe port,
and with high vacuum assistance, is drawn into VC1. The probe-wipe waste path is split into
two lines for attachment to two outside fittings on VC1.
It is important to connect these tubings to the two outer fittings that allow the waste to enter
behind the splash guards inside VC1. This is necessary to reduce flow rate at each fitting
which reduces splashing and cross-talk in VC1. Once the outside of the probe is washed, PM2
is turned off and LV10 is de-energized which stops the supply of wash diluent. The high
vacuum being applied to the bottom probe-wipe housing port dries the probe before LV8
de-energizes. When the probe is moved up from inside the baths, the vacuum is reapplied to
the VC1 chamber without diluent to dry the probe.
PN 4237339F
Figure 2.2-5 Vacuum Chamber (VC1) System in AC•T 8/10 and AC•T diff Analyzer- Components and Flow
WBC RBC
aperture aperture
1 LV17 LV16 1
2
Diluent
Probe-wipe 2 2
housing 3
1 LV8
Probe
Vacuum
X
5 3 6 2 41
VC1
7339045E
Count
Regulated vacuum (6-in. Hg) is used for counting. The WBC aperture is connected to VC1
through LV17 and the RBC aperture through LV16 (Figure 2.2-5). During the count portion
of the cycle, the regulated vacuum available in VC1 is applied to these apertures when valves
LV16 and LV17 are energized. Once the pathway is open, the regulated vacuum in VC1 is
applied to the apertures and the WBC dilution inside the WBC bath is pulled through the
WBC aperture and the RBC dilution inside the RBC bath is pulled through the RBC aperture.
Additionally, on the RBC side, regulated vacuum also pulls diluent through the sweep-flow
line. Two streams of droplets should be entering VC1 during the count portion of the cycle.
Note: Regulated vacuum, 6-in. Hg, low vacuum, count vacuum, and aperture vacuum are
synonymous terms and are, therefore, interchangeable.
Pressure Supply
Exhaust from a single-head pneumatic pump or pressure from a dual-head pneumatic pump
is used as the mixing bubble air supply. These air bubbles pass through the sample dilution
inside each bath and mix the dilution to ensure the particle suspension is uniform throughout
the bath. LV5 switches the pressure between atmosphere and the mixing-bubble path
(Figure 2.2-6). The alternate energizing and de-energizing of LV5 breaks up the air flow and
creates the individual bubbles.
PN 4237339F
Figure 2.2-6 Pneumatic System in AC•T 8/10 and AC•T diff Analyzers- Pressure Components and Flow
W B C R B C
b a th b a th
L y tic
re a g e n t
C V 2
C V 1
C V 3 3 2 L V 3
3 2 L V 4
1 A T M
3 2 L V 5
P n e u m a tic
p u m p 1
7 3 3 9 0 4 4 F
Solenoids LV3 and LV4 control the path for the mixing bubbles. LV4 switches the air path
between the WBC bath lytic reagent (side) port and LV3. LV3 switches the mixing bubbles
between the bottom ports of the RBC and WBC baths. The alternate energizing and
de-energizing of LV5 provides the bubble rate.
Check valves are used in all three mixing bubble paths to ensure that liquid from the bath
does not migrate into the pneumatic system. At the completion of mixing, an air gap remains.
This air gap electrically isolates the reagent systems from the dilution in the bath that is about
to be counted.
Aperture Sensor System

The aperture sensor system is responsible for sample analysis. It consists of:
r An RBC and a WBC bath and aperture assembly for cell count and size
r A photometer for Hgb measurement
r The vacuum chamber (VC1)
r A sweep-flow tubing spool
r Two fluidic solenoid valves opening the vacuum pathway to each bath
These components are mounted on a plate that is electrically isolated from the chassis and is
enclosed with a shield attached to it. A single ground connection between this assembly and
the preamp shield on the Analyzer card eliminates undesirable ground loops.
PN 4237339F
The aperture and bath are one piece. The assembly clips (without fasteners) onto a bath
support. The electrical connection to the bath assembly is via one coaxial cable plugged
directly into the preamp on the Analyzer card. The internal wire is attached to the internal
rear chamber electrode and the coaxial shield is connected to the external bath electrode.
Since most of the assembly is enclosed within the isolated shield/plate assembly, there is little
need to shield both electrode wires individually, although a portion of the coaxial cable inside
the instrument’s chassis is not shielded from noise coming from within the chassis.
Note: Two versions of the aperture/bath assembly are currently in use. The newer version has
an extra tubing port at the top of the bath that is not used by the AC•T 8/10 or AC•T diff
analyzer, but is used by the AC•T diff 2 analyzer. If this bath is used, the newer molded
version of the bath clamp must also be used, since it has a notch to accommodate the extra
fitting.
Hemoglobin Photometer Assembly
CAUTION The length of the screw used to mount the Hgb photometer assembly is critical. A screw that is
too long will punch a hole in the WBC bath aperture assembly. Use the correct length screw to mount the
Hgb photometer assembly.
A single screw mounts the Hgb photometer assembly to the WBC bath while two additional
screws and posts are used for shipping support. The assembly is composed of two pieces, a
housing including the photodiode and preamp, and the removable Hgb lamp. A coaxial cable
connects the photodiode preamp to the Analyzer card. A four-wire cable connects the lamp to
the Analyzer card. On the AC•T 8/10 analyzer, two wires are used for the lamp’s voltage and
two wires are used to sense the voltage applied to the lamp. Lamp sensing is used to keep the
lamp’s voltage constant at approximately 3.18 Vdc. On the AC•T diff analyzer, sensing is not
used by the Analyzer card and the supply voltage is 3.6 Vdc.
Waste and Cleaner System
Waste System
At the completion of a sample run, the remaining sample dilutions, the counted sample, and
the material washed from the outside of the probe must be cleared from the system in
preparation for the next sample. This means the two aperture baths and the vacuum chamber,
VC1, must be drained and rinsed then the accumulated waste expelled from the analyzer.
Peristaltic pump PM1 drains these chambers and LV14 and LV15 control the flow of waste
(Figure 2.2-7).
To effectively remove waste from the system, an individual drain line is attached to the
bottom of each chamber (the WBC bath, the RBC bath, and VC1). Each drain line is
controlled by a small Bio-Chem pinch valve. LV14 normally connects the waste system to the
bottom port of the RBC bath and when energized, switches the waste system to the bottom
port of the WBC bath. LV15 is normally connected to LV14 for bath drainage and when
energized, connects peristaltic pump PM1 to the bottom port of VC1. When PM1 is rotated
clockwise, the selected chamber is drained. LV1 must also be energized to apply atmospheric
pressure when draining VC1.
PN 4237339F
Figure 2.2-7 Waste/Cleaner System in AC•T 8/10 and AC•T diff Analyzers - Components and Flow
FS3
1 2 CV4
Cleaner
2 1
Waste
PM1 CV5
FLS2
LV13
WBC RBC
bath bath
VC1
LV14
CV6
LV15
7339042E
Cleaner System
To limit the number of components used in the instrument, peristaltic pump PM1 does
double duty (Figure 2.2-7). Normally PM1 is connected to the waste system, but when LV13
is energized, PM1 is connected to the AC•T Rinse™ shutdown diluent (cleaner). PM1 is
rotated counterclockwise and AC•T Rinse shutdown diluent is brought into the system and
fills both counting baths through their respective waste ports. An inline optical fluid sensor
(FS3) is placed in the tubing from the reagent source to ensure reagent is present.
A parallel check valve/filter combination is used to ensure that waste is not pushed back into
the system. When draining waste from the system, the waste passes through CV4. When the
AC•T Rinse shutdown diluent is brought into the system, it passes through CV5 and
hydraulic particle filter FLS2. FLS2 captures debris from the waste system and from the
peristaltic pump tubing wear before debris can enter the baths. FLS2 is directional and fluid
should enter the blue (striped) side of the filter.
PN 4237339F
Peristaltic Pumps
A peristaltic pump consists of a spool with an attached motor (Figure 2.2-8). The spool is a
cylindrical device which has a rim or ridge at each end and an axial hole for inserting the
motor’s shaft. Flexible tubing is wound around the spool and attached to a connector. When
the motor is turned on, the motor’s rotating shaft rotates the spool. Fluid is forced along by
waves of contraction produced mechanically on the flexible tubing. The direction of flow is
determined by the clockwise or counterclockwise rotation of the motor’s shaft.
Figure 2.2-8 Peristaltic Pump Assembly
Motor
Spool
Flexible tubing
7339131E
Two peristaltic pumps are used on the AC•T 8/10 and AC•T diff analyzers. PM1 is used to
either move shutdown diluent (cleaner) into the analyzer or waste out of the analyzer while
PM2 is used to move diluent from the reagent source into the diluent reservoir.
PN 4237339F
POWER SUPPLY MODULE 2
2.4 POWER SUPPLY MODULE
Components
The Power Supply module, a single module mounted on the rear of the AC•T analyzer
(Figure 2.4-1), provides power for the instrument. The Power Supply modules used in the
AC•T Series analyzers vary slightly and, therefore, require three separate part numbers.
The main component of the Power Supply module is a switching supply. See Table 2.4-1 for
the specifications.
Table 2.4-1 Switching Supply Specifications
Category Item Specifications

ac input Frequency 47 to 63 Hz, single phase
Voltage 90 to 264 Vac
dc output Power 80 W, continuous at 50°C
Output 1 +5 Vdc ±3% at 12 A
Output 2 +24 Vdc ±5% at 3 A
Output 3 -15 Vdc ±2% at 1.5 A
Output 4 +15 Vdc ±2% at 1.5 A
Performance Minimum load None required if load on ±15 Vdc <0.5 A
Adjustment None required
Turn-on-Time 2 second maximum at 120 Vac
Overshoot/undershoot ±5% of output voltage
Ripple and noise (20 MHz) 1.5% of output voltage, p-p max
Regulation Output 1 (20% to 100% load) ±1%
Output 2 (20% to 100% load) ±2%
Output 3 (20% to 100% load) ±2%
Output 4 (20% to 100% load) ±2%
General Input protection Internal fuse
Transients
Surge
Output protection Indefinite short circuit protection, all outputs, automatic recovery
Overload, automatic recovery after fault removal
Reliability 100,000 hours calculated
85,000 hours demonstrated
Operating temperature 0 to 50°C
Humidity 5 to 95% RH, non-condensing
Altitude To 10,000 ft
Leakage current Maximum 150 µA, normal conditions at 264 Vac, 47 Hz
PN 4237339F
POWER SUPPLY MODULE
Other components comprising the Power Supply module are (Figure 2.4-1):
r Neutral and line 1.5 A, SLO-BLO fuses, AC•T 8/10 and AC•T diff analyzers
r The instrument’s ON/OFF switch

r A power line cord connector
r A shielding case
r A power harness
r Connector P5
Figure 2.4-1 Power Supply Module - Main Components
Connector
P5
Shielding
case
Power
line cord
connector
Power ON/OFF
switch
Fuse
holders 7339013C
Module Differentiation
Power Harness and Connectors

The Power Supply modules for the AC•T 8/10 and the AC•T diff analyzers are identical
except for the power harness and connectors. The Power Supply module for the AC•T 8/10
analyzer uses a 9-pin connector for P5, while the Power Supply module for the AC•T diff
analyzer uses a 12-pin connector for P5. Like the AC•T diff analyzer, the AC•T diff 2 analyzer
uses a 12-pin connector for P5.
The location of connector P5 is shown in Figure 2.4-1. The nine pinouts for the P5 connector
on the AC•T 8/10 analyzer are described in Table A.1-6. The 12 pinouts for P5 connector on
the AC•T diff and AC•T diff 2 analyzers are described in Table A.1-7.
PN 4237339F
POWER SUPPLY MODULE 2
The pinouts for P5 were increased to allow for greater +24 Vdc supply current draw by the
AC•T diff and AC•T diff 2 analyzers; two wires are used for the +24 Vdc instead of one. The
need for two different harnesses arose due to instrument design changes that exceeded the
current rating for a single wire. The sense line for the +5 Vdc supply is also passed through
the connector to the card in the 12-pin version.
A 12-pin to 9-pin converter harness is available to allow the newer, 12-pin Power Supply
module for the AC•T diff analyzer to be used on an older AC•T 8/10 analyzer. The 12-pin
Power Supply module for the AC•T diff 2 analyzer is not interchangeable with the Power
Supply modules used on the AC•T 8/10 and AC•T diff analyzers.
Fuses
The AC•T 8/10 and AC•T diff Power Supply module circuitry uses two 1.5 A SLO-BLO fuses;
whereas, the Power Supply module for the AC•T diff 2 analyzer uses two 2.5 A SLO-BLO
fuses.
Appearance
The Power Supply module’s exterior cover matches the paint scheme used on the back of the
analyzer. The AC•T diff 2 analyzer uses a lighter paint scheme than that used on the
AC•T 8/10 and AC•T diff analyzers covers.
Comparison
The major components used in these three Power Supply modules are identical. The
modifications requiring them to have separate part numbers are minimal. Table 2.4-2
provides a quick reference of the features that make the Power Supply modules differ enough
to require a separate part number.
Table 2.4-2 Power Supply Module - Comparison of Unique Features
AC•T 8/10 Analyzers AC•T diff Analyzer AC•T diff 2 Analyzer

Connector P5 9-pin 12-pin 12-pin
Output via Connector P5 See Table A.1-6 See Table A.1-7 See Table A.1-7
Fuses 1.5 A SLO-BLO 1.5 A SLO-BLO 2.5 A SLO-BLO
Exterior Finish dark dark light
Interchangeability Must not be used on Can also be used on an Must not be used on
any other AC•T analyzer AC•T 8/10 analyzer any other AC•T analyzer
using a 12-pin to 9-pin
converter harness
PN 4237339F
ANALYZER CARDS - AC•T diff and AC•T diff 2 Analyzers 2
2.6 ANALYZER CARDS - AC•T diff and AC•T diff 2 Analyzers
The Analyzer card is the main electronic printed circuit (PC) card in the instrument. It
controls all the input/output functions and data analysis. Refer to Figure 4.4-2 for the
location of the Analyzer card.
Currently the AC•T 8/10, the AC•T diff and the AC•T diff 2 analyzers use different Analyzer
cards. The Analyzer card for the AC•T 8/10 analyzer is described in Heading 2.5.
A major difference among these Analyzer cards is the additional editor circuitry needed by the
AC•T diff and AC•T diff 2 analyzers for creating histograms. The use of surface-mount
technology (SMT) for mounting components allows more circuitry on the same size card so
the overall size of the Analyzer card has not changed. The numbering for its connectors also
remains the same. One obvious difference is the number of mounting holes on the cards. The
Analyzer cards for the AC•T 8/10 and AC•T diff analyzers use seven mounting holes; the
Analyzer card for the AC•T diff 2 analyzer has an eighth mounting hole in its lower right
corner (Figure 4.4-3).
Although the Analyzer card for the AC•T diff 2 analyzer is very similar to the Analyzer card
for the AC•T diff analyzer, it has more driver components to handle the additional stepper
motors, dc motors, and sensors used by the AC•T diff 2 analyzer. Refer to Figures A.2-2 and
A.2-3 for component locations.
New AC•T diff and AC•T diff 2 analyzers are shipped with a Universal AC•T diff/AC•T diff 2
Analyzer card. This card provides better motor drive current and stepping control for the
peristaltic pumps in the AC•T diff analyzer and the FMI sample pump in the AC•T diff 2
analyzer, and is required if these pumps are wired for half-winding. Jumpers are used on the
Universal AC•T diff/AC•T diff 2 Analyzer card to configure the card for the instrument model
and for the type of peristaltic or FMI sample pump (full or half winding) currently in use on
the instrument. Refer to Figure A.2-4 for the jumper locations and to Table A.2-10 for the
jumper configurations.
Power Supply Filtering and Distribution

The Power Supply module provides +5 Vdc, ±15 Vdc, and +24 Vdc supplies to the Analyzer
card. Capacitors are used as filters for all these supplies to eliminate some of the switching
noise. The +5 Vdc is used for all the logic circuits. The ±15 Vdc supplies are used for the
analog circuitry. The +24 Vdc supply arrives at the Analyzer card on two wires. One wire is
used for the solenoid and dc motor-driver circuitry, the dc/dc converter (U7), and the LCD
illumination. The other wire is used by the stepper motor drivers. U7 produces a 200 V
output from 24 Vdc. The 200 Vdc supply is used for the aperture current supplies and the
aperture burn (zap) circuitry. The device has a logical on/off control and is turned on only
during data acquisition, aperture zap, and while viewing the Voltages/Sensors screen. An
interlock inhibits the 200 Vdc turn on. The interlock is located at J6 (Figures A.2-2 and
A.2-3) and should be jumped.
Additional voltages are also created on the Analyzer card. Chip U8, a 7805CT, 5 Vdc regulator
produces a clean +5 Vdc supply from the +15 Vdc source. The +5 Vdc supply is free of
switching noise and is used for the more sensitive analog circuits. A +15 Vdc precision
reference supply is needed by the vacuum transducer. It is created with U7. Finally, the Red
PN 4237339F
ANALYZER CARDS - AC•T diff and AC•T diff 2 Analyzers
and White Amplifier and Editor circuits use ±10 Vdc references. The ±10 Vdc references are
generated on the Red and White Editor hybrid circuits, U65 and U73, respectively.
CPU and Memory

The main logic component on the Analyzer card is an Intel® 80C188EC embedded type
microprocessor (U116). U116 is capable of addressing 1 MB of memory and is operated at
16-MHz. All diluter control, timing, chip select signals, and computations are performed by
the CPU.
The full memory address capability of U116 is used. Chips U111 and U112, are 256 KB of
static RAM, and are used for temporary storage. Another 128 KB of non-volatile battery
backed static RAM, U109, are used to hold user setup information and stored patient and
control results. A 1 MB, Flash Memory card stores the program. Only 640 MB of the 1 MB are
used since that is all that the microprocessor can address.
Communication
Communication to Printer and host computer is provided by U3, a TL16C451 device. This is
an industry-standard device used on many computer motherboards. It provides both the
parallel Centronics™ Printer ouput via a female DB25 connector and RS-232 serial output
using a male DB9 connector. The serial output is capable of baud rates up to 19,200 KB.
Internal buffering and external resistors provide some ESD protection from the peripherals
connected to these ports.
Display
The control of the touch screen and LCD is handled by chip U60, a 74ABT16543 device. U60
is a bidirectional byte-wide data port and byte-wide control port. One bit in the control map
determines the direction of data flow. The data lines pass through RN7, a resistor network of
330-Ohm resistors. This provides ESD protection and matches impedance for the long ribbon
cable used.
Solenoid Control
Solenoid and dc motor control is provided using two 82C55 I/O expanders, chips U99 and
U100. Up to twenty-two dc drivers are selected using U99 and U100. Other lines on U100 are
used to control data acquisition and system modes of operation. U99 is also used to monitor
system and reagent status.
L603C drivers (U102, U103, and U104) drive solenoids and small dc motors, while
RF1K49156 drivers (U124, U125, and U54 on the Analyzer card for the AC•T diff 2 analyzer)
drive larger dc motors requiring higher current.
On the Analyzer card for the AC•T diff analyzer, U102 drives solenoids 1 through 8, U103
drives solenoids 9 through 16, and U104 drives solenoids 17 through 20. U124 drives
connector J12/LV23 and provides power to the vacuum pump. U125 drives connector
J11/LV22 which is currently a spare.
The Analyzer card for the AC•T diff 2 analyzer uses the same components to drive solenoids,
but it must drive five dc motors instead of one, creating a greater requirement for high current
drivers. Connector J36/LV6 uses higher current driver chip U54 instead of the lower current
solenoid driver on U102. The unused solenoid output on U102, formerly used by J36/LV6, is
tied to J31/LV1, doubling the power capability of J31/LV1. A similar scheme is used for
PN 4237339F
ANALYZER CARDS - AC•T diff and AC•T diff 2 Analyzers 2
solenoid connectors LV18/J48 and LV20/J50. Since U104 has eight drivers and only four are
used in the Analyzer card for the AC•T diff analyzer, the extra driver outputs are tied to these
connectors, doubling their power output capability.
Stepper Motor Control

The Analyzer cards for all the AC•T analyzer models handle stepper motor control in a very
similar manner. Each motor is controlled by its own microcontroller communicating with the
main CPU on a shared I2C bus. The Analyzer cards for the AC•T diff and AC•T diff 2
analyzers use an 83C751 (PLCC) device. This PLCC device has the same program as the
microcontroller device in the AC•T 8/10 analyzer.
All the Analyzer cards have the circuitry to control six motors, but only the Analyzer card for
the AC•T diff 2 analyzer uses six motor drivers. The Analyzer card for the AC•T diff analyzer,
like the one for the AC•T 8/10 analyzer, only has five components mounted.
Output from the microcontroller passes through L6506 and TPIC0298 devices. TPIC0298 is a
power stage and L6506 a current modulation controller. Table 2.6-1 summarizes the devices
and the motor functions they control.
Table 2.6-1 Stepper Motor Function Summary
Analyzer Card for AC•T diff Analyzer Analyzer Card for AC•T diff 2 Analyzer
Microcontroller l6506/TPIC0298 Output Function Output Function

U74 U84/U82 J24 M5- Triple syringes* J24 M5 - 50 µL sample pump*
U75 U85/U79 J14 Flex M4 - Probe vertical J14 M4 - Probe vertical
U77 U86/U80 J14 Flex M3- Probe horizontal J57 M3- Probe horizontal
U87 U96/U93 J27 M2- Diluent pump J27 M2- 100 µL diluent pump
U89 U97/U94 J26 M1- Waste pump* J26 M1 -100 µL lytic reagent pump*
U91 U98/U95 J25 M6 - Spare* J25 M6 - Cap-pierce motor*
On the Universal AC•T diff/AC•T diff 2 Analyzer card, a jumper is used to configure the card for this specific
function. Refer to Table A.2-10.
D/A Conversion
Digital to analog conversion is necessary for several functions. This conversion is
accomplished by U43, an AD7228 device. U43 converts digital information supplied by the
CPU into a white cell, red cell, and platelet count-threshold voltage, the contrast adjustment
voltage for the LCD and the voltage pulses used by the diagnostics pulse test.
Data Acquisition
The data acquisition scheme used by the AC•T diff analyzer is a replica of that used by the
COULTER MD II™ Series Analyzer (MD II analyzer). The data acquisition module consists of
Red and White Preamplifier circuits with Dc Restorer circuits, Platelet and White Gain and
Offset Stages, Red, Platelet and White Peak Detector hybrids, Red And White Pulse Editor
hybrids, delay lines, red and white editor state machines, a Platelet Processor circuit and three
a/d interfaces providing three DMA channels. The hybrid daughter cards are the same parts
used by the MD II analyzer and the state machines. U22 and U33 are the same EPLD with the
PN 4237339F
ANALYZER CARDS - AC•T diff and AC•T diff 2 Analyzers
same program used on the MD II analyzer. The gain is set during latex calibration using an
independent gain control stage for the red, platelet, and white channels.
The remainder of the data acquisition module is comprised of two ADG506A multiplexer
chips, U35 and U42. U35 and U42 route the system voltages, vacuum voltage, Hgb lamp and
photodetector amplifier output, temperature, red and white aperture voltages and the
26-percentile voltages. The selected voltage is fed to an a/d converter, AD7572 chip (U36)
for processing.
Jumpers
All of the jumpers on the Analyzer card for the AC•T diff analyzer and most of the jumpers on
the Analyzer card for the AC•T diff 2 analyzer are used for sub-assembly testing. Two of the
jumpers on the AC•T diff 2 analyzer are used for system configuration. Refer to Table A.2-7,
Analyzer Card Jumpers - AC•T diff 2 Analyzer (See Figure A.2-3) for the correct
jumper settings.
PN 4237339F
DISPLAY ASSEMBLY 2
2.7 DISPLAY ASSEMBLY
Main Components
The Display assembly for the AC•T analyzer is mounted on the front door. It is composed of
three separate electronic components fastened together: the touch screen, the LCD, and the
Display Controller Driver card (Figure 2.7-1). The touch screen and LCD are purchased
components while the Display Controller Driver card is designed in-house.
Figure 2.7-1 Display Assembly Components
Chassis
ground
strap
P61
Power on
LED cable
Touch screen
Daughter X1 to X4
cable
card
J66
LCD
J65
J63
J64
Display Controller
7339017E
Driver card
PN 4237339F
DISPLAY ASSEMBLY
Touch Screen
An 8 row x 8 column, digital-resistive touch screen provides system input. Table 2.7-1 lists
the general specifications for the touch screen.
Table 2.7-1 Touch Screen Specifications
Item Specification
Actuation force 40 to 80 g
Mechanical life 6 million cycles
Contact resistance (open) 20 MΩ
Contact resistance (closed) 10 to 30 KΩ
Operating voltage 5V
Operating current 5 mA
Flex cables connect the rows and columns (displayed as a grid) to the Display Controller
Driver card at connector J63. To connect the touch screen to the Display Controller Driver
card, locate the grid on the back of the touch screen and follow the pinouts on Table 2.7-2.
The grid is displayed in rows and columns. The columns correspond to the “front” flex cable
and the rows to the “back” flex cable.
Table 2.7-2 Touch Screen Connections to Display Controller Driver Card
Columns: Rows:
Pin Front Flex Cable Destination Pin (J63) Back Flex Cable Destination Pin (J63)
1 4 9 1 1
2 3 10 2 2
3 2 11 3 3
4 1 12 4 4
5 5 13 5 5
6 6 14 6 6
7 7 15 7 7
8 8 16 8 8
LCD
The liquid crystal display (LCD) is a 320 x 240 dot, graphics-capable, supertwist LCD with an
effective viewing area of 103 x 80 mm. There are two connectors on the LCD, CN1 and CN2.
CN1 connects directly to the Display Controller Driver card, J62, without a cable, while CN2
is a three-pin connector at the end of two wires (black and red) soldered directly to the LCD.
This connector plugs into CN2 on the high voltage backlight daughter card mounted to the
Display Controller Driver card. Table 2.7-3 and 2.7-4 respectively, describe the pinouts for
these connectors.
PN 4237339F
DISPLAY ASSEMBLY 2
Table 2.7-3 LCD Connector CN1
Pin Signal Function

1 YD (FRAME STARTUP) Signals start of each screen frame
2 WF (LIQUID CRYSTAL AC) Provides ac polarity in each display frame
3 LP (DISPLAY DATA LATCH) Latches data in each common line
4 XSCL (DISPLAY DATA SHIFT) Shifts data in 4-bit increments to display
5 INHX (DISPLAY ON/OFF) H=ON
L=OFF
6 XD0 Data bit 0
7 XD1 Data bit 1
8 XD2 Data bit 2
9 XD3 Data bit 3
10 +5 V Power supply voltage for logic at +5 Vdc
11 DGND Digital ground
12 -22 V Power supply for LCD at -22 Vdc
13 Voltage for LCD contrast adjustment
14 EGND Chassis (earth) ground
Table 2.7-4 LCD Connector CN2
Pin Signal Function

1 AC IN Ac backlight supply - 1000 V
2 Not connected
Display Controller Driver Card
Function
The Display Controller Driver card is an interface between the front door components and the
Analyzer card. The Display Controller Driver card:
r Receives power from the Analyzer card and distributes the power to the display, the
power on LED (J64/P64), and the reagent management card reader.
r Receives display data from the Analyzer card and uses the display data to control the
display.
r Receives input data from the touch screen and forwards it to the Analyzer card.
r Provides a two-way communication path between the reagent management card reader
and the Analyzer card.
Major components of the Display Controller Driver card include:
r A buzzer (BZ1) that provides sound for touch screen keypress response.
PN 4237339F
DISPLAY ASSEMBLY
r A high-voltage daughter board for LCD backlighting, which converts 24 Vdc to

1000 Vac. It is bolted onto the Display Controller Driver card and has two connectors,
CN1 and CN2. CN1 receives power from the Display Controller Driver main card and
CN2 feeds high voltage to the LCD.
r The U5 microcontroller (an 87C51 chip) that manages the touch screen input.
r The U6 display driver chip that drives the graphics LCD screen.
r The U7 memory used for the display by the display controller.
The interface between the Display controller Driver card and the Analyzer card is through
connector J61. The pins and functions of J61 are detailed in Table 2.7-5.
.
Table 2.7-5 Display Controller Driver Card - J61 Pinout
Pin Signal Description

1 DD0 Data bit to/from Analyzer card
2 DGND1 Motor and solenoid ground
4 +24 Vdc
6 LCD CONTRAST VOLTAGE Data bit to/from Analyzer card
7 DD3
8 +5 Vdc
10 +5 Vdc
14 EGND Earth ground
16 Not used Connects to address bit A16 of display memory (U7)
17 RESET Reset signal for reagent card reader
18 Production instruments do not use
19 /RD Read enable for display controller chip U6, active low
20 /LEDPWR Power source for power on LED
21 /WR Write enable for display controller chip U6, active low
22 SCLK Clock signal for reagent card reader
23 /CS Chip select signal for display controller chip U6, active low
24 KINT Keyboard interrupt signal from U5, keyboard controller
25 /KWR Write control signal for U5 (keyboard controller) active low
26 /KWD Read control signal for U5 (keyboard controller) active low
PN 4237339F
DISPLAY ASSEMBLY 2
Differences Between the Old and New Versions of the Display Controller Driver Card
Two versions of the Display Controller Driver card are currently being used in AC•T Series
analyzers: the old card with the standard through-hole design and the new card with
surface-mount design. Currently, both cards will work in any AC•T Series analyzer.
The old through-hole card design was used on the AC•T 8/10 analyzers and on the original
AC•T diff analyzers. Unlike the old version of the Display Controller Driver card, the new
version of the Display Controller Driver card allows the use of reagent management cards
from a different manufacturer. For this reason, when you replace the Display Controller
Driver card on an AC•T diff or AC•T diff 2 analyzer, you should always use the new version of
the Display Controller Driver card for the replacement. This way, if the decision is made to
change the vendor for the reagent management card, the AC•T diff and AC•T diff 2 analyzers
will be ready for the change.
Note: The new card is designed as a drop-in replacement and will work in any AC•T Series
analyzer; however, if a new Display Controller Driver card is used to replace an old card in an
AC•T 8 analyzer, the analyzer will still be unable to use reagent management cards from a
different manufacturer. Current software for the AC•T 8 analyzer does not support this
capability and there are no plans to add this capability to its program.
Table 2.7-6 lists the connectors used on the two versions of the Display Controller Driver
card.
Table 2.7-6 Display Controller Driver Card Connectors
Card Label Description (Through-Hole Design) Description (Surface-Mount Design)

J61 Analyzer card Analyzer card
J62 LCD LCD
J63 Touchscreen keypad Touch keypad
J64 Power LED Power LED
J65 Backlight Power Daughter card Backlight Power Daughter card
J66 Smart card reader Reagent Management card reader
J67 N/A Reagent Management card reader -
subassembly testing
Most of these connectors have identical locations on the two versions of this card. Because
some connectors are not in the same location, the two versions of the Display Controller
Driver card require different electromagnetic shields for the display assembly. FRUs that
include both the new Display Controller Driver card and the appropriate shield are available,
one for the AC•T 8/10 and AC•T diff analyzers and another for the AC•T diff 2 analyzer. Refer
to the master parts list, Table 8.1-1, or the illustrated parts list, Table 8.2-4, for the part
numbers.
Note: The AC•T diff 2 analyzer uses the same display assembly and the same Display
Controller Driver card as the AC•T diff analyzer. The shield is different because the front door
designs are different.
PN 4237339F
DISPLAY ASSEMBLY
Table 2.7-7 lists the jumpers used on the old through-hole design of the Display Controller
Driver card; the new surface-mount design does not need jumpers. Table 2.7-8 lists the test
points available on the two versions of the Display Controller Driver card.
Table 2.7-7 Display Controller Driver Card Jumpers

X1 ON N/A
X2 OFF N/A
X3 ON N/A
X4 OFF N/A
Table 2.7-8 Display Controller Driver Card Test Points

TP1 Oscillator output Oscillator output
TP2 -22 Vdc -22 Vdc
TP3 Digital ground Digital ground
TP4 +5 Vdc +5 Vdc
PN 4237339F
SOFTWARE STRUCTURE 2
2.8 SOFTWARE STRUCTURE
Overview
The AC•T analyzer software can be divided into two sections, the low-level operating system
and the diluter control. The operating system software provides instrument I/O, system error
checks, data analysis, and individual diluter subroutines or functions. The diluter control
software is responsible for all diluter activity. The operating system software provides diluter
functions that energize solenoids, drive motors, and check sensors in the diluter. A sequence
of these functions makes up a diluter table. In effect, these diluter functions become a
high-level programming language and the program using this language is called a diluter
table. Instrument cycles are diluter tables, such as the whole-blood (aspirate) diluter table or
the shutdown diluter table.
Menu Trees
Most I/O functions of the operating system software are controlled by the user. This
interaction between the user and the instrument is called the user interface. A touch screen
and LCD provide the physical user interface, while menus and menu items provide the
software user interface. Menus and menu items are displayed on the screen as graphic icons.
Pressing an icon selects that function or menu. Icons are used in place of text for language
independence. Refer to the following figures for a graphic representation of the available
icons and text equivalent for each icon:
r Figure A.3-2, Software Menu Tree - AC•T diff Analyzer
Instrument Cycles
Since an instrument cycle is a sequence of diluter functions that makes up a diluter table,
running an instrument cycle is simply running the appropriate diluter table. These diluter
tables, with appropriate parameters such as duration or rate, are stored in their own files. This
method allows changes to an instrument cycle without changing the main program.
Ten instrument cycles provide diluter control in the AC•T 8/10 and AC•T diff analyzers:
Powerup, Whole-Blood Aspirate, Predilute, Prime, Wakeup Prime, Startup, Shutdown, Clean
Baths, Non-Labile Control Mode (AC•T Tron™ control), and the Prepare-to-Ship cycle.
The AC•T diff 2 analyzer has a Closed-Vial Aspirate cycle and an Open-Vial Aspirate cycle in
place of the Whole-Blood Aspirate cycle. The primary aspirate or sample table for the
AC•T 8/10 and AC•T diff analyzers is the Whole-Blood Aspirate cycle; the primary aspirate
table for the AC•T diff 2 analyzer is the Closed-Vial Aspirate cycle.
PN 4237339F
SOFTWARE STRUCTURE
The following tables summarize the Powerup and the primary Aspirate cycles:
r Powerup cycles:
t Table 2.8-1, Powerup Cycle - AC•T 8/10 and AC•T diff Analyzers, All Software
Versions
r Aspirate cycles:
t Table 2.8-5, Whole-Blood Aspirate Cycle - AC•T diff Analyzer, Software Version
1.03
t Table 2.8-6, Whole-Blood Aspirate Cycle - AC•T diff Analyzer, Software Versions
1.04, 1.05, 1.06, and 2.00
t Table 2.8-7, Whole-Blood Aspirate Cycle - AC•T diff Analyzer with Veterinary
Option, Software Versions 1.04, 1.05, 1.06, and 2.00
Realize that changes in software can result in changes to these cycles. Also times are
approximate because they can vary. For example:
r The time to analyze the data depends on the shape of the histogram.
r The time to fill the reservoir up to the sensor depends on the starting level of the reagent
and on the state of the filters and the peristaltic pump tubing. This is even more
pronounced in the Powerup cycle when the reagent level can be anywhere.
r The position of the syringe, and therefore, the time it takes to home the syringe at the
beginning of the Powerup cycle, depends on the state of the instrument when the power
was turned off and what was done to the instrument while the power was off. The first
movement in the Powerup cycle is to home the syringe. If the syringe is already at home,
no time is taken. If the syringe is at the bottom of stroke, up to 2.2 seconds is used. This
time affects the rest of the Powerup cycle. For the Powerup cycles described in Tables
2.8-1 and 2.8-2, step duration is given rather than time.
Powerup Cycle
The Powerup cycle is a diluter cycle that is executed once the main program is up and
running. When power is applied, the software first checks for valid CMOS data, then displays
the copyright screen, does a checksum of the Flash Memory card, checks for clock
movement, setting a default if necessary, and finishes by doing a DVM check and a waste level
check. This activity takes 25 to 30 seconds. When this activity is complete, the Powerup cycle
begins. This Powerup cycle may also be executed when leaving the Diagnostics menu or the
Diluter Functions menu, or when entering into the Verify Predilute function.
Tables 2.8-1 and 2.8-2 describe the Powerup cycle for the current models and software
versions of the AC•T Series analyzers.
PN 4237339F
Table 2.8-1 Powerup Cycle - AC•T 8/10 and AC•T diff Analyzers, All Software Versions
Duration Activity
2.0 Energize LV1, de-energize LV2 through LV17 (when power is applied, some drivers may be on)
0.025 Energize LV1, turn on vacuum pump, energize LV11 and LV7
2.2 to 3.1 Home syringe while draining RBC bath and moving probe up
0.0 to 32.4 Fill diluent reservoir
2.27 Fill diluent syringe (3.0 mL) while draining RBC bath
0.025 Energize LV12
2.45 Dispense diluent syringe into RBC bath, de-energize LV12
9.5 Repeat last 3 steps 2 times
0.0 Energize LV14
0.025 Wait
2.24 Fill diluent syringe (3.0 mL), drain WBC bath
0.025 Energize LV12, energize LV7
2.45 Dispense 3.1 mL from diluent syringe to WBC bath
0.0 De-energize LV12, energize LV7
2.0 Fill diluent syringe (5.0 mL)
0.0 Check diluent sensor for empty (fluid not at sensor) state
2.9 Dispense diluent syringe to sensor (5.0 mL to reservoir)
2.24 Fill diluent syringe (3.0 mL), drain WBC bath, send probe to aspirate position, check lytic reagent sensor
0.025 De-energize LV14, energize LV12, de-energize LV7, energize LV8
2.45 Dispense 3.0 mL from diluent syringe to WBC bath, fill diluent reservoir
0.0 De-energize LV12, LV8, LV11
BEGIN CLEANUP ROUTINE (performed only if power was turned OFF in midcycle)
0.0 Energize LV11, LV7
0.025 Delay
2.43 Fill diluent syringe with 3.0 mL while draining RBC bath
3.525 Energize LV12, dispense 3.0 mL from diluent syringe to RBC bath while filling diluent reservoir,
de-energize LV12
2.24 Fill syringe with 3.0 mL while draining WBC bath
0.025 De-energize LV8, energize LV12, de-energize LV7
1.55 Move probe to WBC bath, dispense 0.2 mL from diluent syringe to WBC bath
0.025 De-energize LV11
4.48 Move probe down into WBC bath, dispense (to sensor, about 3.0 mL) from diluent syringe through probe
to WBC bath
PN 4237339F
SOFTWARE STRUCTURE
Table 2.8-1 Powerup Cycle - AC•T 8/10 and AC•T diff Analyzers, All Software Versions (Continued)
Duration Activity
0.0 De-energize LV12, energize LV11, LV7
0.025 Delay
2.24 Fill diluent syringe with 3.0 mL while draining WBC bath
0.025 Energize LV12, de-energize LV7
2.45 Dispense 3.0 mL from diluent syringe to bottom of WBC bath while filling diluent reservoir
0.025 Energize LV7, de-energize LV12
10 Repeat last 5 steps 2 times
0.025 De-energize LV14, LV7, LV11, energize LV8, LV2, LV10
1.85 Fill diluent reservoir without stopping at sensor, move probe up
1.0 De-energize LV10
1.55 De-energize LV2, LV8, move probe to aspirate position
END CLEANUP ROUTINE (resume normal Powerup cycle at next step)
0.025 Energize LV1, LV15, LV7, LV11
0.9 Fill diluent syringe with 1.8 mL while draining VC1
0.025 De-energize LV7, LV11
1.3 to 3.15 Fill diluent reservoir while further draining VC1
0.025 De-energize LV1, energize LV8
1.3 Aspirate 12.0 µL, move probe down, sound a warning beep, drain VC1
0.025 De-energize LV8, turn vacuum pump off, energize LV1
0.0 to 5.4 Fill diluent reservoir to sensor (tries 5 fills of 10.8 seconds each)
1.127 Overfill diluent reservoir with 2.5 mL (without regard to sensor)
0.0 Check diluent sensor for fluid (system expects fluid at sensor)
Aspirate Cycle
Pressing the aspirate switch or closing the cap-pierce door initiates the Aspirate cycle. The
main program turns on the vacuum pump and then executes the Aspirate cycle table for the
mode selected.
Tables 2.8-3, 2.8-4, 2.8-5, 2.8-6, 2.8-7, and 2.8-8 describe the primary Aspirate cycles for the
current models and software versions of the AC•T Series analyzers. The primary Aspirate
cycles are described because they are the cycles most frequently used and because they use all
the instrument’s components except the AC•T Rinse shutdown diluent pump and solenoid.
When running repeated Aspirate cycles, the syringe and FMI pump positions and the diluent
level are known at the beginning of the cycle, so timing is more accurate than it is for the
Powerup cycle. For this reason, the first column (Timing) in the Aspirate cycle tables gives a
time relative to the beginning of the cycle.
PN 4237339F
SOFTWARE STRUCTURE
Table 2.8-5 Whole-Blood Aspirate Cycle - AC•T diff Analyzer, Software Version 1.03
Time Activity
0 Energize LV2 (high vacuum), aspirate 12.0 µL
0.32 Energize LV10, LV14, LV8, check for 6 in. Hg at VC1, sound probe warning, move up and wipe probe,
drain WBC bath, overfill diluent reservoir
2.32 De-energize LV14, LV10, aspirate 12.0 µL (air gap)
2.7 Drain RBC bath, move probe to WBC bath, rinse WBC bath with 2.6 mL
4.03 De-energize LV8, LV2, LV12, energize LV14, LV7, take “Hgb Blank2” reading
4.08 Drain WBC bath, fill diluent reservoir with 2.5 mL and diluent syringe with 3.250 mL
5.64 Energize LV12, de-energize LV14, prefill RBC bath with 240.0 µL, de-energize LV7
5.84 Prefill WBC bath with 1.5 mL, move probe into WBC bath, partial drain RBC bath, fill reservoir
6.59 Take “Hgb Blank1” reading, de-energize LV11, dispense 980.0 µL with sample from probe to WBC bath,
drain RBC bath, fill reservoir
7.92 Energize LV3, LV11, LV7, send mix bubbles through lytic reagent port (Energize/de-energize LV5 4 times)
9.32 0.6 mL rinse to RBC bath (prefill), drain RBC bath
10.11 De-energize LV3, LV12, fill diluent syringe with 3.0 mL, fill reservoir
11.36 Drain VC1, aspirate 100.0 µL from WBC bath, fill diluent reservoir, check lytic reagent sensor
12.96 Energize LV8, de-energize LV15, LV1, energize LV2, LV12, LV11
12.99 Prefill RBC bath with 2.0 mL, fill reservoir, move probe up
13.8 De-energize LV8, drain RBC bath, fill reservoir, move probe to RBC bath
16.0 Energize LV8, move probe into RBC bath with vacuum dry, dispense 695.0 µL diluent from diluent
syringe to bottom of RBC bath
16.55 De-energize LV8, LV2, LV7, energize LV9, de-energize LV11, energize LV3
16.58 Dispense 415.0 µL lytic reagent into WBC bath (while dispensing 100.0 µL sample and 2.075 mL diluent
into RBC bath), mix with 3 bubbles through bottom port, fill diluent reservoir
19.85 De-energize LV3, delay 0.25 seconds, de-energize LV9, LV12, energize LV4, mix WBC bath with 4 bubbles
through lytic reagent port
20.9 De-energize LV4, mix RBC bath through bottom port with 2 bubbles
21.4 Energize LV16, LV17, delay 1 second, acquire data
Note: The time for acquiring count data depends on the number of extended counts. When Plt data is
insufficient, sensing is extended up to eight additional 3.0 second counts in an attempt to acquire
sufficient data. Because the time for acquiring data varies, the start time for the next sequence of events
also varies.
36.4 De-energize LV17, LV16, fill diluent syringe with 3.25 mL, drain RBC bath, move probe into RBC bath
37.88 Energize LV12, LV1, LV15, dispense 0.2 mL diluent from probe
38.13 Home syringe, dispense 3.4 mL diluent to RBC bath, drain VC1, fill diluent reservoir, take two Hgb
Sample readings 0.5 seconds apart
PN 4237339F
Table 2.8-5 Whole-Blood Aspirate Cycle - AC•T diff Analyzer, Software Version 1.03 (Continued)
Time Activity
39.78 De-energize LV1, energize LV2, LV14, de-energize LV12, LV15, energize LV8
39.81 Fill syringe with 3.6 mL, drain WBC bath, move probe up, analyze CBC data
Note: The time needed to analyze data depends on the amount of data accumulated during data analysis
and the Plt histogram data. A normal blood takes about 6.0 seconds, but can vary from 4.0 to 8.0
seconds. Because the time needed to analyze this data varies, the start time for the next sequence of
events also varies.
46.2 De-energize LV8, LV2, energize LV12, de-energize LV7, energize LV15, LV1
46.23 Dispense diluent syringe to WBC bath, drain VC1, perform histogram analysis, flagging, clog detection
48.06 De-energize LV12, LV15, LV1, energize LV11, LV7, fill diluent syringe with 1.8 mL, fill diluent reservoir,
move probe to aspirate position, show results to screen
48.3 De-energize LV11, LV7, LV14, energize LV8, LV2, increment cycle counter
48.33 Energize LV3, LV5 (for 200.0 ms), aspirate 12 µL, fill diluent reservoir (do not look at sensor), sound
probe warning, move syringe down
48.84 De-energize LV3, LV8, LV2, LV7, vacuum pump, energize LV1, LV15, fill diluent reservoir to sensor, print
results
Note: The time needed to print results depends on the Printer used and increases significantly when
automatic host transmission is performed. Because the time needed to print varies, the start time for the
next sequence of events also varies.
52.84 Reservoir overfill, drain VC1, zap aperture
PN 4237339F
SOFTWARE STRUCTURE
Table 2.8-6 Whole-Blood Aspirate Cycle - AC•T diff Analyzer,

Software Versions 1.04, 1.05, 1.06, and 2.00
Time Activity
0 Energize LV2 (high vacuum), aspirate 12.0 µL
0.32 Energize LV10, LV14, LV8, check for 6 in. Hg at VC1, sound probe warning, move up and wipe probe,
drain WBC bath, overfill diluent reservoir
2.5 De-energize LV14, LV10, aspirate 12.0 µL (air gap)
2.88 Drain RBC bath, move probe to WBC bath, rinse WBC bath with 2.6 mL
4.3 De-energize LV8, LV2, LV12, energize LV14, LV7, take “Hgb Blank2” reading
4.9 Drain WBC bath, fill diluent reservoir with 2.5 mL and diluent syringe with 3.250 mL
6.6 Energize LV12, de-energize LV14, prefill RBC bath with 240.0 µL, de-energize LV7
6.8 Prefill WBC bath with 1.5 mL, move probe into WBC bath, partial drain RBC bath, fill reservoir
7.92 Take “Hgb Blank1” reading, de-energize LV11, dispense 980.0 µL with sample from probe to WBC bath,
drain RBC bath, fill reservoir
9.25 Energize LV3, LV11, LV7, send mix bubbles through lytic reagent port (energize/de-energize LV5 4 times)
10.65 0.6 mL rinse to RBC bath (prefill), partial drain RBC bath
11.44 De-energize LV3, LV12, fill diluent syringe with 3.0 mL, fill reservoir, drain RBC bath
12.8 Drain VC1, aspirate 100.0 µL from WBC bath, fill diluent reservoir, check lytic reagent sensor
14.4 Energize LV8, de-energize LV15, LV1, energize LV2, LV12, LV11
14.43 Rinse RBC bath with 2.0 mL, fill reservoir, move probe up
15.32 De-energize LV8, drain RBC bath, fill reservoir, move probe to RBC bath
17.71 Energize LV8, move probe into RBC bath with vacuum dry, dispense 695.0 µL diluent from diluent
syringe to bottom of RBC bath
18.27 De-energize LV8, LV2, LV7, energize LV9, de-energize LV11, energize LV3
18.29 Dispense 415.0 µL lytic reagent into WBC bath (while dispensing 100.0 µL sample and 2.075 mL diluent
into RBC bath), mix with 3 bubbles through bottom port, fill diluent reservoir
21.56 De-energize LV3, delay 0.25 seconds, de-energize LV9, LV12, energize LV4, mix WBC bath with 4 bubbles
through lytic reagent port
22.61 De-energize LV4, mix RBC bath through bottom port with 2 bubbles
23.11 Energize LV16, LV17, move probe up, delay 1 second, acquire data
Note: The time for acquiring count data depends on the number of extended counts. When Plt data is
insufficient, sensing is extended up to eight additional 3.0 second counts in an attempt to acquire
sufficient data. Because the time for acquiring data varies, the start time for the next sequence of events
also varies.
38.11 De-energize LV17, LV16, fill diluent syringe with 3.25 mL, drain RBC bath, move probe into RBC bath
39.72 Energize LV12, LV1, LV15, dispense 0.2 mL diluent from probe
PN 4237339F
Table 2.8-6 Whole-Blood Aspirate Cycle - AC•T diff Analyzer,
Software Versions 1.04, 1.05, 1.06, and 2.00
Time Activity
39.97 Home syringe, dispense 3.3 mL diluent to RBC bath, drain VC1, fill diluent reservoir, take two Hgb
Sample readings 0.5 seconds apart
41.77 De-energize LV1, energize LV2, LV14, de-energize LV12, LV15, energize LV8
41.8 Fill syringe with 3.6 mL, drain WBC bath, move probe up, analyze CBC data
Note: The time needed to analyze data depends on the amount of data accumulated during data analysis
and the Plt histogram data. A normal blood takes about 6.0 seconds, but can vary from 4.0 to 8.0
seconds. Because the time needed to analyze this data varies, the start time for the next sequence of
events also varies.
48.0 De-energize LV8, LV2, energize LV12, de-energize LV7, energize LV15, LV1
48.03 Dispense diluent syringe to WBC bath, drain VC1, perform histogram analysis, flagging, clog detection
50.02 De-energize LV12, LV15, LV1, energize LV11, LV7, fill diluent syringe with 1.8 mL, fill diluent reservoir,
move probe to aspirate position, show results to screen
51.39 De-energize LV11, LV7, LV14, energize LV8, LV2, LV3, LV5 for 200.0 ms, increment cycle counter
51.42 Aspirate 12 µL, fill diluent reservoir (do not look at sensor), sound probe warning, move syringe down
51.95 De-energize LV3, LV8, LV2, LV7, turn vacuum pump off, energize LV1, LV15, fill diluent reservoir to
sensor, print results if Autoprint ON
Note: The time needed to print results depends on the Printer used and increases significantly when
automatic host transmission is performed. Because the time needed to print varies, the start time for the
next sequence of events also varies.
56.32 Reservoir overfill, drain VC1, zap aperture
PN 4237339F
INSTRUMENT STATES 2
2.9 INSTRUMENT STATES
To save time and reagents whenever power is interrupted, the AC•T Series analyzers record
the time of the last sample run and the state of the instrument, or more specifically the
diluter, as power is lost. The six instrument states are: busy, ready, sleep, exception, error, and
ready-to-ship.
r Busy state - Any time the diluter is in the middle of a cycle performing some operation,
the exact fluidic condition is not known and this is considered the “busy” state.
r Ready state - When the instrument is not performing a cycle and is waiting for user
input.
r Sleep state - The instrument is put to sleep after two hours without running a sample. To
save energy, improve reliability, and force a Prime cycle the Hgb lamp and pneumatic
pump are turned off. If the system is in the Sample Results screen, the probe is retracted.
If the first request, while the instrument is asleep, is to go to the Sample Results screen,
the probe retracts immediately, the system awakens, then the probe returns to the
aspirate position. Retracting the probe prevents using sample aspiration to awaken the
instrument from the sleep state. This is necessary because system vacuum takes time to
build up to sufficient levels to perform a probe wash and is also used to force a Prime
cycle after two hours.
Note: If the screen is not touched for 15 minutes, the screen backlighting is turned off
(the screen goes blank). This is not considered the “sleep state.” Touch the screen to turn
it back on.
r Exception state - When the instrument identifies a situation requiring the user to take
some action before the instrument can continue (for example, a reagent is empty).
r Error state - When the instrument identifies a fatal error condition.
r Ready-to-Ship state - When the “prepare-to-ship” sequence of operations has been
performed.
The state of the instrument at the time it was powered down is used during powerup to
determine what actions to take.
r If the instrument was in a ready state when powered down, a Powerup cycle (home all
hardware, perform one drain and rinse, extend the probe and check the lytic reagent
level) is performed.
r If the instrument was in a ready state when powered down and over two hours have
elapsed since the last Sample cycle, a Startup cycle is automatically performed after the
Powerup cycle is completed.
r If the instrument was in any other state when powered down, an extended Cleanup
cycle is performed during the Powerup cycle, then a Startup cycle (including a
background count) is performed after the Powerup cycle.
PN 4237339F
CONTENTS 3
3 INSTALLATION PROCEDURE, 3.1-1
3.1 INSTRUMENT INSTALLATION, 3.1-1
3.2 OPTIONAL PRINTERS, 3.2-1

Epson TM-290P® and TM-295P® Slip Printers, 3.2-1
Verification, 3.2-2
Canon® BJC-250 Bubble Jet™ Printer, 3.2-3
Verification, 3.2-4
Ithaca Series 90 Printer, 3.2-5
OKIPAGE™ 14e LED Printer, 3.2-5
Verification, 3.2-6
3.3 VETERINARY SOFTWARE OPTION, 3.3-1

Veterinary Software Installation, 3.3-1
ILLUSTRATIONS
3.2-1 Epson TM-290P Slip Printer - DIP Switch, SW1, Location, 3.2-1
3.2-2 Connecting Optional Printers, 3.2-2
3.2-3 Epson TM-290P Slip Printer - Location of Controls and Indicators, 3.2-3
3.2-4 Canon BJC-250 Bubble Jet Printer - Power/Resume Controls and Indicators, 3.2-4
TABLES
3.1-1 AC•T Analyzer Installation Documents, 3.1-1
3.2-1 Canon BJC-250 Bubble Jet Printer - Available Printer Information/Tests, 3.2-4
PN 4237339F
Changed with the DEMO VERSION of CAD-KAS PDF-Editor (http://www.cadkas.com).
3INSTALLATION PROCEDURE 3
3.1 INSTRUMENT INSTALLATION

Complete installation instructions and procedures are available in the customer documents
listed in Table 3.1-1.
Table 3.1-1 AC•T Analyzer Installation Documents
AC•T 8/10 analyzer Getting Started English 4237289

Chinese 4237355
French 4237349
German 4237352
Italian 4237361
Japanese 4237358
Spanish 4237346
Installation and Training Guide for the AC•T Pak™ Reagent English 4237414
Installation Guide English 4237407
AC•T diff analyzer Installation and Training Guide for the AC•T Pak™ Reagent English 4237421
Chinese 4237444
French 4237432
German 4237436
Italian 4237440
Spanish 4237428
Chinese 4237445
French 4237433
German 4237437
Italian 4237441
Japanese 4237449
Spanish 4237429
AC•T diff 2 analyzer Installation and Training Guide for the diff AC•T Pak™ Reagent and the English 4237517
diff AC•T Tainer™ Reagent French 4237553
German 4237544
Italian 4237561
Japanese 4237556
Spanish 4237550
Portuguese 4237547
PN 4237339F
INSTALLATION PROCEDURES
OPTIONAL PRINTERS 3
3.2 OPTIONAL PRINTERS

Epson TM-290P® and TM-295P® Slip Printers
The Epson TM-290P and TM-290P Slip Printers print numerical results on a ticket, but
cannot print histograms. Both models are parallel Printers supported by all AC•T Series
instruments and software except the AC•T analyzer Software Version 1.03. Two differences
between these printers, however, affect their use and operation.
1. The Printers have different power supply connectors, requiring the use of different
power supplies. That means that if you replace one model with the other you must also
replace the power supply.
2. If the Printer is operating but no ticket is in place, the Epson TM-290P Slip Printer
signals the instrument which initiates a printer warning, but the Epson TM-295 Slip
Printer does not signal the instrument. It continues printing as if a ticket is in place. If
the customer does not notice the missing ticket and cycles the next specimen, the data
from the first sample is lost.
For complete information on how to use this Printer, see the COULTER AC•T Series Analyzer
Ticket Printer User’s Guide. For Printer specifications, see Appendix C, OPTIONAL
PRINTERS.
Printer Setup Procedure

1. Unpack the Ticket Printer. Ensure you have the following components:
r Printer
r 24-V Printer Power supply
r Power line cord for the power supply
r Standard Centronics® data cable
r Ribbon ink cassette.
2. Locate the DIP switch, SW1, on the bottom of the Printer as shown in Figure 3.2-1.
Ensure switch positions 2, 3, and 4 are ON and the rest are OFF. See Table C.1-3 and
Table C.1-4 for the complete DIP switch settings including those for international
character sets.
Figure 3.2-1 Epson TM-290P Slip Printer - DIP Switch, SW1, Location
SW 1
ON
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
7303003A
PN 4237339F
INSTALLATION PROCEDURES
OPTIONAL PRINTERS
CAUTION Risk of damage to equipment. Turning the instrument’s power ON before connecting the Printer
to the instrument could damage the instrument. Ensure the instrument’s power is OFF before connecting
the Printer.
3. Ensure the instrument’s power is off.

4. Connect the Printer as shown in Figure 3.2-2 connecting the Printer’s power line cord
last.
Figure 3.2-2 Connecting Optional Printers

c
A •T
TICKET
PRINTER
AC POWER (OPTIONAL)
LINE CORD
TO POWER
SOURCE
7339056C
Verification
1. Perform a Printer self-test:
a. Ensure the instrument’s power is on and the Printer’s power line cord is plugged in.
b. Press the RELEASE key on the Printer (Figure 3.2-3).
c. Insert a ticket in the Printer.
d. Unplug the Printer’s power line cord.
e. Press and hold down the FORWARD key (Figure 3.2-3). While holding the FORWARD
key, plug in the Printer’s power line cord to initiate the self-test.
f. Press the RESET button to stop the self-test (Figure 3.2-3). The self-test stops after
printing a specific number of lines.
2. Print the calibration factors to verify that the Printer and the instrument are working
together properly.
PN 4237339F
OPTIONAL PRINTERS
OPTIONAL PRINTERS 3
Figure 3.2-3 Epson TM-290P Slip Printer - Location of Controls and Indicators
POWER
RELEASE
RESET PAPER OUT
FORWARD
REVERSE
RELEASE
7303007A
Canon® BJC-250 Bubble Jet™ Printer

The Canon BJC-250 Bubble Jet Printer is an inkjet Graphics Printer. It is an alternative for the
Citizen GSX-190 dot matrix Printer and can be used by all AC•T Series analyzers. The graphic
capability of this Printer, allowing it to print both histograms and numerical data, makes this
Printer an attractive choice for the AC•T diff and AC•T diff 2 analyzers.
To achieve complete printing results, the AC•T diff and AC•T diff 2 analyzers need to be set
up for graphic printing.
r To set up the AC•T diff analyzer properly, refer to Selecting the Printer Type in Chapter 1
of the COULTER AC•T diff Analyzer Installation and Training Guide.
r To set up the AC•T diff 2 analyzer properly, refer to Selecting the Printer Type in
Chapter 1 of the COULTER AC•T diff 2 Analyzer Installation and Training Guide.
For complete information regarding this Printer, refer to the COULTER AC•T diff Analyzer
Canon® Bubble Jet™ Printer User’s Guide.

The Canon BJC-250 Bubble Jet Printer does not have DIP switches or menu settings. Printer
settings are changed using the Printer setup from a computer operating system after the
appropriate Printer drivers are installed. However, the Printer settings do not need to be
changed for use with the AC•T Series analyzers. The default settings used by this Printer are
all that are required.
1. Unpack the Printer removing all items from the box. Ensure you have the following
components:
r Printer
r 24-V Printer Power supply
r Power line cord for the power supply
r Standard Centronics® data cable
r Black ink cartridge
PN 4237339F
OPTIONAL PRINTERS
OPTIONAL PRINTERS
2. Set the Printer on a flat, stable surface. Do not use an angled Printer stand.
CAUTION Risk of damage to equipment. Turning the instrument’s power ON before connecting the Printer
to the instrument could damage the instrument. Ensure the instrument’s power is OFF before connecting
the Printer.
3. Ensure the instrument’s power is off.

4. Connect the Printer as shown in Figure 3.2-2. Connect the Printer’s power line cord last.
Verification
1. Perform a Printer self-test:
a. Turn the Printer off.
b. Ensure that there is paper in the Printer.
c. To perform the specific tests or gather the information shown in Table 3.2-1, press
and hold the POWER button (Figure 3.2-4) until you hear the number of audible
beeps required, then release the POWER button.
Table 3.2-1 Canon BJC-250 Bubble Jet Printer - Available Printer Information/Tests
Printout of the Following Information/Tests Audible Beeps Required

General Printer Demonstration 1
Printer Status/Status Information 2
Printer Test (A) 3
Print Head Nozzle 4
Figure 3.2-4 Canon BJC-250 Bubble Jet Printer - Power/Resume Controls and Indicators
BUTTONS
POWER RESUME
POWER
LIGHT
7479001A
PN 4237339F
OPTIONAL PRINTERS
OPTIONAL PRINTERS 3
Ithaca Series 90 Printer
The Ithaca Series 90 Printer (also called the OKIPOS Series 90 Printer in Germany) is
supported by the AC•T diff and AC•T diff 2 analyzers’ software, but it is not available with the
instrument and does not have a Beckman Coulter part number. This Printer must be obtained
from the manufacturer or a third party distributor.
The Ithaca Series 90 Printer is a 40 column, fast, dot matrix Printer. It is intended as a “point
of sale” Printer and hence is very reliable. This Printer is capable of printing graphics from an
Espson graphic driver, just like the Citizen GSX-190 and Canon Bubble Jet BJC-250 Printers.
The Model 93 Printer was used in developing software support. When the instrument is setup
for this Printer, histograms print vertically, rather than horizontally. In addition to its graphic
capability, this Printer can print tickets (slips), and has a journal feature. The journal feature
allows one or two backup copies when used as a Roll Printer. The backup copy is
automatically spooled in a roll at the back of the Printer, similar to many cash register
systems. The other Series 90 models do not have all the printing features, and consequently
do not cost as much. This might be a consideration if all features will not be used.
When using the Ithaca Series 90 Printer as a Ticket Printer, you need to consider three main
differences between it and the Epson Printers.
1. Settings are not available at the Ithaca Series 90 Printer to select the Ticket mode; the
instrument must send a command to put this Printer into the Ticket mode.
Consequently the instrument has to be programmed specifically for this Printer and this
mode.
When the proper command is sent, the Ithaca Series 90 Printer accepts a ticket, but as
soon as it prints the ticket it automatically defaults to the Roll Paper mode.
2. Standard in-house tickets do not work well with the Ithaca Series 90 Printer; third party
tickets are strongly recommended.
All previous Ticket Printers used advance rollers on the underside of the ticket. The
Ithaca Series 90 Printer has its ticket advance rollers on the top of the ticket. The
combination of hard back copy and very smooth (slippery) carbon paper causes the front
copies of standard Beckman Coulter tickets to bunch up.
3. The Ithaca Series 90 Printer has a standard parallel printer output, but does not use the
standard DB25 pin to Centronics 36 pin printer cable. It uses a straight DB25 pin to
DB25 pin cable.
OKIPAGE™ 14e LED Printer

The OKIPAGE 14e LED Printer is shipped configured for use with the AC•T Series
instruments and cannot be easily reconfigured in the field. In case it does become essential to
reconfigure this Printer in the field however, the procedure, Configuring the Printer, and
associated tables of settings, are supplied under Heading C.3, OKIPAGE 14e LED PRINTER.

1. Remove the Printer from the box and place it on the countertop next to the instrument.
2. Connect the end of the Printer cable labeled P1 (Centronic connector) to the Printer rear
parallel port connector and secure the connection using the Printer spring clips.
PN 4237339F
OPTIONAL PRINTERS
OPTIONAL PRINTERS
3. Connect the end of the Printer cable labeled P2 (DB-25 connector) to the back of the
instrument (next to the Printer symbol) and secure the connection by tightening the two
screws.
4. Press the Printer cover release button and lift the cover.
ATTENTION: For steps 5 through 12, refer to the supplied Quick Start Guide.
5. Lift out the image drum cartridge. Do not touch the drum’s green surface or remove the
sponge at this time.
6. Without turning the drum cartridge over, remove the protective paper from the image
drum.
7. Reinstall the cartridge in the Printer.
8. Remove the sponge.
9. Unwrap the toner cartridge and shake the cartridge to distribute the toner.
10. Peel the tape off of the bottom of the toner cartridge.
11. Grasp the lock lever and place the left side of the toner cartridge under the end tab.
12. Lower the right side of the toner well, aligning the lock lever slot with the ridge in the
drum cartridge.
13. When the cartridge is in place, push the lock lever forward until it stops.
14. Lower the Printer cover and press it firmly to close.
15. Remove the protective film from the front operator panel.
16. Slide out the paper tray.
17. Fan a stack of paper and place it in the tray under the tabs.
18. Place the tray in the printer and push closed until the tray locks in place.
19. Connect the power cord to the Printer, then plug the cable into a grounded ac outlet.
ATTENTION: DO NOT press the User Option switch while turning the Printer ON, as that will
reset the Printer back to the factory-default settings.
20. Turn the Printer ON. The Printer takes about 10 seconds to warm up. At that time, the
“Ready Light” on the operator panel lights, indicating the Printer is ready to receive data.
Verification
1. Print a Demo and Menu page:
a. Turn the Printer ON.
b. Set the Printer to off line (the green ready light is off).
c. Press the User Option switch for 2 seconds, then release it.
If done correctly, the ready light begins to flash and the Printer prints a Demo page
followed by a list of current menu settings.
2. Compare the menu settings to the settings in the User column in Table C.3-2. If any
setting needs to be changed, reconfigure the Printer. Refer to Configuring the Printer
procedure under Heading C.3, OKIPAGE 14e LED PRINTER.
PN 4237339F
CONTENTS 4
4 SERVICE AND REPAIR PROCEDURES, 4.1-1
4.1 GENERAL GUIDELINES, 4.1-1
4.2 OPENING OR REMOVING INSTRUMENT DOORS, PANELS, AND

COVERS, 4.2-1
Purpose, 4.2-1
Removing the AC•T 8/10 and AC•T diff Analyzers’ Top Cover and Rear Panel, 4.2-1
Removal (AC•T 8/10 and AC•T diff Analyzers), 4.2-1
Installation (AC•T 8/10 and AC•T diff Analyzers), 4.2-2
4.3 POWER SUPPLY MODULE REPLACEMENT, 4.3-1
Purpose, 4.3-1
Removal, 4.3-1
Installation, 4.3-2
Verification, 4.3-2
4.4 ANALYZER CARD REPLACEMENT, 4.4-1

Purpose, 4.4-1
Removal, 4.4-1
Installation, 4.4-4
Verification, 4.4-4
4.5 DISPLAY ASSEMBLY - DISASSEMBLING/ASSEMBLING, 4.5-1

Purpose, 4.5-1
Removal, 4.5-1
Installation, 4.5-3
Verification, 4.5-4
4.6 PNEUMATIC PUMP REPLACEMENT - AC•T 8/10 AND AC•T diff

ANALYZERS, 4.6-1
Purpose, 4.6-1
Removal, 4.6-2
Installation, 4.6-3
Verification, 4.6-4
4.8 TRAVERSE MODULE DISASSEMBLY/REPLACEMENT - AC•T 8/10 AND AC•T
diff ANALYZERS, 4.8-1
Purpose, 4.8-1
Removal, 4.8-1
Installation, 4.8-3
Verification, 4.8-5
PN 4237339F
CONTENTS
4
4.10 APERTURE/BATH ASSEMBLY REPLACEMENT, 4.10-1
Purpose, 4.10-1
Removal, 4.10-1
4.11 HGB PHOTOMETER ASSEMBLY - DISASSEMBLY/REPLACEMENT, 4.11-1

Purpose, 4.11-1
Removal, 4.11-1
4.12 LATEX GAIN ADJUSTMENT - AC•T diff AND AC•T diff 2 ANALYZERS, 4.12-1
Purpose, 4.12-1
Procedure, 4.12-1
ANALYZERS, 4.13-1
Procedure, 4.13-1
4.14 VERIFY INSTRUMENT OPERATION IN PREDILUTE MODE, 4.14-1

Purpose, 4.14-1
Procedure, 4.14-1
4.15 PREPARING THE INSTRUMENT FOR LONG-TERM SHUTDOWN OR

SHIPMENT, 4.15-1
Procedure, 4.15-1
Preparation for Shipment, 4.15-3
Procedure, 4.15-3
4.21 INSTRUMENT DECONTAMINATION, 4.21-1
Purpose, 4.21-1
Procedure, 4.21-1
Flushing Out the Old Reagents, 4.21-1
Decontaminating with Acetic Acid, 4.21-2
Flushing Out the Acetic Acid, 4.21-2
Installing New Reagents and Checking the Instrument, 4.21-3
4.22 PREAMP DUMMY LOAD TEST, 4.22-1

Purpose, 4.22-1
Procedure, 4.22-1
PN 4237339F
CONTENTS
4
ILLUSTRATIONS
4.2-1 Top Cover and Rear Panel Removal, AC•T 8/10 and AC•T diff Analyzers, 4.2-1
4.2-2 Opening the AC•T diff 2 Analyzer’s Front Door, 4.2-3
4.2-3 Top and Rear Center Cover Removal, AC•T diff 2 Analyzer, 4.2-4
4.3-1 Power Supply Module Replacement, 4.3-1
4.4-1 Removing the Software (Flash Memory) Card, 4.4-1
4.4-2 Disconnecting the Analyzer Card, 4.4-2
4.4-3 Disengaging the Analyzer Card from the Mounting Posts, 4.4-3
4.5-1 Disconnecting the Cables to the Display Assembly, 4.5-1
4.5-2 Removing and Disassembling the Display Assembly, 4.5-2
4.6-1 Pneumatic Pump Cover and Bracket Removal AC•T 8/10 and AC•T diff
Analyzers, 4.6-2
4.7-1 ASF Thomas Pneumatic Pump Replacement - AC•T diff 2 Analyzer, 4.7-2
4.7-2 KNF Dual-Head Pneumatic Pump Replacement - AC•T diff 2 Analyzer, 4.7-3
4.7-4 Locations of CV1, CV2, and CV 3 on the AC•T diff 2 Analyzer, 4.7-5
4.7-5 Pneumatic Compartment Securing Screws, 4.7-6
4.8-1 Traverse Module Disassembling/Replacement, 4.8-2
4.9-1 Disconnecting the Traverse Module Flex Cable, 4.9-2
4.9-2 Disconnecting the Horizontal Motor Cable, 4.9-2
4.9-3 Disconnecting the Traverse Module Tubing, 4.9-3
4.9-4 Removing the Traverse Module, 4.9-3
4.9-5 Removing the Probe-Wipe Housing from the Traverse Housing, 4.9-4
4.9-6 Removing the Probe from the Traverse Housing, 4.9-4
4.9-7 Removing the Belt Clamp, 4.9-5
4.9-8 Removing the Belt, 4.9-5
4.9-9 Removing the Traverse Housing, 4.9-6
4.9-10 Removing the Vertical Motor, 4.9-6
4.9-11 Removing the Traverse Interconnect Card, 4.9-7
4.9-12 Removing the Vertical Rack, 4.9-8
4.9-13 Removing the Horizontal Motor, 4.9-8
4.9-14 Removing a Horizontal Sensor, 4.9-9
4.9-15 Probe Installation, 4.9-12
4.10-3 Aperture Sensor System Components, 4.10-3
4.11-3 Disassembling the Hgb Photometer Assembly, 4.11-3
4.12-2 Latex Calibration Screen - AC•T diff 2 Analyzer, 4.12-1
4.12-3 Latex Results Screen, 4.12-2
4.15-1 Hgb Photometer Shipping Posts, 4.15-3
4.15-2 Securing the Traverse Assembly for Shipping, 4.15-4
4.15-3 Preparing FMI Pumps for Shipment, 4.15-5
4.17-1 Removing the Cap-Pierce Module, 4.17-2
4.17-2 Removing the Cap-Pierce Motor, 4.17-3
4.17-3 Front Door Safety Latch Removal, 4.17-4
PN 4237339F
CONTENTS
4.17-4 Disassembling the Cap-Pierce Door Assembly, 4.17-5

4.17-5 Removing the Optical Sensors in the Cap-Pierce Module, 4.17-6
TABLES
4.12-1 Latex Adjustment Criteria, 4.12-2
4.13-1 Target Acceptance Criteria, 4.13-1
PN 4237339F
4SERVICE AND REPAIR PROCEDURES 4
4.1 GENERAL GUIDELINES
Field Service Engineers can perform the procedures in this section using their standard tool
kit. Any special tools, supplies or equipment required are identified at the beginning of the
applicable procedure under the Tools/Supplies Needed heading.
Note: When a service/repair procedure requires some type of instrument performance

verification upon completion, a Verification heading is provided with the necessary steps that
must be performed.
PN 4237339F
SERVICE AND REPAIR PROCEDURES
OPENING OR REMOVING INSTRUMENT DOORS, PANELS, AND COVERS 4
4.2 OPENING OR REMOVING INSTRUMENT DOORS, PANELS, AND COVERS
Purpose
Use the procedures in this section for Removing the AC•T 8/10 and AC•T diff Analyzers’ Top
Cover and Rear Panel, Opening the AC•T diff 2 Analyzer’s Front Door, or Removing the
AC•T diff 2 Analyzer’s Top and Rear Center Cover to access the instrument’s components.
Removing the AC•T 8/10 and AC•T diff Analyzers’ Top Cover and Rear Panel
Tools/Supplies Needed
B #2 Phillips-head screwdriver
B Small-blade screwdriver
Removal (AC•T 8/10 and AC•T diff Analyzers)

1. Turn the instrument off (O) and unplug the power line cord from the wall outlet.
2. From the back of the instrument (Figure 4.2-1), remove the top cover:
a. Remove the three Phillips-head screws across the back of the instrument.
b. Unhook (there are no fasteners) the top cover from under the top edge of the front
panel and pull the cover off of the instrument (Figure 4.2-1).
Figure 4.2-1 Top Cover and Rear Panel Removal, AC•T 8/10 and AC•T diff Analyzers
TOP COVER
WASTE CONNECTOR
HOST CONNECTOR
PRINTER CONNECTOR
LYTIC REAGENT
FITTING (2)
DILUENT FITTING (1)
WASTE
FITTING
REAR
PANEL
7339012A
PN 4237339F
OPENING OR REMOVING INSTRUMENT DOORS, PANELS, AND COVERS
3. Remove the Power Supply module as directed under Heading 4.3, POWER SUPPLY
MODULE REPLACEMENT.
4. Remove the input/output cables attached to the Analyzer card’s rear connectors
(Figure 4.2-1):
r Top (WASTE) connector - round BNC connector used by the waste-full sensor
r Middle (HOST) connector - 9-pin DB connector used for transmission to a Host
computer
r Bottom (PRINTER) connector - 25-pin DB connector used for a parallel Centronics
Printer.
WARNING Risk of personal injury or contamination. Waste can include biohazardous materials. Handle and
dispose of waste according to acceptable laboratory standards.
5. Disconnect the reagent tubing from the rear-panel bulkhead Luer fittings (Figure 4.2-1):
r Waste tubing - red-striped, attaches at the lower left
r Lytic reagent tubing - translucent EVA, connects to the inner connector labeled 2
r Diluent tubing - clear-coiled tubing, connects to the outer connector labeled 1.
6. Remove the rear panel. The rear panel is secured with eight Phillips-head screws, seven
on the back of the unit and one on the lower right (reagent) side that is used to fasten the
vacuum pump cover (Figure 4.2-1).
Note: Hinged, side-access doors are attached to the rear panel and do not have to be
removed from the rear panel.
Installation (AC•T 8/10 and AC•T diff Analyzers)

1. Attach the rear panel. The rear panel is secured with eight Phillips-head screws, seven on
the back of the unit and one on the lower right (reagent) side used to fasten the vacuum
pump cover (Figure 4.2-1).
2. Attach the internal reagent tubing to the rear-panel bulkhead Luer fittings
(Figure 4.2-1):
r Waste tubing - red-striped, attaches at the lower left
r Lytic reagent tubing - translucent EVA, connects to the inner connector labeled 2
r Diluent tubing - clear-coiled tubing, connects to the outer connector labeled 1.
3. Attach any input/output cables being used, to the Analyzer card’s rear connectors
(Figure 4.2-1):
r Top (WASTE) connector - round BNC connector used by the waste-full sensor
r Middle (HOST) connector - 9-pin DB connector used for transmission to a Host
computer
r Bottom (PRINTER) connector - 25-pin DB connector used for a parallel Centronics
Printer.
4. Install the Power Supply module as directed under Installation in Heading 4.3, POWER
SUPPLY MODULE REPLACEMENT.
PN 4237339F
OPENING OR REMOVING INSTRUMENT DOORS, PANELS, AND COVERS 4
5. From the back of the instrument (Figure 4.2-1), install the top cover:
a. Hook the top cover under the top edge of the front panel.
b. Reinstall the three Phillips-head screws across the back of the instrument.
6. Plug the power line cord into an appropriate wall outlet and turn the instrument on (I).
PN 4237339F
POWER SUPPLY MODULE REPLACEMENT 4
4.3 POWER SUPPLY MODULE REPLACEMENT
Purpose
Use this procedure to replace the Power Supply module in any AC•T Series analyzer.
Removal
2. To access the Power Supply module (Figure 4.3-1), remove the top cover as directed in
the procedure for Removing the AC•T 8/10 and AC•T diff Analyzers’ Top Cover and
Rear Panel or for Removing the AC•T diff 2 Analyzer’s Top and Rear Center Cover under
Heading 4.2.
3. Remove the four Phillips-head screws attaching the Power Supply module to the
instrument (Figure 4.3-1).
4. Pull the Power Supply module out just until you have access to the wiring, and unplug
the two Power Supply module connectors (Figure 4.3-1):
r P5 (9 or 12-pin output connector) - from J5 on the Analyzer card
r P79 (1-pin chassis ground connector) - attaches to a green/yellow chassis ground
wire with connector J79.
5. Remove the Power Supply module.
Figure 4.3-1 Power Supply Module Replacement

P5 J5
Analyzer
card
Chassis ground
connector
Power line cord

connector
J79
P79
Removal/installation
Power ON/OFF screws
7339020A switch
PN 4237339F
POWER SUPPLY MODULE REPLACEMENT
Installation
1. Position the new Power Supply module near the back of the instrument.
2. Attach the two Power Supply module connectors (Figure 4.3-1):
r P5 (9 or 12-pin output connector) - from J5 on the Analyzer card
r P79 (1-pin chassis ground connector) - attaches to a green/yellow chassis ground
wire with connector J79.
3. Slide the Power Supply module in place and fasten it using four Phillips-head screws
(Figure 4.3-1).
4. Reinstall the top cover and rear panel as directed in Installation (AC•T 8/10 and
AC•T diff Analyzers) or the top and rear cover as directed in Installation (AC•T diff 2
Analyzer) under Heading 4.2, OPENING OR REMOVING INSTRUMENT DOORS,
PANELS, AND COVERS.
5. Plug the power line cord into an appropriate wall outlet.
Verification
1. Turn the instrument on (l).
2. When the Powerup cycle has completed, select Main icon tt Diagnostics icon tt
3. Verify that the voltage supplies on the Voltages/Sensors screen are good:
r The Power Supply module supplies these direct voltages: +5 Vdc, ±15 Vdc, and
+24 Vdc.
r The AC•T 8/10 analyzer’s Voltages/Sensors screen does not display +24 Vdc. A quick
check is to verify that the +15 RF voltage is good. It is a 1% precision-regulated
voltage derived from the +24 Vdc supply.
Note: If a more accurate check of the +24 Vdc supply in the AC•T 8/10 analyzer is
needed, check TP5 on the Analyzer card or pin P5-1 with a DVM. TP5 is located
about 2 cm (0.8 in.) above J5. See Figure A.3-1.
PN 4237339F
ANALYZER CARD REPLACEMENT 4
4.4 ANALYZER CARD REPLACEMENT
Purpose
Use this procedure to replace the Analyzer card in any of the AC•T Series instruments.
B PC Card Removal tool - AC•T 8/10 analyzer, PN 5450276 (optional)
B Controls or fresh blood specimens with known values (for Verification)
Removal
CAUTION Risk of damage to electronic components. SMT Analyzer cards are very sensitive to electrostatic
discharge (ESD). The surface-mounted components on the top and the bottom of these cards are very
sensitive to mechanical and electronic stresses. When removing, installing, or transporting SMT Analyzer
cards, ensure that you handle them by the edges; and when transporting SMT Analyzer cards, keep them in
their original packaging. The Analyzer cards in the AC•T diff and AC•T diff 2 analyzers are SMT cards.
1. Print out or record all the instrument settings, especially the calibration factors, gains,
and the Clog Detect parameters. They are stored in the non-volatile CMOS memory chip
and must be re-entered when the new Analyzer card is installed.
r For the AC•T 8/10 analyzer - WPWV RM and AVR RM
r For the AC•T diff and AC•T diff 2 analyzers - WBC Target, RBC Target, and AVR
Target.
3. Open the front door and remove the software (Flash Memory) card (Figure 4.4-1). To
open the front door of the AC•T diff 2 analyzer, see Opening the AC•T diff 2 Analyzer’s
Front Door under Heading 4.2.
Figure 4.4-1 Removing the Software (Flash Memory) Card
7339089E
4. To access the Analyzer card (Figure 4.4-2), remove the top cover and rear panel as
directed in the procedure for Removing the AC•T 8/10 and AC•T diff Analyzers’ Top
Cover and Rear Panel or for Removing the AC•T diff 2 Analyzer’s Top and Rear Center
Cover under Heading 4.2.
PN 4237339F
ANALYZER CARD REPLACEMENT
Figure 4.4-2 Disconnecting the Analyzer Card
Analyzer card Software

(Flash Memory)
card slot
Display
assembly
cable
J30
Traverse module
flex cable
Hgb lamp
(J9)
Hgb preamp
connector (J10)
WBC preamp
Preamp shield
Preamp ground RBC preamp

lug connector
7339014E
5. Disconnect the cable connectors and the preamp ground from the Analyzer card:
Note: If any connectors or wires are not labeled (especially solenoid wires) label them
before disconnecting them.
a. At the top right corner of the Analyzer card (Figure 4.4-2), disconnect the solenoid,
motor, sensor, dc, and pneumatic pump connectors. For the exact locations of these
connectors, refer to Figure A.2-1, Analyzer Card Component Locations - AC•T 8/10
Analyzers; Figure A.2-2, Analyzer Card Component Locations - AC•T diff Analyzer;
or Figure A.2-3, Analyzer Card Component Locations - AC•T diff 2 Analyzer.
b. At the front edge of the card, disconnect the Display assembly ribbon cable and the
Traverse module flex cable (Figure 4.4-2).
c. At the lower front of the card, disconnect the Hgb lamp and detector cables, the
WBC and RBC coaxial aperture bath cables, and the preamp ground lug connector
(Figure 4.4-2).
CAUTION Risk of damage to electronic components. SMT Analyzer cards are very fragile. Flexing the SMT
Analyzer card creates stress on the components. When removing, installing, or transporting SMT Analyzer
cards, handle them by the edges and ensure that you do not flex them.
6. Remove the Analyzer card from its mounting posts (Figure 4.4-3).
Note: The number and type of mounting posts may differ from analyzer to analyzer.
Early AC•T 8/10 analyzers used nylon snap-on mounting posts. The PC Card Removal
tool helps when removing an Analyzer card from nylon mounting posts.
PN 4237339F
The AC•T diff and AC•T 8/10 analyzers manufactured since the release of the AC•T diff
analyzer are mounted with six, pressure-held metal standoffs and a threaded mounting
post in the center bottom of the card. See Figure 4.4-3 for the location of these seven
mounts.
The Analyzer card on an AC•T diff 2 analyzer is mounted using four, pressure-held metal
standoffs and four threaded mounting posts. See Figure 4.4-3 for the location of these
eight mounts.
a. If the instrument uses threaded mounting posts, unscrew and remove the fasteners
from those posts.
b. Remove the card from the top three mounting posts.
c. Remove the card from the two center posts. The front, center post is located just
below connector J30.
d. Remove the card from the bottom posts.The front bottom post is located just below
the lower front corner of the preamp shield.
Figure 4.4-3 Disengaging the Analyzer Card from the Mounting Posts
Analyzer
card
AC•T 8/10 and AC•T diff AC•T diff2

Snap 0n
mounting
posts (4)
Snap 0n
mounting
posts
(6)
Threaded
Threaded mounting
mounting posts
post (4)
(1)
7339090E
7. While holding the wires and connectors aside with one hand, slowly remove the card
from the chassis, through the rear of the instrument.
PN 4237339F
ANALYZER CARD REPLACEMENT
Installation
1. While holding the wires and connectors aside with one hand, position the Analyzer card
inside the instrument’s chassis.
CAUTION Risk of damage to electronic components. SMT Analyzer card components are very fragile.
Flexing the SMT Analyzer card creates stress on the components. When removing, installing, or
transporting SMT Analyzer cards, handle them by the edges and ensure that you do not flex them. The
Analyzer cards on the AC•T diff and AC•T diff 2 analyzers are SMT cards.
2. Install the Analyzer card onto its mounting posts (Figure 4.4-3):
a. Install the card onto the top three posts. This should line up the two center posts
and the bottom posts.
b. Gently push the center and lower portions of the card until the card is completely
seated on all the mounting posts.
c. If the card has threaded-metal, mounting posts, secure the card with the original
fasteners.
3. Connect the bath assembly ground wire to the Analyzer card’s ground lug connector,
located on or near the preamp shield (Figure 4.4-2). If this connection feels loose, gently
squeeze the wire lug with pliers to make a tighter connection.
Note: Electrical noise problems occur, especially for Plt and WBC counts, if the ground
lug connection is not firm.
4. Connect the RBC and WBC coaxial aperture bath cables, then the coaxial Hgb connector
to J10 and the four-wire Hgb lamp connector, P9, to J9 (Figure 4.4-2).
5. Connect the Traverse module flex cable and the Display assembly ribbon cable
(Figure 4.4-2).
6. Connect the solenoid, motor, sensor, dc, and pneumatic pump cables to the Analyzer
card. Refer to Figures A.2-1, Analyzer Card Component Locations - AC•T 8/10
Analyzers; A.2-2, Analyzer Card Component Locations - AC•T diff Analyzer; or A.2-3,
Analyzer Card Component Locations - AC•T diff 2 Analyzer, for the locations of these
connectors.
7. Ensure all the connectors are plugged in.
8. For the AC•T 8/10 and AC•T diff analyzers only, reinstall the rear panel as directed in
Installation (AC•T 8/10 and AC•T diff Analyzers) under Heading 4.2, OPENING OR
REMOVING INSTRUMENT DOORS, PANELS, AND COVERS.
9. Reinstall the software (Flash Memory) card.
Verification
1. Turn the instrument on (I):
r If the time and date warning is issued, it means the Analyzer card has new or cleared
CMOS and default values were written for all the settings. Press the Continue icon.
r If errors occur, troubleshoot the errors.
r If the instrument attains a ready state with no errors, the motors and sensors are
connected properly and have proper power. Go to step 2.
PN 4237339F
ATTENTION: Check the instrument settings carefully. If this Analyzer card was installed in
another instrument, the settings for that instrument are not automatically written over.
2. When the instrument reaches the “ready” state, select Main icon tt Settings icon and
check or re-enter the customer’s settings recorded in step 1 of Removal.
3. If the instrument did not perform a Startup on Powerup cycle, or failed background, run
a Startup cycle. Rerun as necessary until the backgrounds are acceptable. Depending on
the condition of the instrument before the Analyzer card was replaced, this may take
several attempts.
4. Select Main icon tt Diagnostics icon tt Voltages/Sensors icon. Ensure all the voltages are
present and all the sensors indicate their current state correctly.
ATTENTION: To avoid interference from electrical noise during the Pulse test, ensure the bath
system is completely primed with diluent and the bath shield is in place.
5. Exit the Voltages/Sensors screen and select the Pulse icon.
a. Use the default values.
b. Ensure that values other than 0.0 are obtained for all four parameters.
6. Reinstall the top cover as directed in Installation (AC•T 8/10 and AC•T diff Analyzers)
or the top and rear cover as directed in Installation (AC•T diff 2 Analyzer) under
Heading 4.2, OPENING OR REMOVING INSTRUMENT DOORS, PANELS, AND
COVERS.
7. Verify the instrument operation by running controls or fresh blood with known values.
Run the specimens several times to verify precision as well as accuracy.
PN 4237339F
DISPLAY ASSEMBLY - DISASSEMBLING/ASSEMBLING 4
4.5 DISPLAY ASSEMBLY - DISASSEMBLING/ASSEMBLING
Purpose
Use the procedure in this section to completely disassemble then reassemble the Display
assembly. When replacing the entire Display assembly, only portions of this procedure are
required.
B Fine, needle-nose pliers
B Small flat-blade screwdriver (AC•T diff 2 analyzer only)
Removal
2. Open the front door. To open the front door of the AC•T diff 2 analyzer, see Opening the
AC•T diff 2 Analyzer’s Front Door under Heading 4.2, OPENING OR REMOVING
INSTRUMENT DOORS, PANELS, AND COVERS.
3. At the Display assembly, disconnect P61 (Figure 4.5-1), the main display ribbon cable
from the Analyzer card.
4. At the Display assembly, disconnect the reagent management card reader flex cable
(Figure 4.5-1). This flex cable pulls out of connector J66, leaving the entire connector on
the Display Controller Driver card.
5. Disconnect the chassis ground strap attached to the Display assembly (Figure 4.5-1) by
removing a nut at either end of the chassis ground strap.
Figure 4.5-1 Disconnecting the Cables to the Display Assembly

Chassis ground
strap
Reagent management
card reader flex cable
P61
7339091E
PN 4237339F
DISPLAY ASSEMBLY - DISASSEMBLING/ASSEMBLING
6. To remove an AC•T 8/10 or AC•T diff analyzers’ Display assembly from the front door:
a. Beginning with the top two screws, remove the four outer screws securing the
Display assembly to the front door (Figure 4.5-2).
.
CAUTION On the AC•T 8/10 and AC•T diff analyzers, the power on LED connector, P64, is still attached. If
you move the Display assembly completely away from the front door, you could damage the power on
LED’s connection to the Display assembly. Hold the Display assembly near the front door.
b. When the Display assembly is free, hold it near the front door.
c. Disconnect the power on LED connector, P64, from the Display Controller Driver
card (Figure 4.5-2).
Figure 4.5-2 Removing and Disassembling the Display Assembly
Power on
LED cable, P64
Daughter Touch screen

card cable
J66
LCD
J65
J63
J64
Display Controller
7339092E
Driver card
7. To remove an AC•T diff 2 analyzer’s Display assembly from the front door:
a. Using a small flat-blade screwdriver, remove the power on LED connector, P64,
from the Display Controller Driver card.
b. Beginning with the top two screws, remove the four outer screws securing the
Display assembly to the front door (Figure 4.5-2).
8. If replacing the entire Display assembly, go to Installation to install the new assembly.
Otherwise go to step 9.
9. Remove the four remaining screws attaching the shield to the rest of the Display
assembly and set the shield aside (Figure 4.5-2).
PN 4237339F
DISPLAY ASSEMBLY - DISASSEMBLING/ASSEMBLING 4
10. Disassemble the Display assembly:
a. Disconnect the two touch screen flex cables from J63 on the Display Controller
Driver card (Figure 4.5-2).
b. Disconnect the LCD high voltage cable from CN2 on the Display Controller Driver
card.
c. Remove the four Phillips-head screws holding the assembly together (Figure 4.5-2).
r The Phillips-head screws are accessed on the touch screen side of the assembly
and fastened to threaded hex posts on the Display Controller Driver card side.
r Each screw has two spacers, one separating the touch screen and the LCD, the
other separating the LCD and the Display Controller Driver card.
11. Set aside the touch screen.
12. Carefully disconnect the LCD plug from connector J62 on the Display Controller Driver
card (Figure 4.5-2).
13. Carefully separate the LCD from the Display Controller Driver card (Figure 4.5-2).
Installation
1. Assemble the Display assembly (Figure 4.5-2):
a. Plug the LCD cable into J62 on the Display Controller Driver card.
b. Secure the four Phillips-head screws holding the assembly together.
r The Phillips-head screws are accessed on the touch screen side of the assembly
and fastened to threaded hex posts on the Display Controller Driver card side.
r Each screw has two spacers, one separating the touch screen and the LCD, the
other separating the LCD and the Display Controller Driver card.
c. Connect the LCD high voltage cable to CN2 on the Display Controller Driver card.
d. Connect the two touch screen flex cables to J63 on the Display Controller Driver
card.
2. If the Display Controller Driver card (Figure 4.5-2) uses the original through-hole
technology, ensure the jumpers on the daughter card are set as specified in Table A.2-17,
Display Controller Driver Card Jumpers.
Note: Jumpers are eliminated on the SMT version of the Display Controller Driver card.
3. Locate J66 on the Display Controller Driver card (Figure 4.5-2).
J66, the reagent card flex cable connector, is a small white assembly made up of two
parts. The base of the connector plugs into pins on the Display Controller Driver card.
The upper part clips onto the base and slides out about 3 mm (0.01 in.).
4. Slide the upper part of J66 away from the base, leaving the base installed on the Display
Controller Driver card. This is the position J66 must be in to accept the flex cable from
the reagent management card reader. Once the shield is in place, it is difficult to slide this
portion up.
5. On an AC•T 8/10 or AC•T diff analyzer, connect the power on LED connector, P64, to
J64 on the Display Controller Driver card (Figure 4.5-2).
6. Attach the four screws installing the shield to the Display assembly. Do not tighten the
screws.
PN 4237339F
DISPLAY ASSEMBLY - DISASSEMBLING/ASSEMBLING
7. Install the entire Display assembly on the front door:

a. Position the Display assembly on the door, ensuring that the wiring for the power
on LED is not trapped under the shield and is routed around the upper right corner
of the Display assembly.
b. Loosely reinstall the two lower screws.
c. Reinstall the two upper screws.
d. From the front of the instrument, center the display and tighten the two upper
screws.
Note: If necessary, you can center the Display assembly more when you tighten the
display to the shield in step 8.
e. Tighten the two lower screws.
8. Tighten the four screws attaching the Display assembly to the shield.
9. On an AC•T diff 2 analyzer, connect the power on LED connector, P64, to J64 on the
Display Controller Driver card.
10. Reattach and tighten the chassis ground strap (Figure 4.5-1).
11. Connect the reagent management card reader flex cable to J66 (Figure 4.5-2) on the
Display Controller Driver card:
a. Without pushing in the top portion of J66, insert the reagent management card
reader flex cable as far as it will go into the connector slot.
b. Using needle-nose pliers, apply even force to both ends of the connector, pushing
against the top portion of J66 while keeping the reagent management card reader
flex cable in place.
c. Ensure the top portion of J66 is snug against the base of J66.
12. Reconnect P61 (Figure 4.5-1).
Verification
1. Turn the instrument on (I). Ensure that the green power on LED lights.
2. As the instrument boots up, watch to see if the LCD backlights, and then watch the
screen to see if the Beckman Coulter copyright message is displayed.
3. When the instrument status is ready, move through all the menu items, touching each
one and ensuring you have full touch-screen control.
a. Using all numerals in the Sample Results, ID entry screen, will test a large portion of
screen.
b. While using the touch screen, listen for sounds indicating that a touch screen press
was received.
4. At the Sample Results screen, make sure the reagent management card reader icon is not
displayed in the lower status area of the screen. If the icon is displayed, touch it to
remove it. If the instrument cannot read the reagent management card, it cannot run any
samples.
5. At the front of the instrument, ensure that the Display assembly is visually centered. If it
is not, loosen the four shield screws and/or the four Display assembly screws, realign the
Display assembly until it appears centered and then tighten the appropriate screws.
PN 4237339F
PNEUMATIC PUMP REPLACEMENT - AC•T 8/10 AND AC•T diff ANALYZERS 4
4.6 PNEUMATIC PUMP REPLACEMENT - AC•T 8/10 AND AC•T diff ANALYZERS
ATTENTION: Chapter 4 contains two procedures for replacing pneumatic pumps.
r Use this procedure to replace a pneumatic pump in an AC•T 8/10 or AC•T diff analyzer.
r Use the procedure under Heading 4.7, PNEUMATIC PUMP REPLACEMENT - AC•T
diff 2 ANALYZER, to replace a pneumatic pump in an AC•T diff 2 analyzer.
Purpose
In the field, three models of pneumatic pumps are currently in use in the AC•T 8/10 and
AC•T diff analyzers:
r The Brailsford pump, which is now obsolete. If this pump becomes defective, you can
replace it with either an ASF Thomas pump or a KNF dual-head pump.
r The ASF Thomas pump.
r The KNF dual-head pump. This pump is used on new AC•T 8/10 or AC•T diff analyzers
and as an upgrade for instruments installed at high altitudes.
Note: The Brailsford and ASF Thomas pumps cannot build the necessary pressure to
produce adequate mixing when installed at high altitudes. For instruments installed at
1524 m (5,000 ft) or above, you must upgrade the pump to a KNF dual-head pump.
The KNF pump has two pump heads driven by the same motor. One head is used for
vacuum. A muffler is connected to its output port. The other head is used for pressure. A
choke is connected to its input port to decrease the air pressure at its output.
The following procedure can be used for any of these pneumatic pumps.
B Flat-blade screwdriver or needle-nose pliers
B Wire cutters
For field upgrades to a KNF dual-head pump, you will also need the following:
B KNF dual-head pump, PN 6233071

B Brown choke, 0.006 i.d. orifice, PN 6213009 (for applications below 1524 m [5,000 ft])
or
black choke, 0.010 i.d. orifice, PN 6213011 (for applications at or above 1524 m
[5,000 ft])
B Union fitting, 0.125 x 10-32, PN 6232085
B O-ring seal, 0.187 i.d. x 0.050 w, PN 2523062
B 5.08 cm (2 in.) of 0.145 i.d. tubing, PN 3202039
B Pneumatic pump bracket, PN 6807690
B Grommet, PN 2830017
B Pump Motor Filter card, PN 6029207
PN 4237339F
PNEUMATIC PUMP REPLACEMENT - AC•T 8/10 AND AC•T diff ANALYZERS
Removal
2. Open the left side door of the analyzer and place the internal reagents on the bench.
3. Remove the three Phillips-head screws securing the pneumatic pump cover
(Figure 4.6-1).
Note: The cover forms the platform that the internal reagents are placed on.
Figure 4.6-1 Pneumatic Pump Cover and Bracket Removal AC•T 8/10 and AC•T diff Analyzers
Bracket securing
screws
Bracket
Card
securing
Cover screws
Cover securing screws
Dual Head Pump
4. If you are removing a Brailsford pump, remove the top cover of the analyzer as directed
in Removing the AC•T 8/10 and AC•T diff Analyzers’ Top Cover and Rear Panel under
Heading 4.2, OPENING OR REMOVING INSTRUMENT DOORS, PANELS, AND
COVERS.
5. Disconnect the vacuum and pressure output tubes from the pump’s fittings using a
flat-blade screwdriver or needle-nose pliers.
If the pump is a KNF dual-head pump with a choke installed on one of its ports, remove
that tubing/choke assembly also and set it aside.
6. If the pump is a KNF dual-head pump, remove the two Phillips-head screws securing the
Pump Motor Filter card to the pump’s bracket (Figure 4.6-2), and set the card aside.
7. Disconnect the pump’s electrical connector.
r If the pump is a Brailsford pump, disconnect its cable from LV3 on the
Analyzer card.
For the location of the connector, refer to Figure A.2-1, Analyzer Card Component
Locations - AC•T 8/10 Analyzers, Figure A.2-2, Analyzer Card Component
Locations - AC•T diff Analyzer, or Figure A.2-4, Universal AC•T diff/AC•T diff 2
Analyzer Card Component Locations.
PN 4237339F
PNEUMATIC PUMP REPLACEMENT - AC•T 8/10 AND AC•T diff ANALYZERS 4
r If the pump is an ASF Thomas pump, disconnect the spade lugs from the spade
terminals on the pump.
r If the pump is a KNF dual-head pump, disconnect its cable from the cable on the
Pump Motor Filter card.
8. Remove the two Phillips-head screws holding the pneumatic pump’s bracket in place
(Figure 4.6-1).
Note: If you are replacing a KNF dual-head pump that was installed as a field upgrade,
only one Phillips-head screw is securing the bracket.
9. Remove the pump from the instrument.
Installation
IMPORTANT Using the incorrect choke will result in improper mixing of the dilutions in the bath. Be sure to
use the black (0.010 i.d. orifice) choke for altitudes of 1524 m (5,000 ft) and above, the brown (0.006 i.d.
orifice) choke for lower altitudes.
1. If you are installing a KNF dual-head pump, attach a tubing/choke assembly to the IN
(∧) port on the pump’s pressure head. See Figure 4.6-2.
a. If a tubing/choke assembly is available from the old pump:
1) Remove the assembly from the old pump.
2) Replace the choke in the assembly with a new choke.
3) Install the tubing/choke assembly on the new pump.
b. If a tubing/choke assembly is not available:
1) Place an O-ring over the threaded end of the barb fitting and screw the fitting
onto the appropriate choke.
2) Attach a 5.08 cm (2 in.) piece of the 0.145 i.d. polyurethane tubing to the barb
end of the fitting.
3) Attach the other end of the tubing to the new pump.
Figure 4.6-2 KNF Dual-Head Pump with Muffler and Choke Installed
Grommet
Bracket
7339151F Choke Muffler
PN 4237339F
PNEUMATIC PUMP REPLACEMENT - AC•T 8/10 AND AC•T diff ANALYZERS
2. Secure the pneumatic pump to the instrument:

a. Place the pump in position.
b. If you are replacing a single-head pump with a KNF dual-head pump, install a
grommet in the cable outlet on the top of the new pump’s bracket. See Figure 4.6-2.
ATTENTION: When installing the pump bracket on a KNF dual-head pump, ensure the
mounts for the circuit card face outward, toward you.
c. Secure the pump with its bracket, fastening the bracket with one (for field
upgrades) or two Phillips-head screws. See Figure 4.6-1.
Note: On instruments that are upgraded to a KNF dual-head pump in the field, you
can only secure the front of the pump’s bracket.
d. If you are replacing a single-head pump with a KNF dual-head pump, remove and
discard the unused spacer for the pump’s bracket.
3. If you are installing a KNF dual-head pump, secure the Pump Motor Filter card to the
pump’s bracket with Phillips-head screws. See Figure 4.6-1.
4. Connect the pump’s tubing:
r The tubing that adapts to the smaller green-stripe tubing is the vacuum line.
Connect it to the IN port on the vacuum head.
r The larger tubing is the pressure tubing. Connect it to the exhaust port on the ASF
Thomas pump or the OUT port on the pressure head of the KNF dual-head pump.
5. Connect the pump’s electrical connector:
r If the pump is a KNF dual-head pump, connect the pump’s cable to the cable on the
Pump Motor Filter card.
ATTENTION: Polarity is important! When connecting the ASF Thomas pump wires, ensure
the red-wire is attached to the (+) terminal.
r If the pump is an ASF Thomas pump, push the spade lugs onto the spade terminals
on the pump, ensuring the red, positive wire is connected to the (+) terminal.
6. On a KNF dual-head pump, bind the choke and muffler lines together with a wire tie.
Note: Restricting the position of the choke prevents it from being obstructed by the foam
on the underside of the pump’s cover.
7. If you have reason to question pump operation, perform pneumatic pump Verification
(next heading) before installing the pump cover.
8. Reinstall the pneumatic pump cover using three Phillips-head screws (Figure 4.6-1).
9. Place the internal reagents back in the reagent compartment and close the left side door.
10. If you removed the top cover over of the analyzer, re-install it.
Verification
2. Turn the instrument on (I). Listen for the pneumatic pump to turn on during powerup.
3. Press Main icon tt Diagnostics icon tt Voltages/Sensors icon. Verify that the pneumatic
pump has turned on. If necessary, adjust the low vacuum reading to 6.00.
4. If you have not done so, install the pneumatic pump cover and close up the instrument.
PN 4237339F
TRAVERSE MODULE DISASSEMBLY/REPLACEMENT - AC•T 8/10 AND AC•T diff ANALYZERS 4
4.8 TRAVERSE MODULE DISASSEMBLY/REPLACEMENT - AC•T 8/10 AND AC•T diff
ANALYZERS
Purpose
Use the procedure in this section to completely disassemble/reassemble the Traverse module
in an AC•T 8/10 or AC•T diff analyzer. Replacing individual parts on the Traverse module
requires only portions of the procedure.
Use the TRAVERSE MODULE DISASSEMBLY/REPLACEMENT - AC•T diff 2 ANALYZER

procedure under Heading 4.9 to disassemble and reassemble the Traverse module in an
AC•T diff 2 analyzer.
B Large, flat-blade screwdriver
B DOW CORNING 33 lubricant, PN 1604007-0
Removal
2. Remove the probe-wipe housing (Figure 4.8-1):
a. Manually remove the metal clip.
b. Pull the probe-wipe housing out the bottom of the traverse housing.
c. Remove the tubing from the probe-wipe housing.
3. Remove the aspirate probe from the traverse housing (see Figure 4.8-1):
a. Manually move the probe and vertical rack until the bottom of the rack (where the
probe is press fit into the vertical rack) is visible through the traverse housing
window.
b. Pry the probe out of the rack using a large, flat-blade screwdriver.
c. Pull the probe out of the bottom of the traverse housing.
d. Remove the aspirate tubing from its top fitting.
ATTENTION: Perform the next step only if the entire Traverse module is to be replaced.
4. Disconnect the traverse flex cable from the Traverse Interconnect card.
5. Remove the Traverse module from the instrument as a unit, by removing three
Phillips-head screws attaching the traverse bracket to the front panel (Figure 4.8-1).
6. Remove the horizontal rack and the traverse housing (Figure 4.8-1):
a. Unscrew one (the only) Phillips-head screw on the right end of the horizontal rack.
b. When free, slide the rack right until the left end disengages from the traverse
bracket.
c. Remove the horizontal rack from the traverse bracket.
d. Remove the traverse housing from the horizontal rack.
PN 4237339F
SERVICE/REPAIR PROCEDURES
TRAVERSE MODULE DISASSEMBLY/REPLACEMENT - AC•T 8/10 AND AC•T diff ANALYZERS
Figure 4.8-1 Traverse Module Disassembling/Replacement
TRAVERSE
FRONT BRACKET
PANEL
HORIZONTAL
RACK
TRAVERSE
HOUSING VERTICAL
MOTOR
STAINLESS STEEL
WEAR STRIP
SHORT
OUTSIDE
ASPIRATE
SCREW
VERTICAL TUBING
CLIP
SENSOR FLAG
HORIZONTAL
SENSOR
RIBBON VERTICAL
TUBING SENSOR
CLAMP
STAINLESS
STEEL
WEAR TRAVERSE
STRIP INTERCONNECT
CARD
VERTICAL
RACK
J59
J58
J57
J55
HORIZONTAL FLEX
MOTOR CABLE
CONNEC-
TOR
O-RING
MIDDLE
PROBE TUBING OF RIBBON
WIPE PROBE
LARGER OUTSIDE
HOUSING
TUBING OF RIBBON
7339027C
PN 4237339F
7. Disconnect the motor and sensor cables from the Traverse Interconnect card
(Figure 4.8-1):
a. P58 (vertical sensor plug) wiring is routed across the top of the housing and plugs
into J58, the second connector from the top.
b. P59 (horizontal sensor plug) wiring is routed up, then across and down with the
other wiring, and plugs into J58, the top connector on the Traverse Interconnect
card.
8. Remove the Traverse Interconnect card. It is press fit into the housing and does not use
any fasteners (Figure 4.8-1).
9. Remove the horizontal and vertical motors and sensors (Figure 4.8-1):
r The motors are fastened to the housing with two Phillips-head screws each.
r The sensors are snap fit onto the traverse housing and can be pulled off by hand.
10. Remove the vertical sensor from the top of the vertical rack. It snaps onto the vertical
rack without fasteners (Figure 4.8-1).
11. Remove the vertical rack by sliding it out the bottom of the traverse housing
(Figure 4.8-1).
Installation
1. Install the vertical rack into the traverse housing (Figure 4.8-1):
r The vertical rack slides in from the bottom of the traverse housing.
r A guide slot in the vertical rack is positioned at the back.
r The slotted end of the vertical rack (flush to end of rack) is positioned up.
r The gear teeth are to the left.
2. Attach the vertical sensor flag (Figure 4.8-1). It snaps onto the top of the vertical rack
and is positioned in the vertical sensor.
3. Install the vertical and horizontal dual-channel position sensors by snapping them into
place on the traverse housing.
ATTENTION: Although the vertical motor is fastened with two Phillips-head screws, it requires
that you use one shorter screw in the outer position. This is necessary because a longer screw
in the outer position would interfere with the vertical sensor.
4. Secure the vertical and horizontal motors with two Phillips-head screws each
(Figure 4.8-1).
5. Install the Traverse Interconnect card. This card is press fit onto the traverse housing
using two inner fingers on the back of the card and two outer fingers on the component
side of the card (Figure 4.8-1).
6. Connect the vertical and horizontal sensors to the Traverse Interconnect card
(Figure 4.8-1):
a. P58 (vertical sensor plug) wiring routes across the top of the housing and plugs into
J58, the second connector from the top.
b. P59 (horizontal sensor plug) wiring routes up, then across and down with the other
wiring, and plugs into J58, the top connector on the Traverse Interconnect card.
PN 4237339F
TRAVERSE MODULE DISASSEMBLY/REPLACEMENT - AC•T 8/10 AND AC•T diff ANALYZERS
ATTENTION: Dress the sensor and motor wires as efficiently as possible and tie wrap them
together. These wires move with the traverse housing. Loose wires eventually snag and cause
fatal, probe-position errors.
7. Connect the traverse (vertical and horizontal) motors (Figure 4.8-1)
r Vertical and horizontal connector plugs are P55 and P57 respectively.
r Wires are routed with vertical sensor wire.
8. Engage the horizontal rack (Figure 4.8-1).
r The rack teeth are facing up.
r The right end is threaded.
9. Install the traverse housing onto the traverse bracket (Figure 4.8-1):
a. Ensure that the two stainless steel wear strips are properly in place in the traverse
housing.
b. From inside, slide the left end of the horizontal rack through the left end of the
traverse bracket.
c. Line up the bottom travel guides.
d. Lower the traverse housing onto the front guide edge of the traverse bracket just
until the Phillips-head screw can be fastened to the right end of the horizontal rack.
10. Install the aspirate tubing (Figure 4.8-1):
a. Guide the smaller aspirate tubing behind the vertical sensor.
b. Using a small-blade screwdriver, push the aspirate tubing into the molded tubing
clamp just above the vertical sensor. There should be 24 cm (9.5 in.) of tubing
protruding above the clamp.
c. Feed the tubing into the top of the rack and through to the bottom of the traverse
housing.
11. Install the aspirate probe (Figure 4.8-1):
a. Apply a small amount of silicon lubricant onto the probe mounting O-ring.
b. Attach the probe to the aspirate tubing.
c. Push the probe up until it pushes the vertical rack up. Holding the vertical rack with
one hand and the probe with the other hand, push the probe into the vertical rack.
12. Install the probe-wipe housing (Figure 4.8-1):
a. Slide the probe-wipe housing onto the bottom of the probe with the slotted end up
and the fitting at the back.
b. Move the probe-wipe housing and the probe, up into the traverse housing.
c. At the front, fasten the probe-wipe housing in place using the wire clip.
13. Attach the probe-wipe tubing (Figure 4.8-1):
r The middle tube in the tubing ribbon connects to the top fitting.
r The larger outside (non-aspirate) tubing connects to the bottom fitting.
14. Place the tubing ribbon into its retaining clamp at the back of the traverse housing. The
tubing ribbon runs along the front panel from the right, runs behind the traverse
housing, and then loops back to the traverse housing. Slide it down into its retaining
clamp near the split of the three tubings.
PN 4237339F
Verification
1. Manually move the probe up and down, ensuring that it moves smoothly without
binding and that nothing interferes with its travel.
2. Manually move the horizontal rack to the WBC bath position and back. Ensuring that
the horizontal rack moves smoothly without binding by confirming that:
r The motor and sensor wires do not snag on anything.
r The flex cable flows and bends without difficulty.
r The ribbon tubing has enough play in it for travel to each end of horizontal
movement. If necessary, adjust the traverse and front-panel tubing clamps.
4. Turn the instrument on (l). If the instrument does not perform a startup producing
background results, initiate a startup.
5. If no probe position errors are encountered during startup, the instrument is ready to
be used.
PN 4237339F
APERTURE/BATH ASSEMBLY REPLACEMENT 4
4.10 APERTURE/BATH ASSEMBLY REPLACEMENT
Purpose
Use this procedure to replace an RBC or WBC aperture/bath assembly that is defective, or that
has an aperture too large for use with the AC•T diff/Veterinary Options analyzer software.
B Specimen with known values (for Verification)
Removal
1. Select Main icon tt Diluter Functions icon tt Drain icon.
3. Remove the top cover as directed in the procedures for Removing the AC•T 8/10 and
AC•T diff Analyzers’ Top Cover and Rear Panel, or Removing the AC•T diff 2 Analyzer’s
Top and Rear Center Cover, under Heading 4.2, OPENING OR REMOVING
4. Disconnect the aperture (white coaxial) cables plugged into the preamp, a shielded area
at the lower front of the Analyzer card:
r The WBC cable connects through the top hole in the preamp shield.
r The RBC cable connects through the bottom hole in the preamp shield.
6. Unfasten the two thumb screws securing the aperture/bath assembly shield to the front
panel (Figure 4.10-1) and remove the shield.
Figure 4.10-1 Removing the Aperture/Bath Assembly Shield
Bath
electrical
shield
7339093E
PN 4237339F
APERTURE/BATH ASSEMBLY REPLACEMENT
7. Disconnect the three tubes going to the bottom of the aperture/bath assembly being
replaced.
8. On the AC•T diff 2 analyzer, disconnect the diluent tube from the fitting at the top of the
bath.
WARNING Risk of personal injury. The hemoglobin lamp is hot. You might be burned if you handle the
lamp while it is hot. Let the lamp cool before removing the Hgb photometer assembly.
9. If replacing the WBC aperture/bath assembly, remove the Hgb photometer assembly.
a. Remove the Phillips-head screw securing the Hgb photometer assembly to the WBC
bath (Figure 4.10-2).
b. If the two shipping posts are still attached, remove them (Figure 4.10-2).
Note: The shipping posts, which consist of a screw and a spacer, do not have to be
installed unless you are shipping the instrument.
c. Slide the Hgb photometer assembly off the front of the WBC bath.
Figure 4.10-2 Removing the Hgb Photometer Assembly

Shipping
posts
Hgb photometer
securing screw
Shipping
screws
7339094E
10. Manually remove the aperture/bath assembly from its aperture bath clamp
(Figure 4.10-3). It snaps in and out of the clamp.
11. Disconnect the aperture/bath assembly’s rear-chamber tubing (Figure 4.10-3):
r RBC bath
t Red-striped tubing from LV16 connects to the upper fitting.
t Sweep-flow tubing attaches to the lower fitting.
r WBC bath - Red-striped tubing from LV17 connects to the rear chamber fitting
PN 4237339F
12. Remove the aperture/bath assembly by carefully guiding the coaxial-cable connector of
the aperture cable through the opening in the front panel. A rubber grommet comes with
the cable. Remove the rubber grommet from the old assembly and use it on the
replacement bath.
Figure 4.10-3 Aperture Sensor System Components

Rubber Coaxial-cable
grommet connection
Aperture bath
clamp
RBC
bath
5
WBC
bath
LV16
LV17
Sweep flow
spool
7339096E
Installation
1. Install the aperture/bath assembly by carefully guiding the coaxial-cable connector of the
aperture cable through the appropriate opening in the front panel and position the
rubber grommet on the front panel.
ATTENTION: If the aperture/bath assembly’s rear-chamber tubing is not reconnected properly,
the tubes may crimp, and impede flow. Correct routing is from rear chamber fitting, up
through the opening in the machined clamp or around the stem of the molded clamp, and
then down to LV16 or LV17. This routing ensures a proper loop that will not crimp tubing.
2. Attach the aperture/bath assembly’s rear-chamber tubing (Figure 4.10-3):
r If the WBC aperture/bath assembly was replaced, connect the red-striped tubing
from LV17 to the bath’s rear-chamber fitting.
r If the RBC aperture/bath assembly was replaced:
t Connect the red-striped tubing from LV16 to the upper fitting of the bath’s rear
chamber.
t Connect the sweep-flow tubing to the lower fitting of the bath’s rear chamber.
3. Snap the aperture/bath assembly into the aperture bath clamp, orienting it so that the
bath’s rear chamber is at the back.
PN 4237339F
APERTURE/BATH ASSEMBLY REPLACEMENT
4. If the WBC aperture/bath assembly was replaced, install the Hgb photometer assembly.
a. Slide the Hgb photometer assembly onto the front of the WBC bath.
CAUTION Risk of damage to the WBC bath. When securing the Hgb photometer assembly to the WBC bath,
if you use a screw that is too long, the screw can break through the bath wall. Use the correct length screw
when securing the Hgb photometer assembly to the WBC bath.
b. Secure the Hgb photometer assembly using the appropriate length Phillips-head
screw (Figure 4.10-2).
c. If shipping the instrument, reinstall the two shipping posts (Figure 4.10-2).
5. Attach the tubings to the bath being replaced.
a. For either the RBC or the WBC aperture/bath assemblies, connect the waste
tubing to the bottom fitting of the bath.
b. For an RBC aperture/bath assembly, diluent flow is divided by two Y-fittings into
three paths.
1) Connect the diluent tubing with the small check valve in the line to the top
fitting on the bath.
2) Connect the other two diluent lines to the two lower side fittings of the bath.
c. For a WBC aperture/bath assembly, diluent flow is divided by a Y-fitting into two
paths.
1) Connect the diluent tubing with the small check valve in the line to the top
fitting on the bath.
2) Connect the other diluent line to the lower-left side fitting on the bath.
3) Connect the lytic reagent line to the lower-right side fitting on the bath.
6. Attach the aperture (white coaxial) cables:
a. The WBC cable connects through the top hole in the preamp shield.
b. The RBC cable connects through the bottom hole in the preamp shield.
7. Position the electrode:
a. Manually move the probe to the bath that was replaced.
b. Manually move the probe down into the center of the bath.
c. Shape and position the bath electrode so that the probe does not touch the electrode
when it goes down into the center of the bath. This is necessary because the probe
thief position is lower than the level of the electrode during a normal cycle.
d. Ensure that the electrode does not touch the side of the bath when it is bent off
center.
AC•T diff Analyzers), or Installation (AC•T diff 2 Analyzer), under Heading 4.2,
OPENING OR REMOVING INSTRUMENT DOORS, PANELS, AND COVERS.
PN 4237339F
Verification
1. Turn the instrument on (l). Observe the baths during power up and ensure that there are
no leaks and fluid cycling seems correct. If a Startup cycle is performed, disregard the
results.
2. If a Startup cycle was not performed during power up, run a cycle and ensure that the
electrode is not touched by the probe when the probe is down in the bath.
IMPORTANT Electrical interference occurs when the bath’s electrical shield is not covering the
aperture/bath assembly. This interference will cause sample results to be unacceptable. Always ensure that
the bath’s electrical shield is in place before running a sample.
3. Install the aperture/bath assembly shield, being careful not to pinch any tubing, and
close the front door. Refer to Figure 4.10-1.
4. Perform a Startup cycle and ensure that the backgrounds are acceptable.
5. For instruments using the AC•T diff/Veterinary Options analyzer software, verify the
aperture is not too large as directed under Heading 4.16, APERTURE VERIFICATION -
AC•T diff/Veterinary Option ANALYZER.
6. For AC•T diff and AC•T diff 2 analyzers, check the gain settings as directed under
Heading 4.12, LATEX GAIN ADJUSTMENT - AC•T diff AND AC•T diff 2 ANALYZERS.
7. Run a specimen with known values and verify that the results are acceptable.
8. Perform a verification and/or calibration.
Note: Replacing an aperture often requires calibration which should be performed only
by the appropriate personnel according to local regulations and laboratory protocols.
PN 4237339F
HGB PHOTOMETER ASSEMBLY - DISASSEMBLY/REPLACEMENT 4
4.11 HGB PHOTOMETER ASSEMBLY - DISASSEMBLY/REPLACEMENT
Purpose
Use this procedure to remove, disassemble and reassemble the Hgb photometer assembly
when the Hgb lamp, clear lens, blue heat filter, or O-ring needs replaced.
B A control or a fresh blood specimen with a known value (for Verification)
Removal
2. Remove the top cover as directed in the procedures for Removing the AC•T 8/10 and
AC•T diff Analyzers’ Top Cover and Rear Panel, or Removing the AC•T diff 2 Analyzer’s
Top and Rear Center Cover, under Heading 4.2, OPENING OR REMOVING
4. Unfasten the two thumb screws securing the aperture/bath assembly shield to the front
panel (Figure 4.11-1) and remove the shield.
Figure 4.11-1 Removing the Aperture/Bath Assembly Shield
Bath
electrical
shield
7339093E
5. Disconnect the Hgb lamp cable, P9, and the Hgb preamp coaxial cable, P10, from the
Analyzer card connectors, J9 and J10, respectively. For the locations of the connectors,
see Figures A.2-1, Analyzer Card Component Locations - AC•T 8/10 Analyzers, A.2-2,
Analyzer Card Component Locations - AC•T diff Analyzer, or A.2-3, Analyzer Card
Component Locations - AC•T diff 2 Analyzer.
PN 4237339F
HGB PHOTOMETER ASSEMBLY - DISASSEMBLY/REPLACEMENT
WARNING Risk of personal injury. The hemoglobin lamp is hot. You might be burned if you handle the
lamp while it is hot. Let the lamp cool before removing the Hgb photometer assembly.
6. Remove the Phillips-head screw fastening the Hgb photometer assembly to the WBC
bath (Figure 4.11-2).
7. If the two shipping posts are still attached, remove them. (Figure 4.11-2).
Note: The shipping posts, which consist of a screw and a spacer, do not have to be
installed unless you are shipping the instrument.
Figure 4.11-2 Removing the Hgb Photometer Assembly
Shipping
posts
Hgb photometer
securing screw
Shipping
screws
7339094E
8. Remove the Hgb photometer from the WBC bath, and pull the Hgb preamp and the Hgb
lamp cables through the front panel.
Note: It is often easier to remove the rubber grommet from the panel with the cables, and
then take the grommet off the cables.
9. Disassemble the Hgb photometer (Figure 4.11-3) by removing the following
components from the Hgb detector housing:
Note: Disassemble carefully. These components are small and can be easily lost.
a. Remove the lamp assembly by pushing the assembly into the housing and twisting
counterclockwise.
b. Remove the clear lens.
c. Remove the blue heat filter.
d. Remove the compression O-ring.
PN 4237339F
HGB PHOTOMETER ASSEMBLY - DISASSEMBLY/REPLACEMENT 4
Figure 4.11-3 Disassembling the Hgb Photometer Assembly
Hgb detector housing
O-ring
Lens
Heat
filter
Lamp
7339095E holder/heatsink Lamp
10. Remove the lamp from its heatsink housing by loosening the Allen setscrew and pulling
the lamp out. Refer to Figure 4.11-3.
Installation
1. Insert the lamp into the back end of the lamp housing and the heatsink until the back
end of the lamp is flush with the back end of the heatsink. Tighten the lamp in place with
the Allen setscrew (Figure 4.11-3).
2. Assemble the photometer (Figure 4.11-3) by inserting the following into the Hgb
detector housing:
a. Insert the clear lens.
b. Insert the blue heat filter.
c. Insert the compression O-ring.
d. Push the lamp housing into the Hgb detector housing and twist counterclockwise.
Note: With a fresh O-ring, the lamp housing pins usually rest in the center notch
and provide good tension.
CAUTION Risk of damage to the WBC bath. When securing the Hgb photometer assembly to the WBC bath,
if you use a screw that is too long, the screw can break through the bath wall. If you use a screw that is too
short, you can cause damage to the plastic threads. Use the correct length screw when securing the Hgb
photometer assembly to the WBC bath.
3. Slide the Hgb photometer assembly onto the WBC bath. Tighten in place using the
appropriate length Phillips-head screw (Figure 4.11-2).
4. If shipping the instrument, install the two shipping posts (Figure 4.11-2).
5. Dress the Hgb preamp and the Hgb lamp cables to the rear of bath. Place a rubber
grommet over both cables if they were removed from the panel.
6. Feed both cables through the panel. Install the grommet if it is not in place.
7. Connect cables, P9 and P10, to the Analyzer card connectors, J9 and J10, respectively.
For the locations of the connectors, see Figures A.2-1, Analyzer Card Component
Locations - AC•T 8/10 Analyzers, A.2-2, Analyzer Card Component Locations - AC•T
diff Analyzer, or A.2-3, Analyzer Card Component Locations - AC•T diff 2 Analyzer.
PN 4237339F
HGB PHOTOMETER ASSEMBLY - DISASSEMBLY/REPLACEMENT
8. Install the aperture/bath assembly shield (Figure 4.11-1).

9. Reinstall the instrument’s top cover as directed in Installation (AC•T 8/10 and AC•T diff
Analyzers), or Installation (AC•T diff 2 Analyzer), under Heading 4.2, OPENING OR
REMOVING INSTRUMENT DOORS, PANELS, AND COVERS.
11. Verify the instrument is working correctly. Go to Verification.
Verification
1. Turn the instrument on (I).
2. When the instrument reaches the “ready” state, select Main icon tt Diagnostics icon tt
3. Change the Preamp and/or Hgb Gain adjustment. Verify that the Hgb output moves
up/down as you move the gain up/down. Set the Hgb output to3700 ±100 using either
the Preamp Gain or the Hgb Gain controls.
Note: The Analyzer cards used by the AC•T diff and AC•T diff 2 analyzers have only one
amplifier, the Hgb Gain adjustment, for setting the Hgb output.
4. Select the Save and Exit icon.
5. Run a control or a fresh blood specimen with a known value and verify that the Hgb
parameter is recovered properly.
PN 4237339F
LATEX GAIN ADJUSTMENT - AC•T diff AND AC•T diff 2 ANALYZERS 4
4.12 LATEX GAIN ADJUSTMENT - AC•T diff AND AC•T diff 2 ANALYZERS
ATTENTION: On instruments using AC•T diff/Veterinary Option analyzer software, you must
verify the apertures are not too large before adjusting the gains. Do the procedure under
Heading 4.16, APERTURE VERIFICATION - AC•T diff/Veterinary Option ANALYZER,
before doing this gain adjustment procedure.
Purpose
Use this procedure to adjust the gains of the amplifiers for the pulse signals received from the
apertures. This procedure compensates for variations in aperture size that could affect
size-sensitive parameters derived from histograms like the WBC differential and MCV.
Always perform this procedure after replacing an aperture/bath assembly or replacing an

Analyzer card for reasons affecting signal and gain. You do not need to do this procedure,
however, if the Analyzer card was changed for an unrelated symptom. Variations in gain from
one Analyzer card to another are minimal and do not affect results.
Note: On instruments using both AC•T diff analyzer and AC•T diff/Veterinary Option
analyzer software, you can set the gains using either software and no additional adjustments
are needed to use the other software. The higher gains needed for the various animal species
are accomplished by the software based on the gains set in the LATEX GAIN ADJUSTMENT -
AC•T diff AND AC•T diff 2 ANALYZERS procedure for normal laboratory use.
B Latex particles, PN 6857371-8
Procedure
1. Ensure that the apertures are clean. If protein buildup is suspected, bleach the apertures
as directed under Clean the Baths, in the Special Procedures and Troubleshooting
manual.
2. Select Main icon tt Diagnostics icon tt Latex Calibration icon. An intermediate screen
(Figure 4.12-1 for an AC•T diff analyzer or
displayed indicating the next action to perform.
Figure 4.12-1 Latex Calibration Screen -

AC•T diff Analyzer
7339053E
PN 4237339F
LATEX GAIN ADJUSTMENT - AC•T diff AND AC•T diff 2 ANALYZERS
3. The top numerical entry box is highlighted showing the particle size (default = 94.3 fL).
Enter the particle size of the latex particles you are using.
Note: The Save icon is not needed. The Save icon is used for the manual entry of the gain
values below the particle size.
4. Select Continue icon. An icon is displayed indicating that the instrument is ready to
aspirate the latex particles.
5. Aspirate the latex particles:
a. Present the latex particles to the aspirate probe (open-vial position if using an
AC•T diff 2 analyzer.)
b. Press the aspirate switch as you would to run a sample.
6. When the latex cycle is completed, a screen similar to Figure 4.12-3 is displayed. Verify
that the WBC and RBC counts and the corresponding CVs displayed on the screen are
within the limits shown on Table 4.12-1.
Figure 4.12-3 Latex Results Screen
Table 4.12-1 Latex Adjustment Criteria
Parameter Minimum Maximum

WBC 1.0 10.0
RBC 0.5 2.5
WBC CV 0.0 15.0
RBC CV 0.0 8.0
WMCV -1.5 +1.5
RMCV -1.5 +1.5
WIA 10.0 250.0
RIA 10.0 250.0
PN 4237339F
LATEX GAIN ADJUSTMENT - AC•T diff AND AC•T diff 2 ANALYZERS 4
7. Check the measured values for WMCV and RMCV:
r If the measured values are within ±1.5 fL of the latex particle size entered in step 3,
no adjustment is necessary.
r If the measured values are not within ±1.5 fL of the latex particle size entered in
step 3, adjust the gains and verify that they are within the limits in Table 4.12-1. If
the gains are outside the limits, troubleshoot and correct the problem.
8. Select WIA, RIA or Both to select the parameter to change.
r Select Save and Exit icon to save the new gains and exit the program.
r Select Exit icon to exit the program without saving any changes.
Verification
Verify instrument calibration and calibrate if necessary.
Note: MCV and RDW are most affected by a change in RIA gain. The WBC differential is most
affected by a change in WIA gain.
PN 4237339F
SETTING CLOG DETECTION TARGET VALUES - AC•T diff AND AC•T diff 2 ANALYZERS 4
ANALYZERS
B Ten or five normal, fresh-blood specimens
B COULTER 4C® PLUS Normal cell control (preferred)
Procedure
ATTENTION: This procedure is more accurate if performed at the normal operating temperature
of the instrument. During sample analysis, the Target values are scaled according to the
temperature of the reagent in the diluent reservoir.
1. Ensure the apertures are clean. If protein buildup is suspected, bleach the apertures as
directed under Clean (Bleach) the Baths, in the Operator’s Guide, Section 6, Service and
Maintenance.
2. Run the first specimen or the 4C PLUS Normal cell control.
3. Print the Sample Details screen or from the Sample Details screen, record the WBC, RBC,
AVR Measured, WBC Measured, and RBC Measured values.
4. Repeat step 3 above until you have ten values.
Note: If using 4C PLUS Normal cell control, cycle the control ten times. If using five
normal fresh blood specimens, cycle each blood twice. If using ten normal fresh blood
specimens, cycle each blood once.
5. Calculate the Mean value of the ten runs for WBC, RBC, AVR Measured, WBC Measured,
and RBC Measured.
r If you used normal fresh blood specimens, the Mean values for AVR Measured,
WBC Measured, and RBC Measured are the new Target values.
r If you used 4C PLUS Normal cell control, multiply the Mean values for AVR
Measured, WBC Measured, and RBC Measured by the values below to obtain the
new Target values:
t Mean value of AVR Measured x 0.98 = new Target value
t Mean value of WBC Measured x 1.05 = new Target value
t Mean value of RBC Measured x 1.02 = new Target value.
6. Calculate the CV for the WBC and RBC parameters.
7. Ensure that the results from steps 5 and 6 meet the criteria in Table 4.13-1.
Table 4.13-1 Target Acceptance Criteria
Parameter Acceptable Range

WBC count CV ≤ 3.0%
RBC count CV ≤ 3.0%
AVR Measured ≥1.4 but ≤ 2.3
WBC Measured ≥ 900 but ≤ 1500
RBC Measured ≥ 810 but ≤ 1350
PN 4237339F
SETTING CLOG DETECTION TARGET VALUES - AC•T diff AND AC•T diff 2 ANALYZERS
8. Enter the new Target values on the Sample Details screen.
Verification
Run controls and/or blood specimens and verify there are no clog detect problems.
PN 4237339F
VERIFY INSTRUMENT OPERATION IN PREDILUTE MODE 4
4.14 VERIFY INSTRUMENT OPERATION IN PREDILUTE MODE
Purpose
The purpose of the Verify Predilute function is to aid you in troubleshooting the Predilute
mode. This function allows you to make prediluted samples more quickly and consistently
than manual methods. It also provides a means of determining if a Predilute mode problem is
in the instrument or in sample preparation.
DO NOT use this method for normal sample analysis. If enough whole blood is available in
the specimen tube for the instrument to make a prediluted sample, then enough blood is
available for the instrument to analyze the blood in the Whole-Blood mode and that is how
the sample should be analyzed.
B Empty sample container
Procedure
1. Select Main icon tt Diagnostics icon tt Verify Predilute icon. The screen displays the next
action to perform.
2. Present a whole blood sample to the aspirate probe.
Note: If operating an AC•T diff 2 analyzer, the Verify Predilute function uses the
Open-Vial mode.
3. Press the aspirate switch.
a. Whole blood is aspirated.
r If operating an AC•T 8/10 or AC•T diff analyzer, 20 µL of whole-blood is
aspirated.
r If operating an AC•T diff 2 analyzer, 50 µL of whole-blood is aspirated.
b. The probe is wiped clean.
c. The probe is presented after being wiped.
4. Present an empty sample container to the aspirate probe.
5. Press the aspirate switch. Diluent is dispensed into the sample container along with the
whole blood aspirated earlier.
r If operating an AC•T 8/10 or AC•T diff analyzer, 1580 µL (1.58 mL) of diluent is
dispensed into the sample container along with the 20 µL of whole blood.
Note: The sample produced has the same dilution as a prediluted fingerstick sample
prepared using a 20 µL pipette with the instrument dispensed volume of diluent.
r If operating an AC•T diff 2 analyzer, 4000 µL (4.0 mL) of diluent is dispensed into
the sample container along with the 50 µL of whole blood. The pulsing action of the
AC•T diff 2 analyzer is normal.
Note: The sample produced has the same dilution as a prediluted fingerstick sample
prepared using a 50 µL pipette with the instrument dispensed volume of diluent.
PN 4237339F
VERIFY INSTRUMENT OPERATION IN PREDILUTE MODE
6. Identify status then proceed as instructed.

a. If operating an AC•T 8/10 analyzer with revision 1.03 software, the analyzer has
returned to the Diagnostics menu. Press the Verify Predilute icon if you want to make
another prediluted sample. Repeat this procedure from step 2 until you have
prepared the desired number of prediluted samples.
b. If operating any other AC•T Series analyzer, the instrument is ready to prepare
another sample. Repeat this procedure from step 2 until you have prepared the
desired number of prediluted samples.
7. If using any AC•T Series analyzers after the AC•T 8/10 analyzer with revision 1.03
software, return to the Main screen (Exit icon tt Exit icon).
8. If not already in the Predilute mode, select the Predilute mode (Main icon tt Analyzing
Mode icon. Set to Predilute Mode).
9. Select the Sample Results icon and run the prediluted samples.
PN 4237339F
PREPARING THE INSTRUMENT FOR LONG-TERM SHUTDOWN OR SHIPMENT 4
4.15 PREPARING THE INSTRUMENT FOR LONG-TERM SHUTDOWN OR SHIPMENT
B Empty sample container
B Bleach solution (one part distilled water and one part bleach from the bleach container)
B Distilled water
B 5-mL to 20-mL syringe with attached tubing, optional
Note: In step 2, a silicone tubing (approximately six to eight inch long) works best. In
step 13, a polyurethane tubing with an internal diameter large enough to fit securely, but
snugly over the pump fitting will maximize the pressure application.
Procedure
1. Remove the pickup tubes from their reagents and place them into an empty container.
Leave the waste line in the waste receptacle.
3. Select Main icon tt Diagnostics icon tt Prepare to Ship icon.

The screen opens displaying 1 (indicating the first stage of preparation) and an icon that
refers the operator to the manual for instructions if they do not know how to proceed.
4. Press 1:
a. The instrument cycles air through the system.
b. When the system has been purged of reagents, a screen opens displaying 2
(indicating the second stage of preparation) and an icon that refers the operator to
the manual for instructions if they do not know how to proceed.
5. Insert the diluent and lytic reagent pickup tubes into a container of distilled water.
6. Insert the cleaning agent pickup tube into a container of bleach solution (one part
distilled water and one part bleach from the bleach container).
7. Press 2:
a. The instrument cycles the bleach solution through the system and draws it through
the apertures.
b. The instrument enters a 15 minute wait period for the bleaching and
decontamination processes to complete. After the wait period, the bleach solution
drains and the system is flushed with distilled water.
PN 4237339F
PREPARING THE INSTRUMENT FOR LONG-TERM SHUTDOWN OR SHIPMENT
c. A screen opens displaying 3 (indicating the third stage of preparation) and an icon
that refers the operator to the manual for instructions if they do not know how to
proceed.
8. Remove the cleaning agent pickup tube from the bleach container and place it into
distilled water.
9. Press 3:
a. The instrument cycles the distilled water through the system.
b. After cycling, a screen opens displaying 4 (indicating the fourth stage of
preparation) and an icon that refers the operator to the manual for instructions if
they do not know how to proceed.
10. Remove all the pickup tubes from the distilled water and place them into the empty
sample container.
11. Press 4 and the instrument clears the distilled water from the system.
12. When the system has been mostly cleared of fluids, the final screen displays a power
on/off icon.
WARNING Risk of personal injury or contamination. Waste can include biohazardous materials. Handle and
dispose of waste according to acceptable laboratory standards.
14. Turn the instrument off (O), unplug the power line cord from the wall outlet and
disconnect the waste tubing from the instrument. The instrument is now in long-term
shutdown. If the instrument is to be packed for shipment, go to Preparation for
Shipment.
PN 4237339F
PREPARING THE INSTRUMENT FOR LONG-TERM SHUTDOWN OR SHIPMENT 4
Preparation for Shipment
B Two shipping posts, PN 2852302, and two shipping screws, PN 2852303, for the Hgb
photometer assembly, if not already installed
B One 3.5-in. shipping screw, PN 2851323, for the Traverse module
B Pump cushion, PN 8024587, with attached caution tag, PN 4276819
Procedure
1. Open the front door. To open the front door of an AC•T diff 2 analyzer, see Opening the
2. If not installed, install the two Hgb photometer assembly shipping posts and screws
(Figure 4.15-1).
Figure 4.15-1 Hgb Photometer Shipping Posts
Shipping
posts
Hgb photometer
securing screw
Shipping
screws
7339094E
PN 4237339F
PREPARING THE INSTRUMENT FOR LONG-TERM SHUTDOWN OR SHIPMENT
3. Secure the Traverse module with a 3.5-in. Phillips-head shipping screw to prevent
movement during shipment (
4. Close the front door.
r If shipping an A C•T 8/10 or AC•T diff analyzer, pack the instrument in its original
box, if available.
PN 4237339F
INSTRUMENT DECONTAMINATION 4
4.21 INSTRUMENT DECONTAMINATION
Purpose
Use this procedure to decontaminate the instrument’s diluent delivery system whenever you
suspect contamination is the cause of elevated background counts.
ATTENTION: Throughout this decontamination procedure, handle the pickup tubes carefully to
avoid recontaminating the system. To avoid contamination in the future, always place the
pickup tubes on a known clean surface or material when changing the reagents and stress this
action to the operator.
B One diluent pickup tube, PN 6805685 for the AC•T Pak reagent, or PN 6805771 for the
AC•T Tainer reagent
B One diluent reservoir with float, PN 6806261
B Two liters 5% acetic acid (white distilled vinegar)
B One empty reagent container (for waste)
B Two liter distilled water
B Two 20 mL syringes
B One fresh reagent supply (Pak or Tainer)
Procedure
WARNING Failure to adhere to the following procedure could mix reagents with acetic acid, exposing you
and your customer to hazardous chemicals. Follow the procedure exactly as written.
Flushing Out the Old Reagents

1. Turn the instrument off (O).
2. Manually drain the diluent reservoir with a 20 mL syringe.
3. Remove and discard the old diluent (reagent 1) pickup tube.
4. Install a new diluent pickup tube, placing the pickup end in a small container of distilled
water.
5. Remove the lytic reagent (reagent 2) and cleaning agent (reagent 3) pickup tubes from
their reagent containers and place them in the container of distilled water.
6. Turn the instrument on (l) and wait until the instrument status returns to ready or the
Main screen.
Note: Correct any reagent low error messages.
7. Do the dry lytic reagent function four times. (On the Main screen, press Diluter Functions
icon tt Dry Prime Lytic Reagent icon.)
8. Do two Shutdown cycles. (On the Main screen, press Shutdown icon.)
Note: Each Shutdown cycle includes a Startup cycle.
10. Manually drain the diluent reservoir with a 20 mL syringe.
PN 4237339F
INSTRUMENT DECONTAMINATION
11. Remove and discard the diluent reservoir.

12. Install the new diluent reservoir.
WARNING Mixing reagents with acetic acid, could expose you and your customer to hazardous chemicals.
Do not allow waste containing acetic acid to be routed into a waste container containing lytic reagent, nor
into a sink or open drain. Remove any waste container containing lytic reagent from the instrument.
13. Remove the instrument waste line from its waste container or drain (whichever is
applicable) and route it to an empty (lytic reagent free) waste container.
14. Go to Decontaminating with Acetic Acid.
Decontaminating with Acetic Acid

1. Place the diluent pickup tube in a container of acetic acid. Leave the lytic reagent and
cleaning agent pickup tubes submerged in distilled water.
Main screen.
3. Do the sweep-flow prime function four times. (On the Main screen, press Diluter Functions
icon tt Sweep Flow icon.)
4. Do four Startup cycles to completely flush the system with acetic acid. (On the Main
screen, press Startup icon.)
6. Allow acetic acid to remain in the system for 1 hour.
7. Go to Flushing Out the Acetic Acid.
Flushing Out the Acetic Acid

1. Manually drain the diluent reservoir with the 20 mL syringe.
2. Discard the used syringe, and obtain a fresh, clean 20 mL syringe.
3. Rinse the diluent reservoir twice with distilled water using the clean 20 mL syringe.
Leave the reservoir empty.
4. Place the syringe and tubing on a clean surface to avoid contaminating them.
5. Remove the diluent pickup tube from the acetic acid and rinse it with distilled water.
6. Place the diluent pickup tube back in the container of distilled water with the lytic
reagent and cleaning agent pickup tubes.
Main screen.
8. Do the sweep-flow prime function six times. (On the Main screen, press Diluter Functions
9. Do two Shutdown cycles. (On the Main screen, press Shutdown icon.)
PN 4237339F
INSTRUMENT DECONTAMINATION 4
10. Do six Startup cycles to completely flush out the distilled water. (On the Main screen,
press the Startup icon.)
12. Manually drain the diluent reservoir with the 20 mL syringe.
13. Remove the waste container used to collect the acetic acid solution and reinstall the
original waste container or return the waste line to the sink drain (whichever is
applicable).
14. Go to Installing New Reagents and Checking the Instrument.
Installing New Reagents and Checking the Instrument

1. Remove all the pickup tubes from the distilled water, being careful not to contaminate
them, and install them into a fresh reagent container (AC•T Pak or AC•T Tainer
reagents).
Main screen.
3. Do the sweep-flow prime function four times. (On the Main screen, press Diluter Functions
4. Do three Shutdown cycles. (On the Main screen, press Shutdown icon.)
5. Do two Startup cycles. (On the Main screen, press Startup icon.)
6. On the final startup cycle, verify the background counts are within limits.
7. Do Heading 4.12, LATEX GAIN ADJUSTMENT - AC•T diff AND AC•T diff 2
ANALYZERS, and make adjustments if necessary.
8. Do Heading 4.13, SETTING CLOG DETECTION TARGET VALUES - AC•T diff AND
AC•T diff 2 ANALYZERS, and make adjustments if necessary.
9. Do a Reproducibility run and verify all the results are within specifications.
10. Cycle patient samples and verify the results and the histogram (if applicable) are
acceptable.
PN 4237339F
PREAMP DUMMY LOAD TEST 4
4.22 PREAMP DUMMY LOAD TEST
Purpose
Use this procedure as a troubleshooting tool to help determine if problems affecting the test
results are in the pneumatic/hydraulic system or in the electronic system.
B Two Coax Load Cable Assemblies (dummy loads), PN 6029105
Procedure
2. To access the Analyzer card (Figure 4.4-2), remove the top cover and rear panel as
directed in the procedure for Removing the AC•T 8/10 and AC•T diff Analyzers’ Top
Cover and Rear Panel or for Removing the AC•T diff 2 Analyzer’s Top and Rear Center
Cover under Heading 4.2.
3. On the Analyzer card, disconnect the RBC and WBC aperture cables from J7 and J8,
respectively.
For the exact locations of these connectors, refer to Figure A.2-1, Analyzer Card
Component Locations - AC•T 8/10 Analyzers; Figure A.2-2, Analyzer Card Component
Locations - AC•T diff Analyzer; or Figure A.2-3, Analyzer Card Component Locations -
AC•T diff 2 Analyzer.
4. Connect the Coax Load Cable Assemblies to J7 and J8 on the Analyzer card.
AC•T diff Analyzers) or Installation (AC•T diff 2 Analyzer) under Heading 4.2,
OPENING OR REMOVING INSTRUMENT DOORS, PANELS, AND COVERS.
6. Plug the power line cord into the ac wall outlet and turn the instrument on (I).
7. Cycle a sample of air and verify the directly measured parameter results are zero and the
histograms on the AC•T diff and AC•T diff 2 analyzers have no populations or “spikes”.
r If the test passed, the problem is probably in the pneumatic/hydraulic system.
r If the test failed, the problem is probably in the electronic system, possibly a
malfunction of the Analyzer card or the Power Supply module.
9. Remove the top cover and rear panel to access the Analyzer card.
10. On the Analyzer card:
a. Disconnect the Coax Load Cable Assemblies from J7 and J8.
b. Reconnect the RBC and WBC aperture cables to J7 and J8, respectively.
11. Troubleshoot and correct the problem. When you are finished:
a. Reinstall the top cover and rear panel.
b. Plug the power line cord into the ac wall outlet and turn the instrument on (I).
PN 4237339F
CONTENTS 5
5 MAINTENANCE PROCEDURES, 5.1-1
5.1 RECOMMENDED MAINTENANCE SCHEDULE, 5.1-1
TABLES
5.1-1 Recommended Maintenance Schedule - AC•T 8/10 and AC•T diff Analyzers, 5.1-1
5.1-2 Recommended Maintenance Schedule - AC•T diff 2 Analyzers, 5.1-1
PN 4237339F
5MAINTENANCE PROCEDURES 5
5.1 RECOMMENDED MAINTENANCE SCHEDULE
Perform maintenance for the AC•T 8/10 and AC•T diff analyzers according to the schedule in
Table 5.1-1
Table 5.1-1 Recommended Maintenance Schedule - AC•T 8/10 and AC•T diff Analyzers
Person Responsible for

Component Replacement Interval Replacement
Aperture/bath assembly Every 3 years Service personnel
Dual diluent filters Every 6 months or Customer
every 5,000 cycles
Hgb lamp Every 3 years Service personnel
Pump filter (FLS1, FLS3) - blue fluid diluent (2) Every 12,000 cycles or Customer
when replacing associated tubing
Pump filter (FLS2) - blue fluid shutdown diluent Every year Customer
Tubing Every 3 years Service personnel
Peristaltic tubing Every 12,000 cycles Customer
Syringe piston seals Every 12,000 cycles Customer
PN 4237339F
CONTENTS 6
6 SCHEMATICS, 6.1-1
6.1 SCHEMATICS REQUIRED, 6.1-1
PN 4237339F
6SCHEMATICS 6
6.1 SCHEMATICS REQUIRED
The following is a list of the engineering schematics you need for troubleshooting the AC•T
Series instruments. Two tubing lists (production tubing instructions) are also included.
Name PN
Pneumatic/Hydraulic, AC•T 8/10 and AC•T diff Analyzers 6323083
HYDRO-PNEU, Ac.T SERIES
PN 4237339F
Changed with the DEMO VERSION of CAD-KAS PDF-Editor (http://www.cadkas.com).
CONTENTS 7
7 TROUBLESHOOTING, 7.1-1
7.1 DIAGNOSTICS MENU, 7.1-1

Voltages/Sensors Screen, 7.1-2
Hgb, 7.1-3
Hgb Gain - AC•T diff and AC•T diff 2 Analyzers, 7.1-3
WAV and RAV, 7.1-3
Vac, 7.1-4
Temp, 7.1-4
Voltages, 7.1-4
Lytic and Clean, 7.1-5
Analyzer), 7.1-5
Exit Icons, 7.1-6
Solenoids Screen, 7.1-6
Verify Predilute Screen, 7.1-8
Motors Screen, 7.1-17
Pulse Test - AC•T 8/10 Analyzer, 7.1-22
Latex Calibration, 7.1-22
Cycle Counter, 7.1-24
Prepare to Ship, 7.1-24
7.2 TROUBLESHOOTING ERROR MESSAGES, 7.2-1

Warning (Non-Fatal) Error Messages (Icons), 7.2-1
Fatal Error Messages (Numbers), 7.2-2
Service Bypass, 7.2-3
Extended Fatal Error Descriptions, 7.2-4
PCMCIA Error 1, 7.2-4
DVM Error 3, 7.2-4
Probe Did Not Reach Position Errors 6 through 11 and 19, 7.2-5
Syringe Did Not Reach/Leave Up Position Errors 12 and 13, AC•T 8/10 and
AC•T diff Analyzers, 7.2-6
Valve Error 14, 7.2-7
I2C Communication Failure Error 16, 7.2-7
Steps Missing (Syringe Motor) Error 17, AC•T 8/10 and AC•T diff
Analyzers, 7.2-7
Diluent Level Error During Powerup, 7.2-8
Vacuum Error, 7.2-8
7.3 TROUBLESHOOTING CLOG DETECTION PROBLEMS, 7.3-1
Purpose, 7.3-1
Flow Voltage (Pulse Width), 7.3-1
Description, 7.3-1
Measuring Pulse Widths, AC T diff and AC T diff 2 Analyzers, 7.3-1
Factors Affecting Pulse Widths, 7.3-2
WBC/RBC Ratios and WBC/RBC Ratio CVs, 7.3-3
WAV/RAV/AVR, 7.3-4
7.4 TROUBLESHOOTING AC•T 8/10 AND AC•T diff ANALYZER SPECIFIC
PROBLEMS, 7.4-1
PN 4237339F
CONTENTS
ILLUSTRATIONS
7.1-1 Diagnostics Menu, AC•T 8/10 Analyzer, 7.1-1
7.1-2 Diagnostics Menu, AC•T diff/Veterinary Option Analyzer, 7.1-1
7.1-3 Diagnostics Menu, AC•T diff and AC•T diff 2 Analyzers, 7.1-1
7.1-4 Voltages/Sensors Screen - AC•T 8/10 Analyzer, 7.1-2
7.1-5 Voltages/Sensors Screen - AC•T diff Analyzer, 7.1-2
7.1-6 Voltages/Sensors Screen - AC•T diff 2 Analyzer, 7.1-2
7.1-7 Solenoid Screen, AC•T diff 2 Analyzer, 7.1-6
7.1-8 Sample Details Screen Example - AC•T 8/10 Analyzer, 7.1-9
7.1-9 Sample Details Screen Example - AC•T diff Analyzer, 7.1-13
7.1-10 Hgb Results Analysis, 7.1-14
7.1-11 Motors Screen, AC•T 8/10 and AC•T diff Analyzers, 7.1-18
7.1-12 Motors Screen, AC•T diff 2 Analyzer, 7.1-18
7.1-14 Latex Calibration Screen - AC•T diff 2 Analyzer, 7.1-23
TABLES
7.1-1 Solenoid Drivers and Related Components, 7.1-7
7.1-2 RBC Clog Test Results, 7.1-17
7.1-3 WBC Clog Test Results, 7.1-17
7.1-4 Motors - Function, Action and Description, AC•T 8/10 and AC•T diff
Analyzers, 7.1-18
7.1-5 Motors - Function, Action and Description, AC•T diff 2 Analyzer, 7.1-19
7.2-1 Warning (Non-Fatal) Error Messages (Icons), 7.2-1
7.2-2 Fatal Error Messages (Numbers), 7.2-2
7.2-3 Allowable Voltage Ranges - AC•T 8/10 Analyzer, 7.2-5
7.2-4 Allowable Voltage Ranges - AC•T diff Analyzer, 7.2-5
7.2-5 Allowable Voltage Ranges - AC•T diff 2 Analyzer, 7.2-5
7.4-1 Specific AC•T 8/10 and AC•T diff Analyzer Problems/Solutions, 7.4-1
PN 4237339F
7TROUBLESHOOTING 7
7.1 DIAGNOSTICS MENU
The Diagnostics menu (
Figure 7.1-3 for the AC•T diff and AC•T diff 2
analyzers) provides information and manual control of many instrument functions that are
needed to adjust or troubleshoot the instrument.
Figure 7.1-3 Diagnostics Menu, AC•T diff and AC•T diff 2

Analyzers
7515007A
Individual control of instrument components is possible from the Solenoids screen and the
Motors screen. If any instrument functions are used, the instrument state is unknown. To
ensure that the instrument is ready to run a cycle, the Powerup cycle is automatically
performed when leaving the Diagnostics menu.
PN 4237339F
TROUBLESHOOTING
DIAGNOSTICS MENU
Voltages/Sensors Screen
The Voltages/Sensors screen ( for the AC•T 8/10 analyzer, Figure 7.1-5 for the
AC•T diff analyzer, and for the AC•T diff 2 analyzer) provides information about
the instrument state that can be used for troubleshooting. Voltages, sensors, Hgb amplifier
gain, and vacuum are displayed on this screen. The reagent temperature in the diluent
reservoir is also indicated. This value is not currently used by the AC•T 8/10 analyzer’s
software but it is used by the clog detection algorithm on the AC•T diff and AC•T diff 2
analyzer. A description of each screen item by its screen name follows
Figure 7.1-5 Voltages/Sensors Screen - AC•T diff

Analyzer
PN 4237339F
TROUBLESHOOTING
DIAGNOSTICS MENU 7
Hgb
This value represents the Hgb amplifier output or “Amp Out.” It is given in A/D units rather
than voltage. For a rough conversion to mV, consider that 5.0 V is represented by 4095 A/D
units, the highest possible output from the A/D chip. While in the Voltages/Sensors screen,
you can adjust and save the Hgb value. Adjust the gain so that the output with clean diluent
in the WBC bath is 3700 ±100. This represents the Hgb blank reading. Although the gain can
be set manually while in the Voltages/Sensors screen, it is adjusted automatically during the
Startup cycle when it is outside the range of 2867 to 4090 A/D units. This ensures that the
Hgb blank level is checked at least once a day when the instrument is in use and is adjusted
automatically when required.
Hgb Gain - AC•T diff and AC•T diff 2 Analyzers

The Analyzer cards used by the AC•T diff and AC•T diff 2 analyzers provide only one Hgb
amplifier. This gain is labeled Hgb Gain on the Voltages/Sensors screen. Adjusting the Hgb
Gain on the AC•T diff and AC•T diff 2 analyzers is the same as described under Preamp Gain
and Hgb Gain - AC•T 8/10 Analyzer for adjusting the Preamp Gain and the Hgb Gain on the
AC•T 8/10 analyzer, except that there is only one gain to adjust.
WAV and RAV

The red and white aperture voltages are measured voltages across the external and internal
electrodes. They indicate aperture impedance for their respective aperture. An aperture
voltage reading varies with the volume of electrolyte through the aperture. Decreases from the
normal reading for that aperture could indicate a cracked aperture. An increased reading
could indicate a partial plug or an aperture with severe protein buildup. Typical readings are
5 V to 6 V for WAV and 10 to 11.5 V for RAV. Readings vary depending on the aperture size.
Note: The AC•T diff and AC•T diff 2 analyzers tends to give slightly lower readings. For
example, it is common to get readings in the 9 to 10 V range for RAV, while the AC•T 8/10
analyzer rarely gives a reading <10.0 V.
PN 4237339F
TROUBLESHOOTING
DIAGNOSTICS MENU
Vac
Vac is the count or low vacuum reading given in inches of mercury. The instrument has no
indicator for the unregulated pump vacuum.
To adjust the low vacuum, you watch the low vacuum reading as you turn the regulator
adjustment knob.
r On the AC•T 8/10 and AC•T diff analyzers, the regulator adjustment knob is located on
the upper right front panel behind the Display assembly.
The vacuum regulator is a mechanical device, so the adjustment does not have to be saved
before leaving the Voltages/Sensors screen.
The vacuum transducer used to obtain a vacuum reading on the AC•T 8/10 and AC•T diff
analyzers has a small range of measurement for maximum resolution. Any vacuum under the
minimum reading shows the minimum reading and any vacuum over the maximum reading
shows the maximum reading. Current hardware gives a minimum reading of 5.36 in. Hg and
a maximum reading of 6.5 in. Hg. These numbers may vary slightly with different hardware
implementations, but should not change significantly.
Temp
Temp is a temperature reading in degrees Celsius. A temperature sensor is housed in the
lower portion of the diluent reservoir to measure the diluent temperature. The diluent
temperature should be very close to the temperature at the aperture during sample analysis.
Voltages
The AC•T series analyzers monitor several of the system voltages. The Voltages/Sensors
screen is an active display providing a full DVM function for these system voltages.
PN 4237339F
TROUBLESHOOTING
DIAGNOSTICS MENU 7
On the AC•T diff and AC•T diff 2 analyzers:
r The +5 V, +15 V, -15 V and +24 V are supplied directly from the Power Supply module to
the Analyzer card. All other voltage supplies are created on the Analyzer card from these
voltages.
r The 15 RF voltage is a precision-regulated voltage used as a reference voltage by the A/D
converter for vacuum transducer translation. On the AC•T diff 2 analyzer, this voltage is
labeled VACRF because the voltage used for reference may be 8 V or 15 V, depending on
the vacuum transducer used.
r The 200 Vdc supply on the AC•T diff and the AC•T diff 2 analyzers provide a lower
resolution to the voltage display than the AC•T 8/10 analyzer does. The lower resolution
allows a display of the full voltage range from 0 V to about 242.5 V, instead of the narrow
80 V to 220 V range displayed on the AC•T 8/10 analyzer.
r Separate ±10 V RBC and WBC circuit supplies are created and indicated on this screen.
r Hgb lamp is the Hgb lamp supply voltage reading for the Analyzer card. On the AC•T diff
and AC•T diff 2 analyzers, the Hgb lamp supply voltage should be 3.6 V. The Hgb lamp
supply on the AC•T 8/10 analyzer is 3.18 V.
Lytic and Clean

On the AC•T diff and AC•T diff 2 analyzers, the signals from the optical sensors in the lytic
reagent and instrument rinse lines are routed to digital drivers on the Analyzer card. Instead
of indicating an analog value, Lytic and Clean indicate ON when reagent is present and OFF
when reagent is not present
Exit Icons
The two icons in the lower right corner are the exit icons. The icon on the left, resembling a
file folder, is the Save and Exit icon. When you press the Save and Exit icon the current preamp
gain and Hgb gain settings are saved and then the screen is exited. The icon on the right, the
return arrow icon, is the Exit icon and pressing it returns you to the Diagnostics menu without
saving the gain settings.
PN 4237339F
TROUBLESHOOTING
DIAGNOSTICS MENU
Solenoids Screen
The Solenoids screen is used to energize up to six solenoids simultaneously. Solenoids are
designated by their number. A solenoid that is energized is shown with inverse characters. See
Figure 7.1-7.
On the AC•T 8/10 and AC•T diff analyzers, numbered keys represent solenoid drivers 1
through 17 and 23. On the AC•T diff 2 analyzer, numbered keys represent solenoid drivers 1
through 23.
Figure 7.1-7 Solenoid Screen, AC•T diff 2 Analyzer
7339116E
The key labeled 1 .. 23 briefly energizes each solenoid driver in sequence. Solenoids that are
energized stay on until that solenoid number is pressed again or the Diagnostics menu, not
the Solenoids screen, is exited. This makes it possible to exit the Solenoids screen and move
to another Diagnostics menu item, such as the Motors screen, while keeping up to six
solenoids energized.
Although the numbers on the Solenoids screen represent solenoid drivers, and most drivers
are connected to solenoids of the same number, several solenoid drivers drive dc motors.
Table 7.1-1 summarizes the solenoid drivers and their related components.
PN 4237339F
TROUBLESHOOTING
DIAGNOSTICS MENU 7
Table 7.1-1 Solenoid Drivers and Related Components
AC•T 8/10 and AC•T diff Analyzer AC•T diff 2 Analyzer

Solenoid
Driver No. Component Function Component Function
1 LV1 VIC vent select Rinse pump
motor
2 LV2 High vacuum enable LV2 High vacuum enable
3 LV3 WBC air mix select LV3 WBC air mix select
4 LV4 Lytic reagent air mix select LV4 Lytic reagent air mix select
5 LV5 Air mix enable LV5 Air mix enable
6 Spare Waste pump
motor
7 LV7 RBC bath diluent select LV7 VIC drain enable
8 LV8 Probe-wipe waste select LV8 Probe-wipe waste select
9 LV9 Lytic reagent dispense LV9* Not connected -
enable ghost LV5
10 LV10 Probe-wash diluent select LV10 Probe-wash diluent select
11 LV11 Bath diluent select LV11 WBC bath diluent select
12 LV12 Syringe diluent select LV12 WBC bath drain select
13 LV13 Cleaner select LV13 Diluent reservoir fill select
14 LV14 WBC bath drain select LV14 Spare
15 LV15 VIC drain select LV15 RBC bath drain select
16 LV16 RBC count LV16 RBC count
17 LV17 WBC count LV17 WBC count
23 Vacuum Vacuum pump

pump motor motor
*Solenoid LV9 is not connected in the system; however, LV9 is used as a software switch in the
Closed-Vial, Open-Vial, Predilute, and Startup Diluter Tables. As altitude increases, more pump
action is required to create mixing bubbles. LV9 informs the software to increase mix bubble
pump time when the altitude setting requires it. LV5 still creates the mixing bubbles but is held
open for a longer time.
PN 4237339F
TROUBLESHOOTING
DIAGNOSTICS MENU
Verify Predilute Screen

Many problems encountered using the Predilute mode are sample or dilution-technique
related, rather than instrument related. This function is used to verify instrument operation
in the Predilute mode.
To verify instrument operation, obtain a whole-blood specimen or whole-blood control and

use the Verify Predilute function to create one or more prediluted samples.
Using blood collected in a tube eliminates many sample problems such as tissue debris. Using
the instrument to make dilutions, rather than capillary fingerstick pipettes, provides
consistent and accurate dilutions from sample to sample. Refer to Heading 4.12, LATEX
GAIN ADJUSTMENT - AC•T diff AND AC•T diff 2 ANALYZERS.
When the Verify Predilute function is entered, a cleanup cycle is performed to ensure that the
instrument is ready to make a dilution. Software Version 1.03 for the AC•T 8 analyzer allows
only one dilution to be made. Software Version 1.04 for the AC•T 8/10 analyzer and the
software for the AC•T diff and AC•T diff 2 analyzers allow many dilutions to be made before
exiting the Verify Predilute function.
Sample Details Screen - AC•T diff and AC•T diff 2 Analyzers

With the addition of editors to the Analyzer card, a different scheme is used for clog detection
that is very similar to the scheme used in the MD II analyzer. Figure 7.1-9 shows the Sample
Details screen. This screen displays data from the last sample, control, or Startup cycle that
can be used to troubleshoot clog detect and instrument problems.
Sample Results
IMPORTANT Reporting results from the Sample Details screen can cause inaccurate patient diagnosis. The
Sample Results screen and printout suppresses results when a problem is detected during data
accumulation. Results suppressed on the Sample Results screen and printout are presented on the Sample
Details screen as an aid in troubleshooting problems and are not for patient diagnosis.
PN 4237339F
TROUBLESHOOTING
DIAGNOSTICS MENU 7
Figure 7.1-9 Sample Details Screen Example - AC•T diff Analyzer
When a clog is detected, sample results are suppressed on the Sample Results screen. Instead
of the measured value, Xs (XXXXX) are displayed, printed, and transmitted. To troubleshoot
a clog detection, or a problem generating a clog detect, it is useful to have the measured value
of the parameter or parameters that were suppressed. This information is reported on the
Sample Details screen for WBC, RBC, Hgb, MCV, and Plt.
Hgb Readings
Hgb measurements are obtained by measuring the amount of 525-nm light transmitted
through a sample and comparing that result to the amount of 525-nm light transmitted
through a blank solution. To ensure the integrity of the readings, the instrument takes two
Hgb blank readings and two sample readings are taken. These four readings are displayed on
the Sample Details screen. The instrument verifies the integrity of the readings by using the
process shown in Figure 7.1-10.
PN 4237339F
TROUBLESHOOTING
DIAGNOSTICS MENU
Figure 7.1-10 Hgb Results Analysis
Is Non-fatal
Blank1 or Yes
warning:
Blank2 < 2048 Hgb VOLTAGE
A/D units FAILURE
?
No
Is
Non-fatal
Blank1 or Yes warning:
Blank2 > 4090
Hgb VOLTAGE
A/D units
FAILURE
?
No
Calculate
Hgb using
both blank
readings
Is result Yes Generate

> 0.6 incomplete
? Hgb result
No
Use highest Blank

reading. Calculate Hgb
with Hgb Reading 1
and Hgb Reading 2
Is Hgb Yes Generate

Difference incomplete
> 0.5 Hgb result
?
No
Use Hgb 1
as result 7339050C
PN 4237339F
TROUBLESHOOTING
DIAGNOSTICS MENU 7
When troubleshooting Hgb problems on the AC•T diff or AC•T diff 2 analyzers, consider the
following:
r On the AC•T diff analyzer, Hgb Blank2 is taken on the WBC bath rinse. After the aspirate
switch is pressed, the WBC bath is drained and rinsed. The Hgb Blank2 reading is taken
on this rinse.
r On both the AC•T diff and AC•T diff 2 analyzers, Hgb Blank1 is taken on the 1.5 mL
sample prefill that enters the WBC bath through the lower port This is the first phase of
the sample dilution, the rest of the diluent is dispensed through the probe with the
sample.
r Hgb Sample1 is taken one second before the WBC sample is drained from the WBC bath.
r Hgb Sample2 is taken 1/2 second after the Hgb Sample1.
WBC/RBC Measured
These parameters are 26-percentile values representing pulse width. A 26-percentile value is
determined by the Editor circuit for each one-second count period. Twelve values are
recorded during sample data accumulation, and these twelve values are averaged to produce
the reported measured value. The measured value is then compared to the Target value to
determine if this clog test passes.
The limits for the measured values generating clogs are as follows:
WBC Target value × 0.88 ≤ WBC Measured ≤ WBC Target value × 1.12
RBC Target value × 0.87 ≤ RBC Measured ≤ RBC Target value × 1.15
RBC CV
The CV is calculated using the 12 measured, 26-percentile values determined during sample
data collection. This test fails if the calculated CV is not within the following range:
0.5% ≤ RBC CV ≤ 5.0%
WBC/RBC Ratio CVs

The ratio is the ratio of “good” pulses to total pulses. Pulses are processed to determine a
proper size and width. Pulses having the proper size and width are “good” pulses. The editor
receives pulses one-by-one. When it is processing a pulse, it ignores any other pulses that may
come along. “Good” pulses are those that are processed and accepted as good by the editor.
Total pulses are the total pulses counted by the counter circuit, not the total pulses processed
by the editor. A ratio value is determined for each one-second count period.
When sample data accumulation is complete, there are 12 ratio values for WBC and RBC. The
CV of these values is calculated and used for clog detection. The idea behind this criteria is
based on consistency. The ratio of good pulses may vary for a particular sample because of cell
size, shape, elasticity, or concentration. It may even vary with the concentration of other cells
PN 4237339F
TROUBLESHOOTING
DIAGNOSTICS MENU
or interfering particles or substances. Once a sample dilution is made however, whatever the
ratio is, it should be consistent through the 12 count periods.
This test fails if the Ratio CV is outside the following limits:
WBC Ratio CV ≤ 8.0%

RBC Ratio CV ≤ 7.5%
RBC Ratio Mean

The 12 RBC Ratio values are averaged. If this average is <0.2, this clog test fails.
WBC/RBC Voteout
When there is a single aperture count voteout, WBC or RBC, the count from that aperture is
compared to the average count of the other two apertures. If this count is >7.0% higher than
the average of the other two apertures, the voteout test fails.
RAV CV
An RBC Aperture Voltage (RAV) reading is taken for each one-second count period. The CV is
calculated for the 12 readings. If the resulting CV is >5.0%, this clog test fails.
AVR Measured
The 12 readings for RBC Aperture Voltage (RAV) and WBC Aperture Voltage (WAV) are
averaged. The RAV average is then divided by the WAV average to obtain the Aperture Voltage
Ratio (AVR) Measured. This test fails if:
AVR (average) > AVR Target × 1.09 ; this condition generates an RBC failure.
AVR (average) < AVR Target × 0.97; this condition generates a WBC failure.
WBC/RBC/AVR Target
WBC and RBC Target are target 26-percentile values used for comparison with the WBC and
RBC Measured values during sample analysis. AVR Target is the target Aperture Voltage Ratio
used for comparison with the AVR Measured clog detection test. They are determined by
averaging the value obtained when running several normal samples. See Heading 4.13,
SETTING CLOG DETECTION TARGET VALUES - AC•T diff AND AC•T diff 2
ANALYZERS, for the procedure to determine these values.
Note: The numeric keypad and Save and Exit icon are used to enter the Target values.
RBC Clog Detection Criteria

The above tests are used to determine whether a clog has occurred and whether results
should be suppressed with XXXXX or whether the result will be given with a single X flag.
These tests are not performed if:
r A total RBC voteout has occurred.

r Hgb <2.0 g/dL (or Hgb is incomplete and RBC <0.5 x 106 cells/µL).
r RBC count < ≈ 0.20 x 106 cells/µL then RBC Measured is not calculated or used.
r RBC count < ≈ 0.12 x 106 cells/µL then RBC Ratio and RBC Ratio CV are not calculated
or used.
PN 4237339F
TROUBLESHOOTING
DIAGNOSTICS MENU 7
When clog tests are performed, flagging is accomplished according to Table 7.1-2.
Table 7.1-2 RBC Clog Test Results
Condition Status Effect on Results

No tests fail No clog None
1 test fails Maybe clog X flag
>1 test fails Clog Suppressed
WBC Clog Detection Criteria

The above tests are used to determine whether a clog has occurred and whether results
should be suppressed with XXXXX or whether the result will be given with a single X flag.
These tests are not performed if:
r A total WBC voteout has occurred.

r Hgb <2.0 g/dL (or Hgb is incomplete and WBC <0.5 x 106 cells/µL).
r WBC count < ≈ 1.7 x 133 cells/µL then WBC Measured is not calculated or used.
r WBC count < ≈ 1.0 x 103 cells/µL then WBC Ratio is not calculated so WBC Ratio CV is
not used.
When clog tests are performed, flagging is accomplished according to Table 7.1-3.
Table 7.1-3 WBC Clog Test Results
Condition Status Effect on Results

No tests fail No clog None
1 test fails Maybe clog X flag
1 test fails (WBC Ratio is not performed) Clog Suppressed
>1 test fails Clog Suppressed
Motors Screen
The Motors screen allows you to individually operate the stepper motors used by the AC•T
series analyzers. Beginning with the AC•T 8/10 analyzer, Software Version 1.04, and in all the
AC•T diff and AC•T diff 2 analyzers’ software, the Motors screen also displays the state of the
sensors associated with the stepper motors. See Figures 7.1-11 and 7.1-12.
Pressing a Motors key performs the diluter table default action for the selected motor. On the
AC•T 8/10 and AC•T diff analyzers, 15 different motor actions are required during
instrument operation, so five motor functions are available on the Motors screen
(Table 7.1-4). The AC•T diff analyzer uses 24 different motor functions (Table 7.1-5).
Many of the motor functions appear similar. For example in Table 7.1-4, M0 - ASF operates
the aspirate syringe to aspirate a sample and M2-DSF operates the diluent syringe to recharge
the syringe, but both functions move the syringe pistons down.
PN 4237339F
TROUBLESHOOTING
DIAGNOSTICS MENU
Figure 7.1-11 Motors Screen, AC•T 8/10 and AC•T diff

Analyzers
Table 7.1-4 Motors - Function, Action and Description, AC•T 8/10 and AC•T diff Analyzers
Motor Function Motor Action Description

M0 - ASF Aspirate syringe fill Moves aspirate syringe down 0.25 mL
M1 - DSDWS Diluent syringe discharge with Moves syringe 30.3 mL, stops on sensor
sensor
M2 - DSF Diluent syringe fill Moves diluent syringe down 0.60 mL
M3 - DSDNS Diluent syringe discharge no Moves diluent syringe up 20.0 mL, does not stop on
sensor sensor
M4 - LSF Lytic reagent syringe fill Moves lytic reagent syringe down 0.1 mL
M5 - LSD Lytic reagent syringe dispense Moves lytic reagent syringe up 0.1 mL
M6 - PA Probe aspirate Moves probe left to aspirate position
M7 - PWB Probe WBC Moves probe right to WBC position
M8 - PRB Probe RBC Moves probe left to RBC position
M9 - PU Probe up Moves probe up to top position
M10 - PD Probe down Moves probe down to bottom position
M11 - PT Probe thief Moves probe down to thief position (probe height
used in WBC bath to aspirate RBC dilution)
M12 - DRN Drain Moves PM1 clockwise 2.5 turns, drains RBC bath
M13 - DRF Diluent reservoir fill Moves PM2 clockwise, fills diluent reservoir to
sensor or 4.6 turns, whichever occurs first
M14 - DO Diluent overfill Rotates PM2 clockwise 4.6 turns, fills diluent
reservoir without regard to sensor
M15 - CF Cleaner fill Rotates PM1 counterclockwise 2.5 turns, fills RBC
bath with waste
PN 4237339F
TROUBLESHOOTING
DIAGNOSTICS MENU
When using motor functions, you are in control of the instrument. Normal system safeguards
used by system cycles are bypassed, and must be observed. Most notable, solenoid functions
are separate from motor functions. During an instrument cycle, the proper solenoids are
energized before doing a motor function. Entering this screen without first energizing the
appropriate solenoids from the Solenoids screen may enable fluidic pathways that are not
desirable.
For example, the function M15 - CF (Table 7.1-4) rotates PM1, the waste peristaltic pump,
counterclockwise, against the waste flow.
r During a normal Shutdown cycle, LV13 is energized before calling function M15 - CF,
changing the hydraulic path from the waste container to the shutdown diluent container.
Then, without energizing any other solenoid, performing M15 - CF fills the RBC bath
with shutdown diluent.
r Performing the M15 - CF function from the Motors screen does not energize LV13, so
the RBC bath fills with waste from the waste system. Furthermore, since draining waste
is also a separate function, the RBC bath overflows if you repeatedly perform this
function without draining the RBC bath. To duplicate the Shutdown cycle, you must
energize the appropriate solenoids from the Solenoids screen first, before entering the
Motors screen.
CAUTION Risk of damage to mechanical components. Using fill functions repeatedly can drive the syringe
pistons down and out of the glass syringe barrels. Subsequent upward movement of the syringe without
manually placing the pistons back into the glass barrels may cause the syringe barrels to break. Always
open the right side door and observe the syringe assembly when using syringe motor functions. If the
pistons are pulled out of the syringe barrels, manually guide them back in while using the thumbscrew at
the bottom of the syringe assembly.
CAUTION Motor functions M10-PDHC and M20-DCHC leave holding current applied to the motor after
motion has stopped. Doing motor functions M10-PDHC or M20-DCHC without doing the opposite function
within 1 minute can damage the driver circuit on the Analyzer card or the stepper motors. Do motor
function M9-PUP within 1 minute of doing M10-PDHC. Do motor function M21-DOPN within 1 minute of
doing M20-DCHC.
If you are using probe functions, direction of travel is determined by the needs of the system
during normal instrument cycles. Some functions may generate error messages if the position
of the probe before initiating the function is ignored. For example, during a normal
instrument cycle the probe always goes to the RBC bath position from the WBC bath, never
from the aspirate position. The direction of travel is left. If you initiate function M8-PRB
while at the aspirate position, the probe moves left. Since the probe is already at its left-most
position, and the RBC bath position is to the right, you drive the traverse housing against the
left mechanical stop, never get to the RBC bath, and generate fatal error 11.
On the AC•T 8/10 and AC•T diff analyzers, the syringe sensor is the simplest. It is a single
sensor that displays ON when the syringe is at the top position and displays OFF when the
syringe is not at the top position.
The horizontal and vertical traverse sensors are actually double sensors where the binary state
is used to determine a horizontal or vertical position. The Motors screen displays the probe
position rather than the individual sensor state.
PN 4237339F
TROUBLESHOOTING
DIAGNOSTICS MENU 7
On the AC•T 8/10 and AC•T diff analyzers:
r The three horizontal positions and their designators are:

t PA - probe at the aspirate position
t PR - probe at the RBC bath position
t PW - probe at the WBC bath position.
r The three vertical positions and their designators are:
t PU - probe at the top (up) position
t PT - probe in the bath (thief) position
t PD - probe at the lower-aspirate (down) position.
When the probe is at one of the indicated positions, that position is ON, otherwise it is OFF.
This means that all six positions can indicate OFF but no more than one horizontal and one
vertical position should indicate ON at one time.
Pulse Test - AC•T diff and AC•T diff 2 Analyzers

Unlike the AC•T 8/10 analyzer’s pulse test, the pulses are input into the peak detector input
signal path where the aperture electrode cables enter. The aperture and bath system are not
involved; therefore, any noise pulses picked up by the bath system are not counted in the
pulse test. Because the AC•T diff and AC•T diff 2 analyzers have histograms for WBC and
RBC as well as for Plt, the pulse test must provide pulses for a 256-channel histogram.
When the Pulse icon is pressed, a screen is presented to allow entry of a minimum and
maximum voltage Values can range from 0 to 255. The minimum and maximum defaults are
1 and 255, respectively.
Latex Calibration
With the introduction of histograms and the differential parameters, greater control of
amplifier gain is required. The amplifiers are adjustable and a latex calibration function is
provided for gain adjustment. See Heading 4.12, LATEX GAIN ADJUSTMENT - AC•T diff
AND AC•T diff 2 ANALYZERS, for the procedure to adjust the amplifier gain using latex
particles.
Selecting Main icon tt Diagnostics icon tt Latex Calibration icon displays the Latex Calibration
screen (Figure 7.1-13) for an AC•T diff analyzer or for an AC•T diff 2
analyzer).
PN 4237339F
TROUBLESHOOTING
DIAGNOSTICS MENU 7
Figure 7.1-13 Latex Calibration Screen -
7339053E
The top item on the Latex Calibration screen is the latex particle size. If the instrument’s
power has been off since the last time the latex particle size was used, this value defaults to a
particle size of 94.3 fL.
The next three fields on the Latex Calibration screen display values representing the amplifier
gains for WBC, RBC, and Plt gain. If you know what the gains should be, you can enter them
here without performing the Latex Gain Adjustment procedure. Note that the Plt gain should
be set to the same value as the RBC gain for normal operation.
During the automatic adjustment procedure, prompts to change gains only mention WBC
and RBC gains. Any requested change to the RBC automatically produces the same change in
the Plt value. If however, you manually enter the RBC gain, the Plt gain is not automatically
entered. You must manually enter the same value that was entered for the RBC gain.
The Latex Calibration screen also displays the following icons at its bottom:
r A numeric entry keypad for entering values

r A Continue icon to perform a Latex Gain Adjustment procedure
r A Save and Exit icon to save gains that were manually entered.
r An Exit or Return icon, to exit the latex calibration function.
PN 4237339F
TROUBLESHOOTING
DIAGNOSTICS MENU
Cycle Counter
The instrument’s cycle counter is incremented during each aspirate cycle, whether Whole
Blood, Predilute, Control or Reproducibility mode. On the AC•T 8/10 analyzer the cycle
counter icon appears on the Time/Date Setup screen. On the AC•T diff and AC•T diff 2
analyzers, the cycle counter icon appears on the Startup screen. The Startup screen is a more
practical location for customer use but requires running the Startup cycle to get the cycle
count. For service use, the cycle counter icon appears on the Diagnostics menu on the
AC•T diff analyzer, Software Version 1.04 and later, and on the AC•T diff 2 analyzer.
Prepare to Ship
This function is used to prepare an instrument for shipment or for long-term shutdown.
There are four stages to preparing an instrument for shipment. By the end of the procedure,
the instrument has been decontaminated, flushed with distilled water and dried. For
procedures, refer to Heading 4.15, PREPARING THE INSTRUMENT FOR LONG-TERM
SHUTDOWN OR SHIPMENT.
PN 4237339F
TROUBLESHOOTING
TROUBLESHOOTING ERROR MESSAGES 7
7.2 TROUBLESHOOTING ERROR MESSAGES
The system displays two types of error messages, warning (non-fatal) and fatal error
messages.
Warning (Non-Fatal) Error Messages (Icons)
Warning messages indicate an instrument condition that could affect operation, such as low
reagents or a Printer that is off line. A warning message is indicated by the "yield sign"
warning icon, a message specific icon, and a continuation icon. Pressing the Continue icon
allows the user to continue operation and correct the condition where applicable. Table 7.2-1
shows the icons that identify warning (non-fatal) errors.
Table 7.2-1 Warning (Non-Fatal) Error Messages (Icons)
Error Message Icons Description

Check printer
Transmission incomplete
Vacuum out of range during count
Hgb voltage failure - Hgb Blank or Sample reading outside range 2048 to 4095 A/D
units
Channelizing buffer overflow error - usually indicates an overflow in one of the Plt
channels
Timekeeper failure
CMOS PD (persistent data) failure
Check Reagent Management card
Waste full
Diluent empty
Lytic reagent empty
AC•T Rinse shutdown diluent empty
Patient storage data corrupt, AC•T diff and AC•T diff 2 analyzers
PN 4237339F
TROUBLESHOOTING
TROUBLESHOOTING ERROR MESSAGES
Table 7.2-1 Warning (Non-Fatal) Error Messages (Icons) (Continued)
Control expired, AC•T diff and AC•T diff 2 analyzers
Control file full, AC•T diff and AC•T diff 2 analyzers
Fatal Error Messages (Numbers)
Fatal error messages (Table 7.2-2) are indicated by an Error icon and an Error Message icon or
number. Fatal error messages do not have a Continue icon available. The instrument must be
turned OFF then ON to continue operation. The Error icon is displayed until the fatal error is
resolved.
Table 7.2-2 Fatal Error Messages (Numbers)
Error No./Icon Instrument Description

1 All PCMCIA. For details, see PCMCIA Error 1.
3 All DVM. For details, see DVM Error 3.
4 All Unexpected software condition.
6 All Probe did not reach up position. For details, see Probe Did Not
Reach Position Errors 6 through 11 and 19.
7 All Probe did not reach down position. For details, see Probe Did Not
8 All Measured thief position. For details, see Probe Did Not Reach
Position Errors 6 through 11 and 19.
9 AC•T 8/10 and AC•T diff analyzers Probe did not reach aspirate position. For details, see Probe Did Not
10 All Probe did not reach WBC position. For details, see Probe Did Not
11 All Probe did not reach RBC position. For details, see Probe Did Not
12 AC•T 8/10 and AC•T diff analyzers Syringe did not reach up position. For details, see Syringe Did Not
Reach/Leave Up Position Errors 12 and 13, AC•T 8/10 and AC•T diff
Analyzers.
PN 4237339F
TROUBLESHOOTING
Table 7.2-2 Fatal Error Messages (Numbers) (Continued)

13 AC•T 8/10 and AC•T diff analyzers Syringe did not leave up position. For details, see Syringe Did Not
Analyzers.
16 All I2C communication failure. For details, see I2C Communication

Failure Error 16.
17 AC•T 8/10 and AC•T diff analyzers Steps missing (syringe motor). For details, see Steps Missing
(Syringe Motor) Error 17, AC•T 8/10 and AC•T diff Analyzers.
AC•T 8/10 and AC•T diff analyzers Diluent level error during Powerup table execution. For details, see
Diluent Level Error During Powerup.
All Vacuum <6 in. Hg before probe wipe. For details, see Vacuum Error.
Service Bypass
An error that occurs during powerup creates a loop and consequently the instrument cannot
be used. For troubleshooting a powerup problem, a “service bypass” function is provided to
get past the powerup fatal error message. To initiate the service bypass:
1. Hold down the aspirate switch and turn ON the instrument.

2. Release the aspirate switch when the Powerup (title) screen is displayed.
This procedure bypasses most normal powerup operations and displays the Main screen.
r All cycles and menus, including the Diagnostic menu are active.
r When running cycles, such as the Aspirate cycle, any error encountered is reported as a
fatal error and forces a power off.
r When using the Solenoids screen or the Motors screen, any error encountered is reported
as a warning, using the error number as the message icon. Pressing the Continue icon
returns control to the Solenoids or the Motors screen.
r System states are ignored and normal instrument operation could be affected.
PN 4237339F
TROUBLESHOOTING
When the instrument is again ready for normal operation, always power up without using the
aspirate switch. If the instrument is ON and was turned ON using the aspirate switch, you
must turn the instrument OFF, and then back ON again without using the aspirate switch.
Extended Fatal Error Descriptions

The following sections describe the most complex fatal errors with emphasis on what the
instrument is looking for when it generates a particular fatal error message.
PCMCIA Error 1
Error 1 is generated when the system fails to verify a checksum of the PCMCIA code. All
program code is contained in Flash Memory. Major problems with reading the Flash Memory
or corruption of Flash Memory data prevents the checksum verification from occurring or the
display from being used. As a result, this error should be very rare, but if it occurs, the most
likely problem is the Flash Memory (software) card itself.
DVM Error 3
A DVM check is made during powerup and during a menu-selected startup. System voltages
are checked to see if they are within allowable ranges. If any of these voltages are outside their
allowable range (shown in Table 7.2-3 for the AC•T 8/10 analyzer, in Table 7.2-4 for the
AC•T diff analyzer, and in Table 7.2-5 for the AC•T diff 2 analyzer), error 3 is displayed on
the screen. The A/D converter has an input range of 0 to 10 Vdc, so voltages are converted to
this range before presentation to the A/D converter. The test points given in the table are
before the conversion, representing the actual voltage.
The POWER GOOD/POWER FAIL signal from the Power Supply module is also monitored.
A POWER GOOD/POWER FAIL signal also triggers error 3.
If a DVM failure occurs, there may be a problem with the Power Supply module or the
Analyzer card, or poor line voltage may be triggering the POWER GOOD/POWER FAIL
signal.
Table 7.2-4 Allowable Voltage Ranges - AC•T diff Analyzer
Voltage Range Analyzer Card Test Point

+5 ±6% TP5
+15 ±6% TP8
(+)15 RF ±3% TP25
PN 4237339F
TROUBLESHOOTING
Probe Did Not Reach Position Errors 6 through 11 and 19
The Traverse module is responsible for moving the aspirate probe to different horizontal and
vertical positions.
r The AC•T 8/10 and AC•T diff analyzers use two dual-channel optical sensors to identify
position, one for vertical and one for horizontal movement. Vertical positions are
determined by holes in a flag that snaps onto the top of the vertical rack and rides
through the vertical sensor. Horizontal positions are determined by cutouts in the front
portion of the main traverse mounting bracket.
During system operation, the probe is sent enough steps to go slightly beyond the sensor read
position. If the probe does not get to the position, horizontal or vertical, that it is sent to, a
corresponding error message is generated. See Table 7.2-2, Fatal Error Messages (Numbers),
for specific messages.
Mechanical and electrical problems that can cause errors 6 through 11 and 19 include:
r Obstruction or resistance to probe movement that causes the stepper motor to miss
steps.
r Obstructions in the optical sensor path that cause incorrect sensor reads.
r Poor electrical connections to the motors and sensors, the responsibility of the Traverse
Interconnect card and the flex cable.
r Problems with the Power Supply module, since the DVM check is made only during
powerup. This is especially true on the AC•T 8/10 analyzer, since the DVM does not
check the +24 Vdc supply.
r Failure of any of the following components: motors, sensors, Traverse Interconnect card,
flex cable, and Analyzer card.
PN 4237339F
TROUBLESHOOTING
Syringe Did Not Reach/Leave Up Position Errors 12 and 13, AC•T 8/10 and AC•T diff Analyzers
The syringe assembly only uses one sensor and it is at the top position. At various times, the
syringe is homed, sent to the top position. When the syringe is not detected at the home
position after it is sent there, a Syringe Did Not Reach Up Position (error 12) message is
generated.
Syringe movement is complex as many up/down movements can occur before the syringe is
sent back to the home position. It is not practical to track this movement and determine
exactly when the syringe should be back at the home position. Instead, the syringe is sent to
the home sensor after a period of activity to start once again from a known position. Though
movement is not tracked precisely, the syringe should never be at the home sensor after a
downward move. If this is detected, a Syringe Did Not Leave Up Position (error 13) message
is generated.
Mechanical and hydraulic problems that can produce error 12 or 13 include:
r A problem with the motor and lead screw of the syringe mechanism
r Dislodged syringe pistons
r A damaged, obstructed, or out of position syringe sensor
r Deteriorating piston seals that result in too much friction
r Broken syringe bodies
r Plugs in hydraulic tubing or solenoid valves that cause syringe deadheading.
Electrical problems that can produce error 12 or 13 include:
r A defective syringe motor or sensor

r A defective solenoid valve that causes a deadhead pathway
r Poor electrical connections to a solenoid, syringe motor, or sensor
r A problem with the Analyzer card which drives the solenoids, motors, and sensors
r Problems with the Power Supply module, since the DVM check is made only during
powerup. This is especially true on the AC•T 8/10 analyzer, since the DVM does not
check the +24 Vdc supply.
I2C Communication Failure Error 16

Motor movement is provided by individual driver microprocessors for each motor. The main
microprocessor on the Analyzer card merely sends messages to these motor drivers with
specific parameters. Information like how many steps to move and whether to stop on sensor
or on step count is relayed in these messages. The protocol used to send and receive messages
between the motor driver processors and the main Analyzer card processor is called
I-Squared-C, or I2C for short. If a problem is detected with this message protocol, error 16 is
generated.
Since all the components involved in error 16 are located on the Analyzer card, any time
error 16 is generated there is a problem on the Analyzer card.
PN 4237339F
TROUBLESHOOTING
Steps Missing (Syringe Motor) Error 17, AC•T 8/10 and AC•T diff Analyzers
Error 17 indicates something is wrong with syringe movement. The syringe assembly has one
sensor, located at the top of stroke. The syringe is sent to this sensor near the beginning of a
cycle so that it has a known starting point. Because there are three syringes for one motor,
many upward and downward moves are made before the syringe may be sent back to the
sensor. The system keeps track of the number of steps for each move. When the syringe is
finally sent back to the sensor, the number of downward steps should equal the number of
upward steps, leaving a difference of 0. Error 17 is generated if the difference is not near 0. A
margin of error is given, since normal stopping and directional changes can produce small
step errors.
Note that when using the Motors screen, a default number is used to generate error 17 when
the syringe is sent to the sensor using the M1 motor function. If you are not at the correct
position (within the limits for error) before this function is used, error 17 is generated. This
does not however, mean that there is a problem with the syringe.
Diluent Level Error During Powerup
During the Powerup cycle, the diluent level sensor is checked twice. It is checked after a large
amount of diluent is used by the system, which should indicate that the diluent level is low,
not at the sensor. It is checked again after the reservoir is intentionally overfilled, which
should indicate that diluent is at sensor. If the sensor reading is not what it should be at either
check, a fatal diluent error is generated.
This routine is used to check the operation of the diluent sensor, not to check the diluent
level, but a problem with the diluent reagent delivery system can cause the fatal version of the
diluent error to occur. For instance, if there is a leak in the diluent input that does not allow
the reservoir to fill, the sensor never sees diluent on the second check.
The most common problem with the diluent level sensor is bubbles, a film, or a droplet of
diluent developing on the surface of the sensor.
Chronic diluent errors during powerup can also be caused by clogged diluent filters.
Vacuum Error
More than 6-in. Hg is needed to do a probe wipe. The vacuum is checked before probe wipe
and if the vacuum is less than 6-in. Hg this error is generated. This check ensures there is no
vacuum leak and that the vacuum can build to this level quickly.
PN 4237339F
TROUBLESHOOTING
TROUBLESHOOTING CLOG DETECTION PROBLEMS 7
7.3 TROUBLESHOOTING CLOG DETECTION PROBLEMS
Purpose
This section provides an in-depth discussion of the parameters used for clog detection and
why they are used. A greater knowledge of these parameters and what can cause them to vary
should make troubleshooting clog detection problems simpler.
Flow Voltage (Pulse Width)
Description
The basic parameter used for clog detection is pulse width. This is an important parameter
because it represents the time it takes a particle or cell to travel through a sensitive area of the
aperture. Since the instrument applies a constant fixed vacuum to draw cells through a fixed
aperture, the time of travel or pulse width should be constant. The time of travel and pulse
width do vary some, however, because not all particles take a straight path through the
aperture. A cell passing straight along the center axis of the aperture achieves the shortest
time and the narrowest pulse width. A cell approaching the aperture from the side takes an
angular path through the sensing zone and aperture and consequently takes longer to clear
the sensing zone and produces a wider pulse width. A wider pulse width means that the cell
was in the sensing zone for a longer time and that it took longer to travel through the
sensing zone.
Measuring Pulse Widths, AC•T diff and AC•T diff 2 Analyzers

The AC•T diff and AC•T diff 2 analyzers use a very different method from the AC•T 8/10
analyzer to measure the pulse width. The AC•T diff and AC•T diff 2 analyzers use a method
that produces a value called the 26-percentile. The 26-percentile value is reported on the
Sample Details screen in the WBC Measured or RBC Measured field.
The 26-percentile value is based on readings taken at the ½ height width and ¾ height width.
To understand a ½ height width, first consider a triangular pulse. If you were to draw a
horizontal line at ½ the height of the triangle, and measure the length between the points
where the line intersects the two vertical sides of the triangle, this measurement would be the
½ height width of the triangle or the pulse width.
The reason this method of measuring the pulse width is better than the method used by the
AC•T 8/10 analyzer is that this value is independent of height. This can be illustrated by
considering another triangle with exactly the same base width, but with a different height.
This triangle represents a particle of a different size, but taking exactly the same path and time
through the aperture. Measuring the ½ height width gives the same value as was obtained for
the first triangle. Measuring the width at a fixed threshold gives a wider pulse width for a
taller triangle and a narrower pulse width for a shorter triangle.
PN 4237339F
TROUBLESHOOTING
TROUBLESHOOTING CLOG DETECTION PROBLEMS
After measuring the pulse widths, the instrument must determine a value representing all the
pulses passing through the Editor circuit during a count period. The first value to consider is
an average, but an average value might not be the best choice. If all the pulse widths during a
count period were plotted, with the vertical axis representing the number of pulses and the
horizontal axis representing increasing width, the resulting distribution would be similar to a
normal Plt distribution curve. It would show a fast rise on the left of the peak, and a more
gradual drop on the right of the peak. The average width would be on the right, but fairly
close to the peak. The average width would represent the 50 percentile, since 50% of the
pulses would be on the left of this point, and 50% would be on the right. The 26 percentile is
a point on the curve where 26% of the pulses are on the right of that point and 74% are on the
left. The 26 percentile point is well to the right of the peak, where the curve is approaching
the baseline.
Keeping this normal distribution in mind, consider what happens if a clog occurs. Pulse
widths increase because there is no optimal path through the center axis of the aperture.
Pulses no longer fall on the left end of the curve and the drop on the right side of the peak is
more gradual as pulses are added. The average, and possibly the peak, move slowly to the
right. The 26 percentile also moves to the right, since more pulses were being plotted on the
right end of the curve. The 26 percentile is more sensitive to a change in wider pulse widths,
which is what a clog produces, than the 50 percentile or a 74 percentile.
Factors Affecting Pulse Widths

With the knowledge of how the pulse-width parameters are derived, it is easier to understand
what can affect pulse width.
r A partial clog affects pulse width in two ways.

t Since the aperture is effectively smaller with the same vacuum applied, less dilution
travels through the aperture. Though the speed at the aperture center does not
decrease, cells entering the sensing zone take more time before they actually travel
through the aperture.This extra time entering and exiting the aperture creates a
wider pulse width.
t In addition, flow patterns are disrupted and chaotic. This results in angular paths
rather than the fast, straight path down the axis of the aperture, also resulting in
wider pulse widths.
r A change in the vacuum is the most direct factor that can change pulse width, since the
flow through the aperture is accomplished by vacuum. Decreased vacuum slows the flow
through the aperture and therefore increases pulse width.
r The temperature of the dilution also alters flow rate. As the dilution temperature rises, it
becomes less viscous and can travel through the aperture more readily. This decreases
pulse width.
r Cell elasticity is a less obvious factor affecting pulse width. Cells are very elastic in
nature, being essentially a “bag of fluid.” A red cell, for instance, elongates as it passes
through the aperture, creating a length five to ten times its normal diameter. This process
of elongation seems to slow the travel through the aperture, causing wider pulse widths.
The length of the cell in itself causes the cell to be in the sensing zone for a longer period
as it travels.
PN 4237339F
TROUBLESHOOTING
TROUBLESHOOTING CLOG DETECTION PROBLEMS 7
When a cell is fixed, as cells are for controls and calibrators, some of the elasticity is lost.
Consequently, the cell travels through the aperture faster, creating a narrower pulse
width. This is why there is a difference in the 26-percentile value between fresh bloods
and controls. This is also why sickle cells produce a narrow pulse width. Sickle cells have
rigid cell walls which means they do not have the same elasticity as normal cells and
travel through the aperture much faster.
WBC/RBC Ratios and WBC/RBC Ratio CVs

The WBC and RBC Ratio CVs, like the 26-percentile value, are derived from data obtained
from the Editor circuit. These parameters are only available for clog detection on the AC•T
diff analyzer, not the AC•T 8 or 10 analyzer.
The primary purpose of the Editor circuit in deriving the WBC and RBC Ratios is to screen
the pulse train for well-shaped pulses and channelize only well-shaped pulses for
constructing histograms. The aperture signal is applied to the editor and the rising edge of a
pulse triggers the processing of that pulse. No other pulses are processed until processing is
completed for the previous pulse. This means that only a percentage of pulses are even looked
at by the editor. This is further complicated for the RBC editor because Plts are taken from the
same signal, and Plt pulse processing is given a higher priority because of the smaller number
of Plts generally available. If the Plt count is high, the number of pulses looked at by the RBC
editor decreases. Pulses processed and rejected by the editor are not counted, so the
WBC/RBC Ratio is a ratio of the channelized pulses (well-shaped pulses) to the raw count
from the counter (total pulses at the aperture).
The ratio of well-shaped pulses may be very low, but still acceptable. For this reason, the
actual ratio is not used for RBC clog detection, and the ratio has a wide limit for WBC clog
detection. More useful information is gained from the CV of the ratio values. A ratio is
calculated for each count period yielding 12 readings for RBC and WBC. A CV of the 12
values is calculated and limits placed on the result. The assumption is that the ratio should
not change. Samples with ratios of 75% and 20% should remain at 75% and 20% for all 12
count-periods. Factors such as vacuum, cell concentration, and physical cell characteristics
may determine the ratio, but remain constant for count duration.
A clogged aperture affects flow patterns and in turn affects the ratio. Cells with an irregular
path through the aperture are rejected by the editor, decreasing the ratio. If the clog is severe,
the pulse rate is reduced and may allow a higher percentage of cells to be processed,
increasing the ratio.
Changes in flow rate caused by temperature or vacuum have no affect until they cause the
pulses to be so wide that they get rejected by the editor. This triggers vacuum alarms and the
26-percentile check.
The Ratio CV is affected when a temporary clog is present long enough to significantly
change one or more count periods. If a sample yields a low ratio, the Ratio CV calculation is
higher for mathematical reasons alone.
PN 4237339F
TROUBLESHOOTING
TROUBLESHOOTING CLOG DETECTION PROBLEMS
WAV/RAV/AVR
WAV and RAV are the voltages measured across the WBC and RBC apertures, respectively.
AVR is the ratio of the RAV to WAV, which should be constant for a given set of apertures.
Since the voltage across the aperture is directly proportional to resistance at the aperture, this
is the most obvious form of clog detection. This is also why the voltage reading for the WBC
aperture is about half the voltage reading for the RBC aperture. Resistance is lower for the
larger WBC aperture, so voltage is lower. An obstruction in the aperture causes an increase in
resistance which causes an increase in voltage. A cracked aperture is larger, with less
resistance, so the voltage across the aperture decreases.
The WAV, RAV and AVR are affected directly by aperture size, temperature of the reagents,
resistive properties of the reagents (electrolytes), and any bubbles in the aperture’s path. The
instrument software compensates to some degree for temperature changes and using the AVR
Ratio also minimizes the affects of temperature.
PN 4237339F
TROUBLESHOOTING
TROUBLESHOOTING AC•T 8/10 AND AC•T diff ANALYZER SPECIFIC PROBLEMS 7
7.4 TROUBLESHOOTING AC•T 8/10 AND AC•T diff ANALYZER SPECIFIC PROBLEMS
The causes of several problems on the AC•T 8/10 or AC•T diff analyzers may not be
immediately obvious. Table 7.4-1 describes some of these problems and their
causes/solutions, including solutions that may be different from those used for other
Beckman Coulter instruments.
Table 7.4-1 Specific AC•T 8/10 and AC•T diff Analyzer Problems/Solutions
Symptom Possible Problem Causes/Solutions

Counts, Hgb high and/or Poor probe wipe Poor diluent delivery due to:
erratic r Diluent line too long
AC•T diff analyzer only - low r Diluent height too great relative to instrument
Hgb Blank1 giving Hgb
r Diluent line restricted
incomplete computations
r Diluent peristaltic pump tubing worn
r Diluent fluid filters plugged
r Solenoid LV10 problems
r Probe wash restricted.
Poor probe wipe evacuation due to:
r Probe wipe housing restricted
r Path from probe wipe housing to VC1 restricted
r Solenoid LV8 problems.
Insufficient high vacuum caused by slight leak, restriction, or
weak vacuum pump diaphragm.
High vacuum at VC1 should be >15 in. Hg. If not, replace pump
diaphragm (see Heading 4.6, PNEUMATIC PUMP REPLACEMENT
- AC•T 8/10 AND AC•T diff ANALYZERS).
Counts, Hgb low and/or Poor bath drain Restriction in one of solenoids LV13, LV14, or LV15. Usually
erratic requires dislodging of large particle.
Manual purging of solenoid using Diagnostics menu usually
clears problem. If not, using syringe to flush solenoid and/or
bleaching waste path may prevent solenoid replacements.
High WBC, Plt counts and Interference Ground path between bath panel and Analyzer card uses a lug
background connector on preamp shield. If lug connector becomes loose
from being reconnected several times, or oxidized, interference
results.
Ensure a good connection at this ground point.
Cross talk Shunt paths between the two apertures or from one aperture to
the bottom waste port in VC1.
PN 4237339F
CONTENTS 8
8 PARTS LISTS, 8.1-1
8.1 MASTER PARTS LIST, 8.1-1
8.2 ILLUSTRATED PARTS, 8.2-1
ILLUSTRATIONS
Table 8.2-1), 8.2-1
Table 8.2-2), 8.2-2
8.2-3 Front Panel Components, AC•T diff 2 Analyzers (See Table 8.2-3), 8.2-4
8.2-4 Front Door Components (See Table 8.2-4), 8.2-6
8.2-8 Right-Side Compartment, Pneumatic Pump Components, AC•T diff 2 Analyzers
(See Table 8.2-8), 8.2-14
8.2-9 Rear View Showing Components (See Table 8.2-9), 8.2-16
Table 8.2-10), 8.2-18
8.2-11 Traverse Module Components, AC•T diff 2 Analyzers (See Table 8.2-11), 8.2-20
Table 8.2-12), 8.2-22
8.2-13 Left Side and Top Views (See Table 8.2-13), 8.2-24
diff Analyzers (See Table 8.2-14), 8.2-26
(See Table 8.2-15), 8.2-28
8.2-16 Aperture/Bath Assembly Shield and Mounting Plate (See Table 8.2-16), 8.2-30
TABLES
8.1-1 Components, 8.1-1
8.1-2 Fasteners, Fittings, and Miscellaneous Hardware, 8.1-8
8.1-3 Optional Items and Supplies, 8.1-14
Figure 8.2-1), 8.2-1
Figure 8.2-2), 8.2-3
8.2-3 Front Panel Components, AC•T diff 2 Analyzers (See Figure 8.2-3), 8.2-5
8.2-4 Front Door Components (See Figure 8.2-4), 8.2-7
PN 4237339F
CONTENTS
Analyzers(See Figure 8.2-6), 8.2-11
8.2-8 Right-Side Compartment, Vacuum Pump Components, AC•T diff 2 Analyzers
(See Figure 8.2-8), 8.2-15
8.2-9 Rear View Showing Components (See Figure 8.2-9), 8.2-17
Figure 8.2-10), 8.2-19
8.2-11 Traverse Module Components, AC•T diff 2 Analyzers (See Figure 8.2-11), 8.2-21
Figure 8.2-12), 8.2-23
8.2-13 Left Side and Top Views (See Figure 8.2-13), 8.2-25
diff Analyzers (See Figure 8.2-14), 8.2-27
(See Figure 8.2-15), 8.2-29
8.2-16 Aperture/Bath Assembly Shield and Mounting Plate (See Figure 8.2-16), 8.2-30
PN 4237339F
8PARTS LISTS 8
8.1 MASTER PARTS LIST
The parts are listed in alphabetic order within the following categories:
r Components (Table 8.1-1)

r Fasteners, Fittings, and Miscellaneous Hardware (Table 8.1-2)
r Optional Items and Supplies (Table 8.1-3)
Table 8.1-1 Components
Description Part Number Figure Item

Aperture, RBC and bath assembly 6806442 8.2-14 24
8.2-15 26
Aperture, WBC and bath assembly 6806443 8.2-14 23
8.2-15 25
Belt, traverse horizontal drive, AC•T diff 2 analyzer 2527827 8.2-11 5
Board, switching supply, Power Supply module 4004097 8.2-9 9
Cable for adapting the AC•T diff analyzer Power Supply module for use on an AC•T 8/10 6028918
analyzer
Cable, a/c power line cord, 115 Vac, US 6027225
Cable, bath assembly, ground 6028719
Cable, black ribbon cable to Display assembly, AC•T diff 2 analyzer 6002021 8.2-3 4
8.2-4 17
Cable, chassis ground, connects to Power Supply module 6028708 8.2-9 7
Cable, ground strap for Display assembly, AC•T 8/10 and AC•T diff analyzers 6028264 8.2-4 4
Cable, ground strap for Display assembly, AC•T diff 2 analyzer 6028879 8.2-4 4
Cable, harness, ASF Thomas vacuum pump 6028893 8.2-8 20
8.2-13 7
Cable, ribbon cable to Display assembly, AC•T 8/10 and AC•T diff analyzers 6028704 8.2-4 17
Cable, syringe module to Analyzer card 6028703
Cable, Traverse module, flex, AC•T 8/10 and AC•T diff analyzers 6028676 8.2-2 9
Cable, Traverse module, flex, AC•T diff 2 analyzer 6002022 8.2-3 8
8.2-11 4
Cable, waste-level sensor, for two-piece assembly 6028783
Cam, safety latch, AC•T diff 2 analyzer 1024560 8.2-12 16
Card reader, reagent smart card, AC•T 8/10 and AC•T diff analyzers 2121950 8.2-4 1
Card reader, reagent smart card, AC•T diff 2 analyzer 2122060 8.2-4 1
Card, Analyzer, AC•T 8/10 analyzer (new number) 6706541 8.2-13 4
Note: This card is functionally the same as PN 6706332; it was assigned a new part
number because its layout is different.
Card, Analyzer, AC•T 8/10 analyzer (old number) 6706332 8.2-13 4
Card, Analyzer, AC•T diff 2 analyzer 6706802 8.2-13 4
Card, Analyzer, AC•T diff analyzer 6706442 8.2-13 4
PN 4237339F
PARTS LISTS
MASTER PARTS LIST
Table 8.1-1 Components (Continued)
Card, Analyzer, Universal (for AC•T diff and AC•T diff 2 analyzers only) 6707111 8.2-13 4
Card, Display Controller Driver, SMT 6706703 8.2-4 15
Card, Display Controller Driver, through hole 6706342 8.2-4 15
Card, Pump Motor Filter 6029207 8.2-8 21
8.2-13 12
Card, Transient Suppressor, Power Supply module 6705663 8.2-9 11
Card, Traverse Interconnect, AC•T 8/10 and AC•T diff analyzers 6706334 8.2-10 4
Card, Traverse Interconnect, AC•T diff 2 analyzer 6706753 8.2-11 3
Chamber, vacuum isolator and waste assembly, molded 6805032 8.2-14 14
8.2-15 14
Choke, 0.010 orifice, black 6213011 8.2-13 11
Choke. 0.006 orifice, brown 6213009 8.2-13 11
Cover, cap-pierce door, AC•T diff 2 analyzer 1024537 8.2-12 15
Cover, front, AC•T diff 2 analyzer 6806393 8.2-4 6
Cover, front, with partial label, AC•T 8/10 and AC•T diff analyzers 6805673 8.2-4 6
Cover, pneumatic pump compartment, AC•T diff 2 analyzer, ASF Thomas pump 6806364 8.2-8 1
Cover, pneumatic pump compartment, AC•T diff 2 analyzer, KNF dual-head pump 6807605 8.2-8 26
Display, graphic LCD screen 4837341 8.2-4 19
Display, LCD and keypad assembly with SMT, AC•T 8/10 and AC•T diff analyzers 7000580 8.2-4 5
Display, LCD and keypad assembly with SMT, AC•T diff 2 analyzer 7000623 8.2-4 5
Door, left side with hinge, no latch, AC•T 8/10 and AC•T diff analyzers 6805316 8.2-13 15
Door, right side with hinge, no latch, AC•T 8/10 and AC•T diff analyzers 6805672 8.2-6 20
Fan, 24 Vdc, mounts on rear of panel of the AC•T diff 2 analyzer 6806535
Fan, filter and cage assembly, for rear panel of the AC•T diff 2 analyzer 2603078
Filter, fluid barrier, 0.45 micron, green 6232803 8.2-6 22
8.2-8 18
Filter, for 24 Vdc fan, AC•T diff 2 analyzer 2603081
Filter, waste particle, basket type, 149 micron mesh, double-barb, AC•T diff 2 analyzer 6233045 8.2-7 22
Note: Position filter with the arrow pointing towards the waste pump.
Filter, water, hydrophilc, 5 µ, with male Luer fitting, AC•T 8/10 and AC•T diff analyzers 6233052 8.2-6 1
Filter, water, hydrophilic, 0.45 µ, replacement kit (two filters in kit), AC•T 8/10 and 6915577
AC•T diff analyzers
Note: These filters are mounted on the inside surface of the right-side door.
Filter, water, hydrophilic, 0.45 µ, replacement kit (two filters in kit), AC•T diff 2 analyzer 6915526 8.2-7 10
Note: These filters are mounted inside the right compartment on the pneumatic
pump cover.
PN 4237339F
PARTS LISTS
MASTER PARTS LIST 8
Flag, vertical position, for optical sensor, AC•T 8/10 and AC•T diff analyzers 1023357 8.2-10 11
Foam trap, glassware and stopper assembly 6806764 8.2-7 20
Fuse, 1.5 A SLO BLO, F1 and F2 on Power Supply module, AC•T 8/10 and AC•T diff 5102029 8.2-9 14
analyzers
Fuse, 2.5 A SLO BLO, F1 and F2 on Power Supply module, AC•T diff 2 analyzer 5120184 8.2-9 14
Gear, cap-pierce door, with setscrew, AC•T diff 2 analyzer 2527842 8.2-12 10
Gear, traverse belt tensioner, AC•T diff 2 analyzer 2527743 8.2-11 21
Guard, cap-pierce probe, AC•T diff 2 analyzer 1024587 8.2-12 22
Holder, tube, AC•T diff 2 analyzer 6806615 8.2-12 2
Holder, tube, door assembly, AC•T diff 2 analyzer 6806616 8.2-12 9
Housing, cap pierce, AC•T diff 2 analyzer 6806481 8.2-12 1
Housing, lamp holder and heatsink, molded 6805691 8.2-14 3
8.2-15 3
Housing, probe-wipe, AC•T 8/10 and AC•T diff analyzers 6859716 8.2-10 14
Housing, probe-wipe, AC•T diff 2 analyzer 6807013 8.2-11 12
Housing, traverse guide, AC•T diff 2 analyzer 6706321 8.2-11 10
Housing, traverse, molded, AC•T 8/10 and AC•T diff analyzers 6805479 8.2-10 17
Housing, traverse, molded, AC•T diff 2 analyzer 6806502 8.2-11 15
Insulation, vacuum pump cover, side, AC•T diff 2 analyzer 1024433 8.2-8 15
Insulation, vacuum pump cover, top and bottom, AC•T diff 2 analyzer 1024434 8.2-8 14
Insulation, vacuum pump cover, top, AC•T diff 2 analyzer 1024432 8.2-8 16
Insulation, vacuum pump, bracket side, AC•T diff 2 analyzer 1024435 8.2-8 8
Insulator, display fish paper, AC•T 8/10 or AC•T diff analyzer with original through-hole 1023501
Display Controller Driver card
Insulator, display fish paper, AC•T analyzer with SMT Display Controller Driver card 1024137
Keyboard, touch screen 2016703 8.2-4 20
Knob, vacuum regulator 9908180 8.2-2 2
8.2-8 5
Lamp, Hgb Photometer assembly 6805344 8.2-14 2
8.2-15 2
LED, power indicator assembly, AC•T 8/10 and AC•T diff analyzers 6805394 8.2-4 23
LED, power indicator assembly, AC•T diff 2 analyzer 6806620 8.2-4 23
Lens, Hgb lamp 1023237 8.2-14 6
8.2-15 6
Lens, Hgb lamp, heat filter, blue 6102189 8.2-14 5
8.2-15 5
PN 4237339F
PARTS LISTS
MASTER PARTS LIST
Memory, CMOS, non-volatile Dallas® chip 4837242

Module, Pneumatic Pump, KNF dual-head (includes the pneumatic pump compartment 6807707 8.2-8 27
with all the internal components shown in Figure 8.2-8, the pneumatic pump cover, and
the following components external to the compartment: the EMC Motor Filter 2 card,
PN 6707140; the vacuum transducer, PN 2302008; the vacuum regulator knob,
PN 9908180; and the female Luer lock fitting, PN 6232801.
Note: Only order this complete module if you are upgrading a single-head pump to a
KNF dual-head pump. If you are simply replacing a defective KNF dual-head pump,
order the pump, PN 6233071.
Module, Traverse, AC•T 8/10 and AC•T diff analyzers 7000558 8.2-2 8
Motor, cap-pierce door, AC•T diff 2 analyzer 6806575 8.2-12 8
Motor, peristaltic pump, assembly with connector, AC•T 8/10 and AC•T diff analyzers 6805708 8.2-5 2
Motor, peristaltic pump, assembly with connector (half winding, use with new Analyzer 6807092 8.2-5 2
card, PN 6707111), AC•T 8/10 and AC•T diff analyzers
Motor, probe vertical movement, AC•T diff 2 analyzer 6806490 8.2-11 1
Motor, traverse horizontal motion, AC•T diff 2 analyzer 6806491 8.2-11 6
Motor, traverse travel, with connector, AC•T 8/10 and AC•T diff analyzers 6805555 8.2-10 8
Photodiode, Hgb preamp and housing, molded 6805357 8.2-14 10
8.2-15 10
Plate, aspirate switch, black molded, AC•T 8/10 and AC•T diff analyzers 1023491 8.2-2 12
Plate, aspirate switch, grey molded, AC•T diff 2 analyzer 10244871 8.2-3 16
Plate, bath assembly mounting and isolation, AC•T 8/10 and AC•T diff analyzers 6805559 8.2-16 3
Plate, bath assembly mounting and isolation, AC•T diff 2 analyzer 6806092 8.2-16 3
Power Supply, main power module, AC•T 8/10 analyzer 7000556 8.2-9 16
Power Supply, main power module, AC•T diff 2 analyzer 7000626 8.2-9 16
Power Supply, main power module, AC•T diff analyzer 7000573 8.2-9 16
Probe, aspirate probe without O-ring, AC•T 8/10 and AC•T diff analyzers 6805125 8.2-10 6
Probe, aspirate, AC•T diff 2 analyzer 6805948 8.2-11 13
Pump, ASF Thomas vacuum, 24 Vdc brush type (new style) 6232880 8.2-8 12
8.2-13 8
Pump, cleaning agent (shutdown diluent), AC•T diff 2 analyzer 6806489 8.2-7 21
Pump, diluent reservoir fill, AC•T diff 2 analyzer 6806580 8.2-7 16
Pump, FMI, 100 µL, diluent/lyse, AC•T diff 2 analyzer 6806493 8.2-7 28
Pump, FMI, 50 µL, sample (aspiration), AC•T diff 2 analyzer 6806492 8.2-7 27
Pump, FMI, 50 µL, sample (aspiration) (half winding, use with new Analyzer card, 6807001 8.2-7 27
PN 6707111), AC•T diff 2 analyzer
PN 4237339F
PARTS LISTS
MASTER PARTS LIST 8

Pump, KNF dual-head, vacuum/pressure, 24-Vdc, brushless 6233071 8.2-8 23
8.2-13 10
Pump, Triple Syringe module, with boot seal on diluent syringe only 6707085 8.2-1 1
Pump, waste, KNF, AC•T diff 2 analyzer 6806494 8.2-7 19
Rack, traverse, horizontal motion, AC•T 8/10 and AC•T diff analyzers 1023360 8.2-10 3
Rack, traverse, horizontal motion, AC•T diff 2 analyzer 1024022 8.2-11 22
Rack, traverse, vertical drive, AC•T diff 2 analyzer 6806614 8.2-11 11
Rack, traverse, vertical motion, AC•T 8/10 and AC•T diff analyzers 1023359 8.2-10 15
Regulator, vacuum 6232628 8.2-8 4
8.2-13 18
Reservoir, subassembly, with float sensor (replaces PN 6805906) 6806261 8.2-5 11
8.2-7 6
Retainer, probe, AC•T diff 2 analyzer 1024158 8.2-11 23
Sensor, dual channel, optical, AC•T 8/10 and AC•T diff analyzers 4837317 8.2-10 10
Sensor, inline optical fluid, cleaning and lytic reagent 6706483 8.2-6 14
Sensor, optical diluent level sense, with fuse 5120246 8.2-5 11
Sensor, optical, position, AC•T diff 2 analyzer 6806496 8.2-11 18
Note: The four horizontal position sensors on the Traverse module and the door-closed 8.2-12 4
position and tube bottom seeking sensors in the Cap-Pierce module are identical
sensors.
Sensor, thermistor temperature assembly, AC•T 8/10 and AC•T diff analyzers 2306100 8.2-5 10
Sensor, vacuum transducer, 15 V reference, AC•T 8/10 and AC•T diff analyzers 2306099 8.2-6 8
8.2-13 18
Sensor, vacuum transducer, 8 V reference, AC•T diff 2 analyzer 2302008 8.2-8 2
8.2-13 18
Sensor, waste assembly, with cable and tubing 6805741
Sensor, waste, sensor only 6705981
Shaft, cap-pierce door gear, AC•T diff 2 analyzer 1024428 8.2-12 14
Shield, bath assembly, electrical, AC•T 8/10 and AC•T diff analyzers 6805331 8.2-16 1
Shield, bath assembly, electrical, AC•T diff 2 analyzer 6806555 8.2-16 1
Shield, electromagnetic for Display assembly, AC•T 8/10 and AC•T diff analyzers with 6805136 8.2-4 18
original through-hole Display Controller Driver card
Shield, electromagnetic for Display assembly, AC•T 8/10 and AC•T diff analyzers with 6806205 8.2-4 18
SMT Display Controller Driver card
Shield, electromagnetic for Display assembly, AC•T diff 2 analyzer 6806601 8.2-4 18
Shield, EMI/EMC, gasket, V-form, AC•T 8/10 and AC•T diff analyzers 5704057 8.2-2 5
Shield, EMI/EMC, gasket, V-form, AC•T diff 2 analyzer 5703007 8.2-3 15
PN 4237339F
PARTS LISTS
MASTER PARTS LIST
Shield, plastic, splash guard, AC•T 8/10 and AC•T diff analyzers 6805734 8.2-10 5
Software, AC•T 10 analyzer, Version 1.04 6706655 8.2-2 1
Software, AC•T 8 analyzer, Version 1.04 6706654 8.2-2 1
Software, AC•T diff 2 analyzer, Spanish Version 1.00 6915345 8.2-3 1
Software, AC•T diff 2 analyzer, Version 1.00 6915288 8.2-3 1
Software, AC•T diff analyzer, English, Version 1.06, card only 6915355 8.2-2 1
Software, AC•T diff analyzer, English, Version 1.06, upgrade kit, mailable 6915356 8.2-2 1
Software, AC•T diff analyzer, Spanish, Version 1.06, card only 6915347 8.2-2 1
Software, AC•T diff/Veterinary Option analyzer, Version 1.06, kit with manual 6915366 8.2-2 1
Software, AC•T diff/Veterinary Option analyzer, Version 1.06, kit without manual 6915367 8.2-2 1
Spool, peristaltic pump, AC•T 8/10 and AC•T diff analyzers 6859650 8.2-5 3
Spool, peristaltic pump, new molded version, AC•T 8/10 and AC•T diff analyzers 6706686 8.2-5 3
Spool, sweep-flow, assembly (includes 13 ft. of EVA tubing, PN 3202284, and two 6807701 8.2-14 17
flangeless fittings, PN 6233080) 8.2-15 20
Switch, aspirate, with cable and connector 6805396 8.2-13 5
Switch, Power Supply module and instrument ON/OFF 5120214 8.2-9 10
Syringe, assembly, 1 mL, without barrel boot seal 6707095 8.2-1 5
Syringe, glass barrel assembly, with boot and plunger, 250 µL 6706808 8.2-1 4
Syringe, glass barrel assembly, with boot and plunger, 5 mL 6706809 8.2-1 3
Syringe, glass barrel assembly, with boot and plunger, without boot seal, 250 µL 6707087 8.2-1 4
Syringe, glass barrel with Luer fitting, 1 mL (replaces PN 2527682) 6706652 8.2-1 6
Syringe, glass barrel with Luer fitting, 250 µL (replaces PN 2527683) 6706653 8.2-1 13
Syringe, glass barrel with Luer fitting, 5 mL (replaces PN 2527680) 6706651 8.2-1 7
Syringe, piston, 1 mL 2527677 8.2-1 5
Syringe, piston, 250 µL 2527678 8.2-1 11
Syringe, piston, 5 mL 2527679 8.2-1 8
Traverse, probe traverse module, AC•T 8/10 and AC•T diff analyzers 7000558 8.2-2 8
Tubing, 0.082 i.d., polyurethane, clear 3202036
Tubing, 0.082 i.d., polyurethane, green striped 3202208
Tubing, 0.082 i.d., polyurethane, red striped 3202205 8.2-8 7
Tubing, 0.082 i.d., polyurethane, blue striped 3202209
Tubing, 0.082 i.d., polyurethane, yellow striped 3202207
Tubing, 0.145 i.d., polyurethane, clear 3202039 8.2-14 19
8.2-15 22
Tubing, coiled reagent 1023593
PN 4237339F
PARTS LISTS
MASTER PARTS LIST 8

Tubing, coiled reagent with blue stripe 1023592
Tubing, EVA, for lytic reagent pickup 3202221
Tubing, for large Bio-Chem solenoid pinch valve 6232869 3230084
Tubing, for small Bio-Chem solenoid pinch valve 6232867 3230085
Tubing, peristaltic pump, AC•T 8/10 and AC•T diff analyzers 3213214 8.2-5 4
Tubing, polyurethane, special three-tube ribbon, AC•T 8/10 and AC•T diff analyzers 3230066 8.2-2 6
Tubing, silicone pinch tubing, black striped 3203015
Valve, check, medium (0.125 i.d. fitting) 6214107 8.2-6 6
Valve, check, small (0.062 i.d. fitting) 6214108 8.2-6 4
8.2-14 20
8.2-15 23
Valve, large Bio-Chem solenoid pinch, AC•T diff 2 analyzer 6232869 8.2-7 23
Valve, large Bio-Chem solenoid pinch, AC•T diff 2 analyzer 3230084 8.2-7 21
Valve, Pneutronics ® solenoid, AC•T 8/10 and AC•T diff analyzers 6232777 8.2-5 14
Valve, small Bio-Chem solenoid pinch, AC•T 8/10 and AC•T diff analyzers 6232867 8.2-6 13
Valve, solenoid, Angar® fluidic, 2 way, AC•T 8/10 and AC•T diff analyzers 6232780 8.2-14 21
Valve, solenoid, Angar® fluidic, 3 way 6232779 8.2-6 18
Valve, solenoid, bank of four, pneumatic, 3 way, AC•T diff 2 analyzer 6232930 8.2-8 11
Valve, solenoid, fluidic, 2 way, AC•T diff 2 analyzer 6232933 8.2-7 4
Valve, solenoid, fluidic, 3 way, AC•T diff 2 analyzer 6232931 8.2-7 2
Valve, solenoid, pinch, 3 way, AC•T diff 2 analyzer 6232870 8.2-7 5
Valve, solenoid, pneumatic, 3 way, AC•T diff 2 analyzer 6232929 8.2-8 9
Valve, solenoid, Pneutronics ® module with manifold, AC•T 8/10 and AC•T diff analyzers 6232776 8.2-5 12
Valve, solenoid, Takasago fluidic, 2-way, AC•T diff 2 analyzer 6232932 8.2-15 17
Wear strip, stainless steel, traverse guide, AC•T 8/10 and AC•T diff analyzers 1023611 8.2-10 2
PN 4237339F
PARTS LISTS
MASTER PARTS LIST
Table 8.1-2 Fasteners, Fittings, and Miscellaneous Hardware

Base, pneumatic pump, KNF dual head 6807604 8.2-8 22
Bracket, ASF Thomas vacuum pump 1023939 8.2-8 13
8.2-13 9
Bracket, aspirate switch 6805332 8.2-13 6
Bracket, cap-pierce door motor, AC•T diff 2 analyzer 1024495 8.2-12 6
Bracket, diluent reservoir fill pump 1024549 8.2-7 14
Bracket, KNF dual-head pump 6807690 8.2-8 24
8.2-13 13
Bracket, mounting catch 6805716
Bracket, safety latch hook, AC•T diff 2 analyzer 1024562 8.2-12 18
Bracket, safety latch mount, AC•T diff 2 analyzer 1024561 8.2-12 20
Bracket, safety latch-catch plate, front door, AC•T diff 2 analyzer 1024601 8.2-3 14
Bracket, screw mounting (part of latching mechanism on current AC•T diff 2 analyzers) 6806844 8.2-3 18
Bracket, waste pump, AC•T diff 2 analyzer 6806480 8.2-7 17
Clamp, bath-mounting post, molded 6805773 8.2-14 26
8.2-15 27
Clamp, cable and tubing, front panel, molded, AC•T 8/10 and AC•T diff analyzers 1023434 8.2-2 11
Clamp, cable bundle, 0.35 diameter, harness mount, nylon 6027786 8.2-13 1
Clamp, cable bundle, 0.47 diameter, panel mount, snap lock, AC•T diff 2 analyzer 6028999 8.2-13 17
(Clamp is used throughout this analyzer.)
Clamp, cable bundle, 0.73 diameter, panel mount, snap lock, AC•T 8/10 and AC•T diff 6028995 8.2-13 17
analyzers (Clamp is used throughout these analyzers. This clamp replaces PN 6028809
and, in some cases, PN 6028810.)
Clamp, cable bundle, snap mount to panel, 0.515 x 0.410 in. bundle 6028809 8.2-6 17
(Clamp is used throughout the analyzer and may be replaced with cable bundle clamp
PN 6028995.)
Clamp, cable bundle, snap mount to panel, 0.875 x 0.437 in. bundle, AC•T 8/10 and 6028810 8.2-6 11
AC•T diff analyzers (Clamp is used in several places throughout these analyzers. 8.2-13 17
In some cases, PN 6028995 may replace this clamp.)
Clamp, cable, front panel, AC•T diff 2 analyzer 1024447 8.2-3 7
Clamp, cable, front panel, molded, AC•T diff 2 analyzer 1024447 8.2-2 11
Clamp, cap-pierce door, AC•T diff 2 analyzer 1024496 8.2-12 7
Clamp, ribbon cable, Display assembly, AC•T 8/10 and AC•T diff analyzers 6027373 8.2-2 3
Clamp, tie wrap, releasable, 4.0 l x 10 w (for fastening foam trap to mount, AC•T diff 2 6028917
analyzer)
Clamp, tie wrap, releaseable (for fastening vacuum chamber to mount) 6029001 8.2-14 12
8.2-15 12
Clamp, tubing, front panel, AC•T diff 2 analyzer 6806595 8.2-3 3
PN 4237339F
PARTS LISTS
MASTER PARTS LIST 8
Table 8.1-2 Fasteners, Fittings, and Miscellaneous Hardware (Continued)
Clamp, tubing, traverse, AC•T diff 2 analyzer 6859756 8.2-11 2

Clip, probe-wipe housing 1022827 8.2-10 16
8.2-11 14
Connector, 12-pin, P5 on Power Supply module, AC•T diff analyzer 2121892 8.2-9 12
Connector, 1-pin 2121410 8.2-9 8
Connector, 9-pin, P5 on Power Supply module, AC•T 8/10 analyzer 2121695 8.2-9 12
Connector, card reader flex cable, part of Display Controller Driver card 2121952 8.2-4 21
Fastener, adhesive back cable clamp, 0.375 x 0.500 in. 6027571
Fastener, barbed, for vacuum transducer, push in fastener 2851884
Fastener, LED panel mount, AC•T 8/10 and AC•T diff analyzers 2838063 8.2-4 22
Fastener, nut, for bulkhead Luer fitting 6232382 8.2-9 1
Fastener, nylon panel mount, cable clamp 6028781
Fastener, nylon retaining post to mount Analyzer card (old mount style) 2851601 8.2-13 2
Fitting, adapter, 1/4-28 ext to 3/32 i.d. tubing 6232962 8.2-7 1
Fitting, adapter, 1/8 i.d. to, 1/4-28 male thd 6232951 8.2-7 25
Fitting, feed-thru, 1/4 x 28 flat bottom, stainless steel, CP 1025523 8.2-14 15
8.2-15 15
Fitting, feed-thru, bulkhead, 0.062 i.d. to 0.093 i.d., AC•T diff 2 analyzer 6216353 8.2-15 16
Fitting, feed-thru, bulkhead, 0.07 i.d., AC•T 8/10 and AC•T diff analyzers 1017458 8.2-14 16
Fitting, Luer, bulkhead, to barbed hose fitting 6232503 8.2-9 3
Fitting, Luer, female, to 0.094 barbed hose 6232801 8.2-6 2
8.2-8 19
Fitting, Luer, male, to 0.094 barbed hose fitting 6232502 8.2-1 2
8.2-6 5
8.2-8 17
8.2-9 5
Fitting, Luer, male, to barbed hose fitting 6232846 8.2-9 4
Fitting, T, 0.062 legs 6226008
Fitting, T, 0.094 i.d. 6232051 8.2-14 22
8.2-15 24
Fitting, union, 1/4-28 female to 0.093 barb, CP 1025566 8.2-14 18
8.2-15 21
Fitting, union, 0.062 i.d. to 0.093 i.d. 6232352 8.2-2 4
8.2-8 6
Fitting, union, 0.093 to 0.093 9908083 8.2-10 13
Note: Also used to join tubing 3230085 to polyurethane tubing
Fitting, union, barb, 0.062 to 0.062 6232109
Fitting, union, barb, 0.125 x 10-32 6232085
PN 4237339F
PARTS LISTS
MASTER PARTS LIST

Fitting, union, polypropylene, 0.093 i.d to 0.125 i.d. 6232246 8.2-5 5
8.2-6 21
8.2-8 3
Fitting, union, polypropylene, 0.125 i.d. to 0.125 i.d. 6232198
Fitting, Y, 0.085 i.d. to 0.172 o.d. 1018245
Fitting, Y, 0.093 i.d. to 0.093 i.d. 6232259 8.2-6 3
8.2-8 10
Flange, Bio-Chem™ pinch valve mount, AC•T 8/10 and AC•T diff analyzers 6232940 8.2-6 12
Flange, mounting for valves 6232870 and 6232869 6232905 8.2-7 24
Foot, plastic, with fastener 2851898
Fuse holder, Power Supply module 9921373 8.2-9 13
Gasket, display cover seal 1023435 8.2-4 2
Grommet, panel tubing throughway (0.250 i.d. x 0.562 o.d. x 0.250 thick), 2830013 8.2-6 15
AC•T 8/10 and AC•T diff analyzers
Grommet, 0.375 i.d. x 0.625 o.d. x 0.250 thick (panel tubing throughway) 2830014 8.2-6 10
8.2-14 25
Grommet, 0.500 i.d. x0.813 o.d. x 0.281 thick (panel tubing throughway) 2830016 8.2-6 9
8.2-15 18
Grommet, 0.562 i.d. x 0.875 o.d. x 0.218 thick, rubber (used in KNF dual-head pump 2830017 8.2-8 25
bracket) 8.2-13 14
Hinge, front cover mount, AC•T 8/10 and AC•T diff analyzers 6805138 8.2-4 10
Hinge, front cover mount, AC•T diff 2 analyzer 6806604 8.2-4 10
Latch, catch, front door, AC•T 8/10 and AC•T diff analyzers 2852272 8.2-4 7
(for latch keeper PN 2852271)
Latch, keeper bracket, front door (used on original AC•T diff 2 analyzers, for latch keeper 1024624 8.2-3 10
PN 2852413)
Latch, keeper, front door, AC•T 8/10 and AC•T diff analyzers (for latch catch PN 2852272) 2852271 8.2-2 15
Latch, keeper, front door (used on original AC•T diff 2 analyzers, for latch PN 2852412) 2852413 8.2-3 11
8.2-4 7
Latch, lever arm, CP (part of latching mechanism on current AC•T diff 2 analyzers) 1024875 8.2-3 19
Latch, receiver, front door, hidden (replaces PN 1024624 and PN 2852413 on current 2852440 8.2-3 9
AC•T diff 2 analyzers)
Note: This latch receiver is used with a latching mechanism comprised of a mounting
bracket, PN 6806844; lever arm, PN 1024875; shoulder screw, PN 1024876, retaining
ring, PN 2852417, and setscrew, PN 2807020.
Latch, screw lock, front door (used on original AC•T diff 2 analyzers, for latch keeper 2852412 8.2-3 23
PN 2852413)
Latch, side door, black, AC•T 8/10 and AC•T diff analyzers 2851605 8.2-6 19
8.2-13 16
PN 4237339F
PARTS LISTS
MASTER PARTS LIST 8
Latch, side door, grey, AC•T diff 2 analyzer 2852403 8.2-6 19

8.2-13 16
Mount, wire tie, 0.75 l x 0.75 w, adhesive back 6011015 8.2-14 11
8.2-15 11
Mount, shock absorbing, AC•T diff 2 analyzer 2527770 8.2-7 26
Nut, hex, #6-32 2822008 8.2-5 9
8.2-7 9
Nut, SEMS, #6-32 2821010 8.2-6 7
O-ring, 0.187 i.d. x 0.050 w 2523062
O-ring, 0.364 in. i.d. 2523689 8.2-14 4
8.2-15 4
Pin, socket for Power Supply module, 9-pin connector 2121692
Ring, retainer, 0.125 diameter groove x 0.029 wide, crescent (part of latching mechanism 2852417 8.2-3 21
on current AC•T diff 2 analyzers)
Screw, countersink, #6-32 x 0.25 in. 2806104 8.2-3 13
8.2-4 8
Screw, flat head, #6-32 x 0.38 in., black 2806137 8.2-3 12
8.2-4 8
8.2-4 11
Screw, hex post, #4-40 for Analyzer card mount, AC•T diff 2 analyzer 1024645
Screw, latch shoulder, CP (part of latching mechanism on current AC•T diff 2 analyzers) 1024876 8.2-3 20
Screw, pan head, #4-40 x 0.25 in. 2852223 8.2-11 8
Screw, pan head, #4-40 x 0.25 in., traverse motor mount, AC•T 8/10 and AC•T diff 2804005 8.2-10 12
analyzers
8.2-15 7
8.2-6 16
Screw, pan head, SEMS, #4-40 x 0.31 in. 2852224 8.2-7 3
8.2-11 9
8.2-12 3
8.2-14 8
8.2-15 8
PN 4237339F
PARTS LISTS
MASTER PARTS LIST

8.2-4 9
8.2-10 9
Screw, pan head, SEMS, #6-32 x 0.38 in., black 2852300 8.2-2 13
8.2-3 17
8.2-9 15
8.2-3 2
8.2-5 6
8.2-14 27
8.2-15 28
Screw, self tap, #4-24 x 0.312 in., pan head 2851663 8.2-7 11
Screw, self-lock, pan head, SEMS, #6-32 x 0.38 in. 2852093 8.2-2 7
8.2-3 5
8.2-4 3
8.2-7 15
8.2-10 1
8.2-11 7
8.2-12 21
8.2-14 13
8.2-15 13
8.2-16 4
Screw, self-tapping flat head, #6-32 x 0.38 in. (for old mount style) 2852306 8.2-13 3
Screw, setscrew, Allen, #4-40 x 0.38 in. 2807048 8.2-14 1
8.2-15 1
Screw, setscrew, Allen, #6-32 x 0.375 in., AC•T 8/10 and AC•T diff analyzers 2807024 8.2-5 1
Screw, setscrew, 6-32 x 0.187, hex (part of latching mechanism on current AC•T diff 2 2807020 8.2-3 22
analyzers)
Screw, shoulder, #8-32 x 0.188 in., AC•T diff 2 analyzer 2852100 8.2-11 19
8.2-12 19
Screw, thumb, #4-40 x 0.38 in., nylon (mounting for Analyzer card) 2852358
Screw, Traverse module shipping, #6-32 x 3.5 in., AC•T diff 2 analyzer 2851323
Seal, O-ring, to retain aspirate probe, AC•T 8/10 and AC•T diff analyzers 2512120 8.2-10 7
Seal, syringe barrel boot, 250 µL 1023877 8.2-1 12
Seal, syringe barrel boot, 5 mL 1023828 8.2-1 9
Shield, EMI/EMC, gasket, V-form, AC•T diff 2 analyzer 5703007 8.2-3 15
Spacer, #4, 0.375 in. long x 0.250 in. o.d. 2852289 8.2-4 14
Spacer, #4, 1.5 in. long 2852302 8.2-14 9
8.2-15 9
Spacer, hinge, AC•T 8/10 and AC•T diff analyzers 1023618 8.2-4 12
Spacer, nylon, bath assembly, isolation 2527699 8.2-16 2
PN 4237339F
PARTS LISTS
MASTER PARTS LIST 8

Spacer, threaded, #4-40, 0.56 in. length 2852288 8.2-4 16
Spring, traverse belt tensioner, AC•T diff 2 analyzer 2523815 8.2-11 17
Syringe, collar, boot retainer 1024163 8.2-1 10
Washer, flat, #4, 0.125 i.d. x 0.250 o.d. x 0.031 thick 2827045 8.2-7 13
8.2-12 5
8.2-7 7
Washer, flat, #6, 0.177 i.d. x 0.408 o.d. x 0.062 thick, nylon 2852281 8.2-16 5
8.2-12 11
Washer, red lock ring, for bulkhead Luer fitting 6232497 8.2-9 17
Washer, split lock, #4 2826002 8.2-7 12
8.2-7 8
Washer, white lock ring, for bulkhead Luer fitting 6232498 8.2-9 2
Washer, yellow lock ring, for bulkhead Luer fitting 6232670 8.2-9 6
PN 4237339F
PARTS LISTS
MASTER PARTS LIST
Table 8.1-3 Optional Items and Supplies

Adapter, narrow tube, cap-pierce 1020854
Cable, Centronics, 10 ft, for parallel Printer 6028504
Cushion, FMI Pump (packing material) 8024587
Paper, roll, for Printer 2016740
Particles, latex, for latex gain adjustment 6857371
Pickup tube, AC•T Rinse shutdown diluent, AC•T PAK reagent, machined 6805687
Pickup tube, AC•T Rinse shutdown diluent, AC•T Tainer reagent 6805770
Pickup tube, diluent, AC•T Tainer reagent 6805771
Pickup tube, diluent, AC•T Pak reagent 6805685
Pickup tube, lytic reagent, AC•T Pak reagent, machined 6805686
Pickup tube, lytic reagent, AC•T Tainer reagent 6805769
Printer, ac adapter, 13.5 Vdc, for Canon BJC-250 Bubble Jet Printer, 110 V 2016814
Printer, Citizen®, GSX-190, 80 column, 115 Vac 2016583
Printer, Citizen, GSX-190, 80 column, 230 Vac 2016584
Printer, Citizen, iDP 3110, 40 column, 115 Vac 2016730
Printer, Citizen, iDP 3110, 40 column, 230 Vac 2016800
Printer, Epson, TM290P, MAXM tickets, no power supply 2016671
Printer, OKIPAGE 14e LED Printer, parallel, 115 Vac 2016932
Printer, OKIPAGE 14e LED Printer, parallel, 230 Vac 2016933
Printer, ink cartridge, black, for Canon BJC-250 Bubble Jet Printer 2016812
Printer, ink cassette, for Citizen GSX-190 Printer 2016511
Printer, ink cassette, for Epson TM290P Slip Printer 2016717
Printer, toner cartridge, for OKIPAGE 10e LED Printer 2016900
Printer, universal power supply, for Epson TM290P Slip Printer 4004103
Ribbon cartridge, purple ink, for Citizen iDP 3110 Printer 2016739
Silicone grease, DOW CORNING 33 Lubricant 1604007
Tag, caution for use with FMI pump cushion 8024587 4276819
Tool, for PC card removal, nylon mounting posts 5450276
Tool, Coax Load Cable Assembly (dummy load) 6029105
PN 4237339F
PARTS LISTS
ILLUSTRATED PARTS 8
8.2 ILLUSTRATED PARTS
Figure 8.2-1 Triple Syringe Module Components, AC•T 8/10 and AC•T diff Analyzers (See Table 8.2-1)
1 3 7
6
4
8
5
RIGHT SIDE VIEW 13

9
12 10
11
7339008E
Table 8.2-1 Triple Syringe Module Components, AC•T 8/10 and AC•T diff Analyzers (See Figure 8.2-1)
Item Part Number Description

1 6707085 Pump, Triple Syringe module, with boot seal on diluent syringe only
2 6232502 Fitting, Luer, male, to 0.094 barbed hose fitting
3 6706809 Syringe, glass barrel assembly, with boot and plunger, 5 mL
4 6706808 Syringe, glass barrel assembly, with boot and plunger, 250 µL
6707087 Syringe, glass barrel assembly, with boot and plunger, without boot seal, 250 µL
5 2527677 Syringe, piston, 1 mL
6707095 Syringe, assembly, 1 mL, without boot seal
6 6706652 Syringe, glass barrel with Luer fitting, 1 mL (replaces PN 2527682)
7 6706651 Syringe, glass barrel with Luer fitting, 5 mL (replaces PN 2527680)
8 2527679 Syringe, piston, 5 mL
9 1023828 Seal, syringe barrel boot, 5 mL
10 1024163 Syringe, collar, boot retainer
11 2527678 Syringe, piston, 250 µL
12 1023877 Seal, syringe barrel boot, 250 µL
13 6706653 Syringe, glass barrel with Luer fitting, 250 µL (replaces PN 2527683)
PN 4237339F
PARTS LISTS
ILLUSTRATED PARTS
Figure 8.2-2 Front Panel Components, AC•T 8/10 and AC•T diff Analyzers (See Table 8.2-2)
15
14
13
12
11 2
9
10
8
3
6 5
7339006C
PN 4237339F
PARTS LISTS
ILLUSTRATED PARTS 8
Table 8.2-2 Front Panel Components, AC•T 8/10 and AC•T diff Analyzers (See Figure 8.2-2)

1 6706654 Software, AC•T 8 analyzer, Version 1.04
6706655 Software, AC•T 10 analyzer, Version 1.04
6915355 Software, AC•T diff analyzer, English, Version 1.06, card only
6915356 Software, AC•T diff analyzer, English, Version 1.06, upgrade kit, mailable
6915347 Software, AC•T diff analyzer, Spanish, Version 1.06, card only
6915366 Software, AC•T diff/Veterinary Option analyzer, Version 1.06, kit with manual
6915367 Software, AC•T diff/Veterinary Option analyzer, Version 1.06, kit without manual
2 9908180 Knob, vacuum regulator
3 6027373 Clamp, ribbon cable, Display assembly
4 6232352 Fitting, union, 0.062 i.d. to 0.093 i.d.
5 5704057 Shield, EMI/EMC, gasket, V-form
6 3230066 Tubing, polyurethane, special three-tube ribbon
7 2852093 Screw, self-lock, pan head, SEMS, #6-32 x 0.38 in.
8 7000558 Traverse, probe traverse module
9 6028676 Cable, Traverse module, flex
10 2852095 Screw, pan head, SEMS, #6-32 x 0.50 in.
11 1023434 Clamp, cable and tubing, front panel, molded
12 1023491 Plate, aspirate switch, black molded
13 2852300 Screw, pan head, SEMS, #6-32 x 0.38 in., black
15 2852271 Latch, keeper, front door (for latch catch 2852272)
PN 4237339F
PARTS LISTS
ILLUSTRATED PARTS
Figure 8.2-4 Front Door Components (See Table 8.2-4)
23
1
22
4 5
21 2
20
19
18
13
17
14
12
15
16
9
10
8
11
7339002C
7
PN 4237339F
PARTS LISTS
ILLUSTRATED PARTS 8
Table 8.2-4 Front Door Components (See Figure 8.2-4)

1 2121950 Card reader, reagent smart card, AC•T 8/10 and AC•T diff analyzers
2122060 Card reader, reagent smart card, AC•T diff 2 analyzer
2 1023435 Gasket, display cover seal
3 2852093 Screw, self-lock, pan head, SEMS, #6-32 x 0.38 in. L
4 6028264 Cable, ground strap for Display assembly, AC•T 8/10 and AC•T diff analyzers
6028879 Cable, ground strap for Display assembly, AC•T diff 2 analyzer
5 7000580 Display, LCD and keypad assembly with SMT, AC•T 8/10 and AC•T diff analyzers
7000623 Display, LCD and keypad assembly with SMT, AC•T diff 2 analyzer
6 6805673 Cover, front, with partial label, AC•T 8/10 and AC•T diff analyzers
6806393 Cover, front, AC•T diff 2 analyzer
7 2852272 Latch, catch, front door, AC•T 8/10 and AC•T diff analyzers (for latch keeper PN 2852271)
8 2806104 Screw, countersink, #6-32 x 0.25 in., for AC•T 8/10 and AC•T diff analyzers
2806137 Screw, flat head, #6-32 x 0.38 in., black, AC•T diff 2 analyzer
10 6805138 Hinge, front cover mount, AC•T 8/10 and AC•T diff analyzers
6806604 Hinge, front cover mount, AC•T diff 2 analyzer
11 2806137 Screw, flat head, #6-32 x 0.38 in., black
12 1023618 Spacer, hinge, AC•T 8/10 and AC•T diff analyzers
13 2804036 Screw, pan head, #4-40 x 1.25 in.
14 2852289 Spacer, #4, 0.375 in. long x 0.250 in. o.d.
15 6706342 Card, Display Controller Driver, through hole
6706703 Card, Display Controller Driver, SM
16 2852288 Spacer, threaded, #4-40, 0.56-in. length
17 6028704 Cable, ribbon cable to Display assembly, AC•T 8/10 and AC•T diff analyzers
6002021 Cable, black ribbon cable to Display assembly, AC•T diff 2 analyzer
18 6805136 Shield, electromagnetic for Display assembly, AC•T 8/10 or AC•T diff analyzer with original
through-hole Display Controller Driver card
6806205 Shield, electromagnetic for Display assembly, AC•T 8/10 or AC•T diff analyzer with SMT
6806601 Shield, electromagnetic for Display assembly, AC•T diff 2 analyzer
19 4837341 Display, graphic LCD screen
20 2016703 Keyboard, touch screen
21 2121952 Connector, card reader flex cable, part of Display Controller Driver card
22 2838063 Fastener, LED panel mount, AC•T 8/10 and AC•T diff analyzers
23 6805394 LED, power indicator assembly, AC•T 8/10 and AC•T diff analyzers
6806620 LED, power indicator assembly, AC•T diff 2 analyzer
Not shown 1023501 Insulator, display fish paper, AC•T 8/10 or AC•T diff analyzer with original through-hole
Not shown 1024137 Insulator, display fish paper, AC•T analyzer with SMT Display Controller Driver card
PN 4237339F
PARTS LISTS
ILLUSTRATED PARTS
Figure 8.2-5 Right-Side Compartment, Reservoir Components, AC•T 8/10 and AC•T diff Analyzers
(See Table 8.2-5)
14 1
3
7
8
2
13
12
6
RIGHT SIDE VIEW
11
7
8
9
10 7339003E
PN 4237339F
PARTS LISTS
ILLUSTRATED PARTS 8
Table 8.2-5 Right-Side Compartment, Reservoir Components, AC•T 8/10 and AC•T diff Analyzers
(See Figure 8.2-5)

1 2807024 Setscrew, Allen, #6-32 x 0.375 in.
2 6805708 Motor, peristaltic pump, assembly with connector
6807092 Motor, peristaltic pump, assembly with connector (half winding, use with new Analyzer
card, PN 6707111)
3 6859650 Spool, peristaltic pump
6706686 Spool, peristaltic pump, new molded version
4 3213214 Tubing, peristaltic pump
5 6232246 Fitting, union, polypropylene, 0.093 i.d. to 0.125 i.d.
7 2827134 Washer, flat, #6 (0.156 i.d. x 0.375 o.d. x 0.046 thick)
8 2826035 Washer, splitlock, #6
9 2822008 Nut, hex, #6-32
10 2306100 Sensor, thermistor temperature assembly
11 6806261 Reservoir, subassembly, with float sensor (replaces PN 6805906)
12 6232776 Valve, solenoid, Pneutronics® module, with manifold
14 6232777 Valve, Pneutronics® solenoid
PN 4237339F
PARTS LISTS
ILLUSTRATED PARTS
Figure 8.2-6 Right-Side Compartment, Transducer Components, AC•T 8/10 and AC•T diff Analyzers
(See Table 8.2-6)
2 RIGHT SIDE VIEW 1

22
6
5 2
1
21
5
19
7
17 8
16
20
15 10
18
14
13 12
11
7339004E
PN 4237339F
PARTS LISTS
ILLUSTRATED PARTS 8
Table 8.2-6 Right-Side Compartment, Transducer Components, AC•T 8/10 and AC•T diff Analyzers
(See Figure 8.2-6)

1 6233052 Filter, water, hydrophilc, 5 µ, with male Luer fitting
2 6232801 Fitting, Luer, female, to 0.094 barbed hose
3 6232259 Fitting, Y, 0.093 i.d. to 0.093 i.d.
4 6214108 Valve, check, small (0.062 i.d. fitting)
6 6214107 Valve, check, medium (0.125 i.d. fitting)
7 2821010 Nut, SEMS, #6-32
8 2306099 Sensor, vacuum transducer, 15 V
9 2830016 Grommet, panel tubing throughway (0.500 i.d. x0.813 o.d. x 0.281 thick)
10 2830014 Grommet, panel tubing throughway (0.375 i.d. x 0.625 o.d. x 0.250 thick)
11 6028810 Clamp, cable bundle, snap mount to panel, 0.875 x 0.437 in. bundle
12 6232940 Flange, Bio-Chem pinch valve mount
13 6232867 Valve, small Bio-Chem solenoid pinch
14 6706483 Sensor, inline optical fluid, cleaning and lytic reagent
15 2830013 Grommet, panel tubing throughway (0.250 i.d. x 0.562 o.d. x 0.250 thick)
17 6028809 Clamp, cable bundle, snap mount to panel, 0.515 x 0.410 in. bundle
(may also use cable bundle clamp PN 6028995)
18 6232779 Valve, solenoid, Angar fluidic, 3-way
19 2851605 Latch, side door, black, AC•T 8/10 and AC•T diff analyzers
2852403 Latch, side door, grey, AC•T diff 2 analyzer
20 6805672 Door, right side, with hinge, no latch
21 6232246 Fitting, union, polypropylene, 0.093 i.d. to 0.125 i.d.
22 6232803 Filter, fluid barrier, 0.45 micron, green
Not shown 3230085 Tubing, for small Bio-Chem solenoid pinch valve 6232867
Not shown 9908083 Fitting, union, 0.093 to 0.093 (used to join tubing 3230085 to polyurethane tubing)
PN 4237339F
PARTS LISTS
ILLUSTRATED PARTS
Figure 8.2-9 Rear View Showing Components (See Table 8.2-9)
6
3
5
2
3
4
17
3
4
11 12 7
8
16
15
10
14
13 10
7339009C
PN 4237339F
PARTS LISTS
ILLUSTRATED PARTS 8
Table 8.2-9 Rear View Showing Components (See Figure 8.2-9)

1 6232382 Fastener, nut, for bulkhead Luer fitting
2 6232498 Washer, white lock ring, for bulkhead Luer fitting
3 6232503 Fitting, bulkhead, Luer to barbed hose fitting
4 6232846 Fitting, Luer, male to barbed hose fitting
6 6232670 Washer, yellow lock ring, for bulkhead Luer fitting
7 6028708 Cable, chassis ground, connects to Power Supply module
8 2121410 Connector, 1-pin
9 4004097 Board, switching supply, Power Supply module
10 5120214 Switch, Power Supply module and instrument ON/OFF
11 6705663 Card, Transient Suppressor, Power Supply module
12 2121695 Connector, 9 pin, P5 on Power Supply module, AC•T 8/10 analyzer
2121892 Connector, 12 pin, P5 on Power Supply module, AC•T diff analyzer
13 9921373 Fuse holder, Power Supply module
14 5102029 Fuse, 1.5 A SLO BLO, F1 and F2 on Power Supply module, AC•T 8/10 and AC•T diff
analyzers
5120184 Fuse, 2.5 A SLO BLO, F1 and F2 on Power Supply module, AC•T diff 2 analyzer
15 2852300 Screw, pan head, SEMS, #6-32 x 0.38 in., black
16 7000556 Power Supply, main power module, AC•T 8/10 analyzer
7000573 Power Supply, main power module, AC•T diff analyzer
7000626 Power Supply, main power module, AC•T diff 2 analyzer
17 6232497 Washer, red lock ring, for bulkhead Luer fitting
Not shown 2121692 Pin, socket for Power Supply module, 9-pin connector
Not shown 2603078 Fan, filter and cage assembly, for rear panel of the AC•T diff 2 analyzer
Not shown 6028918 Cable (adapts AC•T diff analyzer Power Supply module for use on AC•T 8/10 analyzer)
Not shown 6806535 Fan, 24 Vdc, mounts on rear of panel of the AC•T diff 2 analyzer
Not shown 2603081 Filter, for 24 Vdc fan, AC•T diff 2 analyzer
PN 4237339F
PARTS LISTS
ILLUSTRATED PARTS
Figure 8.2-10 Traverse Module Components, AC•T 8/10 and AC•T diff Analyzers (See Table 8.2-10)
17
8
1
2
12
9
16
11
10
10
4
2
9
15
7
5
13
14 6
7339007C
PN 4237339F
PARTS LISTS
ILLUSTRATED PARTS 8
Table 8.2-10 Traverse Module Components, AC•T 8/10 and AC•T diff Analyzers (See Figure 8.2-10)

2 1023611 Wear strip, stainless steel, traverse guide
3 1023360 Rack, traverse, horizontal motion
4 6706334 Card, Traverse Interconnect
5 6805734 Shield, plastic, splash guard
6 6805125 Probe, aspirate probe without O-ring
7 2512120 Seal, O-ring, to retain aspirate probe
8 6805555 Motor, traverse travel, with connector
10 4837317 Sensor, dual channel, optical
11 1023357 Flag, vertical position, for optical sensor
12 2804005 Screw, pan head, #4-40 x 0.25 in., traverse motor mount
13 9908083 Fitting, union, 0.093 to 0.093 in.
14 6859716 Housing, probe wipe
15 1023359 Rack, traverse, vertical motion
16 1022827 Clip, probe-wipe housing
17 6805479 Housing, traverse, molded
PN 4237339F
PARTS LISTS
ILLUSTRATED PARTS
Figure 8.2-13 Left Side and Top Views (See Table 8.2-13)
Original 1
Ac •T 8/10 &
17
Ac •T diff analyzers 18 19
Ac •T diff2
analyzer 2
3 4
16 15 9 8
14
13
or
10
7339046F
12 11
PN 4237339F
PARTS LISTS
ILLUSTRATED PARTS 8
Table 8.2-13 Left Side and Top Views (See Figure 8.2-13)

1 6027786 Clamp, cable bundle
2 2851601 Fastener, nylon retaining post to mount Analyzer card (old mount style)
3 2852306 Screw, self-tapping flathead, #6-32 x 0.38 in. (for old mount style)
4 6706332 Card, Analyzer, AC•T 8/10 analyzer (old number)
6706541 Card, Analyzer, AC•T 8/10 analyzer (new number)
Note: This card is functionally the same as PN 6706332; it was assigned a new part
number because its layout is different.
6706442 Card, Analyzer, AC•T diff analyzer
6706802 Card, Analyzer, AC•T diff 2 analyzer
6707111 Card, Analyzer, Universal (for AC•T diff and AC•T diff 2 analyzers only)
5 6805396 Switch, aspirate, with cable and connector

6 6805332 Bracket, aspirate switch
7 6028893 Cable harness, ASF Thomas vacuum pump
8 6232880 Pump, ASF Thomas vacuum, 24 Vdc brush type (new style)*
9 1023939 Bracket, ASF vacuum pump
10 6233071 Pump, dual-head vacuum/pressure, 24 Vdc, brushless*
11 6213009 Choke. 0.006 orifice, brown (for applications up to 1524 m [5,000 ft.])
6213011 Choke, 0.010 orifice, black (for applications at 1524 m [5,000 ft.] and above)
12 6029207 Card, Pump Motor Filter
13 6807690 Bracket, pneumatic pump, dual head
14 2830017 Grommet, 0.562 i.d. x 0.875 o.d. x 0.218 thick, rubber
15 6805316 Door, left side with hinge, no latch, AC•T 8/10 and AC•T diff analyzers
16 2851605 Latch, side door, black, AC•T 8/10 and AC•T diff analyzers
2852403 Latch, side door, grey, AC•T diff 2 analyzer
17 Note: The following cable bundle clamps are used throughout the specified analyzer.
6028810 Clamp, cable bundle, snap mount to panel, 0.875 x 0.437 in. bundle, AC•T 8/10 and
AC•T diff analyzers (In some cases, PN 6028995 may replace this clamp.)
6028995 Clamp, cable bundle, 0.73 diameter, panel mount, snap lock, AC•T 8/10 and AC•T diff
analyzers (This cable bundle clamp replaces PN 6028809 and, in some cases,
PN 6028810.)
6028999 Clamp, cable bundle, 0.47 diameter, panel mount, snap lock, AC•T diff 2 analyzer
18 2306099 Sensor, vacuum transducer, 15 V, AC•T 8/10 and AC•T diff analyzers
2302008 Sensor, vacuum transducer, 8 V, AC•T diff 2 analyzer.
18 6232628 Regulator, vacuum*
Not shown 1024645 Screw, hex post, #4-40, used for Analyzer card mount, AC•T diff 2 analyzer
*In the AC•T diff 2 analyzer, the pneumatic pump and vacuum regulator are located inside a covered
compartment in the analyzer’s right-side compartment. See Figure 8.2-8.
PN 4237339F
PARTS LISTS
ILLUSTRATED PARTS
Figure 8.2-14 Aperture/Bath Assembly Components on Mounting Plate, AC•T 8/10 and AC•T diff
Analyzers (See Table 8.2-14)
2 7
2 6
2 5
9 1
2 4
8 1 0
7 6
2 5 5
4
2 3 3
2
2 5
2 2
1 1
2 1
1 2
1 3
1 4
8
1 5
2 0 1 9 1 8
1 6
1 7
7 3 3 9 0 0 1 F
PN 4237339F
PARTS LISTS
ILLUSTRATED PARTS 8
Table 8.2-14 Aperture/Bath Assembly Components on Mounting Plate, AC•T 8/10 and AC•T diff Analyzers
(See Figure 8.2-14)

1 2807048 Setscrew, Allen, #4-40 x 0.38 in.
2 6805344 Lamp, Hgb photometer assembly
3 6805691 Housing, lamp holder and heatsink, molded
4 2523689 O-ring, 0.364 in. i.d.
5 6102189 Lens, Hgb lamp, heat filter, blue
6 1023237 Lens, Hgb lamp
9 2852302 Spacer, #4, 1.5 in. long
10 6805357 Photodiode, Hgb preamp and housing, molded
11 6011015 Mount, wire tie, 0.75 l x 0.75 w, adhesive back (for vacuum chamber)
12 6029001 Clamp, wire tie, releasable (for fastening vacuum chamber to mount)
14 6805032 Chamber, vacuum isolator and waste assembly, molded
15 1025523 Fitting, feed-thru, 1/4 x 28 flat bottom, stainless steel, CP
16 1017458 Fitting, bulkhead feedthru, 0.07 i.d., AC•T 8/10 and AC•T diff analyzers
17 6807701 Spool, sweep-flow, assembly (includes 13 ft. of EVA tubing, PN 3202284, and two
flangeless fittings, PN 6233080)
18 1025566 Fitting, union, 1/4-28 female to 0.093 barb, CP
19 3202039 Tubing, 0.145 i.d., polyurethane, clear
20 6214108 Valve, check, small, 0.062 i.d. fitting, for sweep flow
21 6232780 Valve, solenoid, Angar® fluidic, 2-way, AC•T 8/10 and AC•T diff analyzers
22 6232051 Fitting, T, 0.094 i.d.
23 6806443 Aperture, WBC and bath assembly
24 6806442 Aperture, RBC and bath assembly
25 2830014 Grommet, panel tubing throughway (0.375 i.d. x 0.625 o.d. x 0.250 thick),
AC•T 8/10 and AC•T diff analyzers
26 6805773 Clamp, bath-mounting post, molded
Not shown 6232259 Fitting, Y, 0.093 i.d. to 0.093 i.d.
PN 4237339F
PARTS LISTS
ILLUSTRATED PARTS
Figure 8.2-16 Aperture/Bath Assembly Shield and Mounting Plate (See Table 8.2-16)
4
2
1
7339047A
Table 8.2-16 Aperture/Bath Assembly Shield and Mounting Plate (See Figure 8.2-16)

1 6805331 Shield, bath assembly, electrical, AC•T 8/10 and AC•T diff analyzers
6806555 Shield, bath assembly, electrical, AC•T diff 2 analyzer
2 2527699 Spacer, nylon, bath assembly, isolation
3 6805559 Plate, bath assembly mounting and isolation, AC•T 8/10 and AC•T diff analyzers
6806092 Plate, bath assembly mounting and isolation, AC•T diff 2 analyzer
5 2852281 Washer, flat, #6, nylon (0.177 i.d. x 0.408 o.d. x 0.062 thick)
PN 4237339F
CONTENTS 9
A QUICK REFERENCE INFORMATION, A.1-1
A.1 TOLERANCES AND LIMITS, A.1-1

Analyzer Card Voltage Limits, A.1-1
Clog Detection Target Value, A.1-1
Hgb Amplifier Output, A.1-1
Latex Adjustment Criteria, A.1-2
Power Supply Module Output - Connector P5, A.1-2
A.2 CIRCUIT CARD CONNECTORS, JUMPERS, AND TEST POINTS, A.2-1

Analyzer Card - AC•T 8/10 Analyzers, A.2-1
Connectors, A.2-2
Test Points, A.2-4
Analyzer Card - AC•T diff Analyzers, A.2-5
Connectors, A.2-6
Jumpers, A.2-7
Test Points, A.2-8
Analyzer Card - AC•T diff 2 Analyzers, A.2-9
Connectors, A.2-10
Jumpers, A.2-12
Test Points, A.2-12
Analyzer Card - Universal AC•T diff/AC•T diff 2 Analyzers, A.2-13
Connectors, A.2-14
Jumpers, A.2-16
Test Points, A.2-18
Display Controller Driver Card, A.2-19
Connectors and Pinouts, A.2-20
Jumpers, A.2-23
Test Points, A.2-23
A.3 SOFTWARE MENU TREES, A.3-1

AC•T 8/10 Analyzer, A.3-1
AC•T diff Analyzer, A.3-2
AC•T diff/Veterinary Option Analyzer, A.3-3
AC•T diff 2 Analyzer, A.3-4
A.4 AC•T 8/10 and AC•T diff COMPONENT LOCATIONS AND FUNCTIONS, A.4-1
Summary, A.4-1
Solenoids, A.4-1
Components Located Behind the Front Door of an AC•T 8/10 or AC•T diff
Analyzer, A.4-2
Components Inside the Right Compartment of an AC•T 8/10 or AC•T diff
Analyzer, A.4-5
PN 4237339F
CONTENTS
Components Inside the Left Compartment of an AC•T 8/10 or AC•T diff

Analyzer, A.4-10
A.5 AC•T diff 2 COMPONENT LOCATIONS AND FUNCTIONS, A.5-1

Summary, A.5-1
Solenoids, A.5-1
Components Located Behind the Front Door of an AC•T diff 2 Analyzer, A.5-3
Components Inside the Right Compartment of an AC•T diff 2 Analyzer, A.5-6
Components Inside the Pneumatic Compartment of an AC•T diff 2
Analyzer, A.5-10
Components Inside the Left Compartment of an AC•T diff 2 Analyzer, A.5-13
B ERROR MESSAGES, B.1-1
C OPTIONAL PRINTERS, C.1-1

DIP Switch SW1 Settings, C.1-2
C.2 CANON BJC-250 BUBBLE JET PRINTER, C.2-1

C.3 OKIPAGE 14e LED PRINTER, C.3-1

Configuring the Printer, C.3-1
Controls and Indicators, C.3-4
ILLUSTRATIONS
A.2-1 Analyzer Card Component Locations - AC•T 8/10 Analyzers, A.2-1
A.2-2 Analyzer Card Component Locations - AC•T diff Analyzer, A.2-5
A.2-3 Analyzer Card Component Locations - AC•T diff 2 Analyzer, A.2-9
A.2-4 Universal AC•T diff/AC•T diff 2 Analyzer Card Component Locations, A.2-13
A.2-5 Display Controller Driver Card Component Locations - (Through-Hole
Design), A.2-19
A.2-6 Display Controller Driver Card Component Locations - (Surface-Mount
Design), A.2-20
A.3-1 Software Menu Tree - AC•T 8/10 Analyzer, A.3-1
A.3-2 Software Menu Tree - AC•T diff Analyzer, A.3-2
A.3-3 Software Menu Tree - AC•T diff/Veterinary Option Analyzer, A.3-3
A.3-4 Software Menu Tree - AC•T diff 2 Analyzer, A.3-4
A.4-1 View of an AC•T 8/10 or AC•T diff Analyzer with the Front Door Open, A.4-2
A.4-2 View Inside the Right Compartment of an AC•T 8/10 or AC•T diff Analyzer, A.4-5
A.4-3 View Inside the Left Compartment of an AC•T 8/10 or AC•T diff Analyzer, A.4-10
A.5-1 View of an AC•T diff 2 Analyzer with the Front Door Open, A.5-3
A.5-2 View Inside the Right Compartment of an AC•T diff 2 Analyzer, A.5-6
A.5-3 View Inside the Pneumatic Pump Compartment of an AC•T diff 2
Analyzer, A.5-10
PN 4237339F
CONTENTS
9
A.5-4 View Inside the Left Compartment of an AC•T diff 2 Analyzer, A.5-13
C.1-1 Epson TM-290P Slip Printer - Location of Controls and Indicators, C.1-1
C.2-1 Canon BJC-250 Bubble Jet Printer - Power/Resume Controls and
Indicators, C.2-1
C.2-2 Canon BJC-250 Bubble Jet Printer - Cartridge Lock and Paper Thickness
Levers, C.2-2
C.3-1 OKIPAGE 14e LED Printer Front Operator Panel, C.3-4
TABLES
A.1-1 Analyzer Card - AC•T 8/10 Analyzer, Voltage Limits, A.1-1
A.1-2 Analyzer Card - AC•T diff Analyzer, Voltage Limits, A.1-1
A.1-3 Analyzer Card - AC•T diff 2 Analyzer, Voltage Limits, A.1-1
A.1-4 Target Acceptance Criteria, A.1-1
A.1-5 Latex Adjustment Criteria, A.1-2
A.1-6 Power Supply Module Output, Connector P5 - AC•T 8/10 Analyzer, A.1-2
A.1-7 Power Supply Module Output, Connector P5 - AC•T diff and AC•T diff 2
Analyzers, A.1-2
A.2-1 Analyzer Card Connectors - AC•T 8/10 Analyzers (See Figure A.2-1), A.2-2
A.2-2 Analyzer Card Test Points - AC•T 8/10 Analyzers (See Figure A.2-1), A.2-4
A.2-3 Analyzer Card Connectors - AC•T diff Analyzer (See Figure A.2-2), A.2-6
A.2-4 Analyzer Card Jumpers - AC•T diff Analyzer (See Figure A.2-2), A.2-7
A.2-5 Analyzer Card Test Points - AC•T diff Analyzer (See Figure A.2-2), A.2-8
A.2-6 Analyzer Card Connectors - AC•T diff 2 Analyzer (See Figure A.2-3), A.2-10
A.2-7 Analyzer Card Jumpers - AC•T diff 2 Analyzer (See Figure A.2-3), A.2-12
A.2-8 Analyzer Card Test Points - AC•T diff 2 Analyzer (See Figure A.2-3), A.2-12
A.2-9 Universal AC•T diff/AC•T diff 2Analyzer Card Connectors (See
Figure A.2-4), A.2-14
A.2-10 Universal AC•T diff/AC•T diff 2 Analyzer Card Jumper Settings (See
Figure A.2-4), A.2-17
A.2-11 Universal AC•T diff/AC•T diff 2Analyzer Card Test Points (See
Figure A.2-4), A.2-18
A.2-12 Display Controller Driver Card Connectors, A.2-20
A.2-13 Display Controller Driver Card - J61 Pinouts, A.2-21
A.2-17 Display Controller Driver Card Jumpers, A.2-23
A.2-18 Display Controller Driver Card Test Points, A.2-23
A.4-1 Solenoid Functions - AC•T 8/10 or AC•T diff Analyzers, A.4-1
A.4-2 Components behind the Front Door of an AC•T 8/10 or AC•T diff Analyzer, A.4-3
A.4-3 Components Inside the Right Compartment of an AC•T 8/10 or AC•T diff
Analyzer, A.4-6
A.4-4 Components Inside the Left Compartment of an AC•T 8/10 or AC•T diff
Analyzer, A.4-10
A.5-1 Solenoid Functions - AC•T diff 2 Analyzers, A.5-1
A.5-2 Components behind the Front Door of an AC•T diff 2 Analyzer, A.5-3
A.5-3 Components Inside the Right Compartment of an AC•T diff 2 Analyzer, A.5-6
A.5-4 Components Inside the Pneumatic Pump Compartment of an AC•T diff 2
Analyzer, A.5-11
PN 4237339F
CONTENTS
A.5-5 Components Inside the Left Compartment of an AC•T diff 2 Analyzer, A.5-13
B.1-1 Warning (Non-Fatal) Error Messages (Icons), B.1-1
B.1-2 Fatal Error Messages (Numbers), B.1-1
C.1-1 Epson TM-290P Slip Printer - Specifications, C.1-1
C.1-2 Epson TM-290P Slip Printer - Function of Controls and Indicators, C.1-2
C.1-3 Epson TM-290P Slip Printer - DIP Switch Settings for SW1, C.1-2
C.1-4 Epson TM-290P Slip Printer - International Character Sets - DIP Switch Settings
for SW1-2 through SW1-4, C.1-2
C.2-1 Canon BJC-250 Bubble Jet Printer - Specifications, C.2-1
C.2-2 Canon BJC-250 Bubble Jet Printer - Function/Status of Controls and
Indicators, C.2-2
PN 4237339F
AQUICK REFERENCE INFORMATION A
A.1 TOLERANCES AND LIMITS
Analyzer Card Voltage Limits
Table A.1-2 Analyzer Card - AC•T diff Analyzer, Voltage Limits
Voltage Acceptable Range Test Point

+5 ±6% TP5
+15 ±6% TP8
(+)15 RF ±3% TP25
Clog Detection Target Value

Table A.1-4 Target Acceptance Criteria
Parameter Acceptable Range

WBC count CV ≤ 3.0%
RBC count CV ≤ 3.0%
AVR Measured Š1.4 but ≤ 2.3
WBC Measured Š900 but ≤1500
RBC Measured Š810 but ≤1350
Hgb Amplifier Output

3700 ±100 (after adjustment)
PN 4237339F
QUICK REFERENCE INFORMATION
TOLERANCES AND LIMITS
Latex Adjustment Criteria

Table A.1-5 Latex Adjustment Criteria
Parameter Minimum Maximum

WBC 1.0 10.0
RBC 0.5 2.5
WBC CV 0.0 15.0
RBC CV 0.0 8.0
WMCV -1.5 +1.5
RMCV -1.5 +1.5
WIA 10.0 250.0
RIA 10.0 250.0
Power Supply Module Output - Connector P5
Table A.1-7 Power Supply Module Output, Connector P5 - AC•T diff and AC•T diff 2 Analyzers
Pin Description Color

1 +24 Vdc Brown
2 +24 Vdc Brown
3 EGND (chassis ground) Green/yellow
4 SGND (solenoid ground) Black
5 MGND (motor ground) Black
6 +5 Vdc Yellow
7 DGND (digital ground) Black
8 +5 Vdc Sense White/yellow
9 POWER GOOD signal White/blue
10 +15 Vdc Orange
11 AGND (analog ground) Black
12 -15 Vdc Green
PN 4237339F
CIRCUIT CARD CONNECTORS, JUMPERS, AND TEST POINTS A
A.2 CIRCUIT CARD CONNECTORS, JUMPERS, AND TEST POINTS
Analyzer Card - AC•T diff Analyzers

r For component locations, refer to Figure A.2-2.
r For details concerning a specific connector, refer to Table A.2-3.
r For details concerning a specific jumper, refer to Table A.2-4.
r For details concerning a specific test point, refer to Table A.2-5.
Component Locations
Figure A.2-2 Analyzer Card Component Locations - AC•T diff Analyzer
LV1 thru 20
LV1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
J29 LV11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 LV23

M5
M1
S1
X9 S9
M2
J30
S10
S2
S3
J14
J4
J6 S8
S13
TP3 TP4
J9 X8
TP26 J3
TP25
J5
J2
TP5 W APT
J8
TP6 X5
TP9
TP8 R APT X4
TP10
J7
X3 U7
X2 X6 X7 J10 E2 E3 E4 E5 E6 E7 E8 E9 E10 7339051F
PN 4237339F
CIRCUIT CARD CONNECTORS, JUMPERS, AND TEST POINTS
Connectors
Table A.2-3 Analyzer Card Connectors - AC•T diff Analyzer (See Figure A.2-2)
Reference
Designator Card
DCN 6323022 Label Plug Location Description
J2 J2 P2 Lower rear Parallel Printer, rear panel interface, 25 conductor
J3 J3 P3 Center rear Serial out, rear panel interface, 9 conductor
J4 J4 P4 Center rear Waste sensor, rear panel interface, BNC connector
J5 J5 P5 Lower rear Power in, from Power Supply module, 9 conductor
J6 J6 P6 Top center Cover interlock, currently just jumpered, 2 conductor
J7 J7 P7-R Lower front Red aperture cable, coaxial
J8 J8 P8-W Lower front White aperture cable, coaxial
J9 J9 P9 Lower front Hgb lamp, 4 conductor
J10 J10 P10 Lower front Hgb sensor (preamp), coaxial
J11 LV22 Unused Top rear Spare, solenoid 22, dc motor, 2 conductor
J12 LV23 WM23 Top rear Solenoid 23, vacuum pump, 2 conductor
J13 S13 WM13 Center rear Sensor 13, diluent reservoir thermistor sensor,
3 conductor
J14 J14 P14 Center front Traverse module, flex-connect cable, 20 conductor
J15 S1 WM1 Top rear Diluent reservoir sensor, 4 conductor
J16 S12 Unused Top rear Spare sensor for M6, 4 conductor
J17 S9 WM9 Top rear Syringe motor sensor, 4 conductor
J18 S10 WM10 Center rear Sensor 10, vacuum transducer, 3 conductor
J19 S2 WM2 Center rear Sensor 2, lytic reagent optical-fluid sensor, 3 conductor
J20 S3 WM3 Center rear Sensor 3, AC•T Rinse, optical-fluid sensor, 3 conductor
J21 S14 Unused Center rear Spare, sensor 14, 3 conductor
J24 M5 WM5 Top rear Motor 5, syringe-assembly motor, 5 conductor
J25 M6 Unused Top rear Spare, motor 6, spare sensor motor, 5 conductor
J26 M1 WM1 Top rear Motor 1, waste peristaltic pump motor, 5 conductor
J27 M2 WM2 Top rear Motor 2, diluent peristaltic pump motor, 5 conductor
J28 S8 WM8 Center rear Sensor 8, aspirate switch, 3 conductor
J29 J29 P29 Top front Flash Memory card, 68 conductor
J30 J30 P30 Center front Display assembly ribbon cable, 26 conductor
J31 LV1 WM1 Top rear, upper row Solenoid 1, 2 conductor
PN 4237339F
Table A.2-3 Analyzer Card Connectors - AC•T diff Analyzer (See Figure A.2-2) (Continued)
Reference
Designator Card
J36 LV6 WM6 Top rear, upper row Spare, solenoid 6, 2 conductor
J41 LV11 WM11 Top rear, lower row Solenoid 11, 2 conductor
J48 LV18 Unused Top rear, lower row Spare, solenoid 18, 2 conductor
Jumpers
X5
Table A.2-4 Analyzer Card Jumpers - AC•T diff Analyzer (See Figure A.2-2)
Jumper Analyzer Card - AC•T diff Analyzer

X1 Not present
X2 OFF
X3 ON
X4 OFF
X5 OFF
X6 ON
X7 OFF
X8 ON
X9 ON
E2/E3/E4 ON E2/E3
E5/E6/E7 ON E5/E6
E8/E9/E10 ON E8/E9
PN 4237339F
Test Points
Table A.2-5 Analyzer Card Test Points - AC•T diff Analyzer (See Figure A.2-2)
Test Point Description Circuit

TP3 +24 Vdc From the Power Supply
TP4 +200 Vdc From U7 (dc/dc converter)
TP6 DGND Digital ground
TP9 AGND Analog ground
TP10 -15 Vdc From the Power Supply
TP25 +15 VRF (vacuum reference) Generated on the card
TP26 +3.6 Vdc Hgb lamp supply voltage
PN 4237339F
Analyzer Card - Universal AC•T diff/AC•T diff 2 Analyzers
r For component locations, refer to Figure A.2-4.
r For details concerning a specific jumper, refer to Table A.2-10.
Note: The jumpers on the Universal AC•T diff/AC•T diff 2 Analyzer card configure the
card for the model of the instrument and for the type of peristaltic or FMI sample pump
(full or half winding) currently in use on the instrument. Table A.2-11 lists both the wire
colors for pump motor connectors J26, J27, and J24 to help you determine if the pump is
full or half winding, and the corresponding jumper settings.
Component Locations
Figure A.2-4 Universal AC•T diff/AC•T diff 2 Analyzer Card Component Locations
Use these jumper

configurations for
half winding
S14 S15 S16 S17 S24 S25 motors only. X13 X10
LV22
CB2 X4 X11 X12 X13
LV1 2 3
CB8 X1 X10
4 5 6 7 8 9 10 LV22 LV23
LV11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 LV23 M5
J29 TP32
X12
M6
TP44
X11
TP35
TP33
M1
X9 S1
J30 M2
X1 S9
S10A
S2
M3 TP36
TP34
J6
TP3 TP45 TP2 TP1
J4
J14 TP15 TP20 S19
J9 J3
X4 TP24 TP37 S3
TP38 TP42
TP17 TP41 S8
TP26
J5 TP23 S18
TP43
TP5,6,9 S13
W APT TP11 TP31
J8 TP27 J2
TP16
TP12 TP29
TP8,10 TP30
TP39
X8
TP21 TP13
X3 TP19
TP28
R APT TP18 TP14
X2 TP22
TP4
TP40
J7 TP7
U7
X6 X7 J10 E2 E3 E4 E5 E6 E7 E8 E9 E10
7339146F
PN 4237339F
Connectors
Table A.2-9 Universal AC•T diff/AC•T diff 2Analyzer Card Connectors (See Figure A.2-4)
Reference
Designator Card
J2 J2 P2 Lower rear Parallel Printer, rear panel interface, 25 conductor
J3 J3 P3 Center rear Serial out, rear panel interface, 9 conductor
J4 J4 P4 Center rear Waste sensor, rear panel interface, BNC connector
J5 J5 P5 Lower rear Power in, 200 Vdc from Power Supply module, 9 conductor
J6 J6 P6 Top center Cover interlock, currently just jumped, 2 conductor
J7 J7 P7-R Lower front Red aperture cable, coaxial
J8 J8 P8-W Lower front White aperture cable, coaxial
J9 J9 P9 Lower front Hgb lamp, 4 conductor
J10 J10 P10 Lower front Hgb sensor (preamp), coaxial
J11 LV22 Unused Top rear Spare, solenoid 22, dc motor, 2 conductor
J12 LV23 WM23 Top rear Vacuum pump, 2 conductor
J13 S13 WM13 Center rear Sensor 13, diluent reservoir thermistor sensor, 3 conductor
J14 J14 P14 Center front Traverse module, flex-connect cable, 20 conductor
J15 S1 WM1 Top rear Diluent reservoir sensor, float, 4 conductor
J16 S12 Unused Top rear Spare sensor for M6, 4 conductor
J17 S9 WM9 Top rear AC•T diff analyzer: Syringe motor sensor, 4 conductor
AC•T diff 2 analyzer: Sensor 9, sample pump home sensor,
4 conductor
J18A S10A WM10 Center rear Sensor 10A, vacuum transducer, 3 conductor
J19 S2 WM2 Center rear Sensor 2, lytic reagent optical-fluid sensor, 3 conductor
J20 S3 WM3 Center rear Sensor 3, AC•T Rinse, optical-fluid sensor, 3 conductor
J21 S14 WM14 Center rear AC•T diff analyzer: Not used.
AC•T diff 2 analyzer: Sensor 14, open-vial horizontal position
sensor, 3 conductor
AC•T diff 2 analyzer: Sensor 15, closed-vial horizontal
position sensor, 3 conductor
AC•T diff 2 analyzer: Sensor 16, RBC bath horizontal position
sensor, 3 conductor
J24 M5 WM5 Top rear AC•T diff analyzer: Motor 5, syringe-assembly motor,
5 conductor
AC•T diff 2 analyzer: Motor 5, sample FMI pump,
5 conductor
PN 4237339F
Table A.2-9 Universal AC•T diff/AC•T diff 2Analyzer Card Connectors (See Figure A.2-4) (Continued)
Reference
Designator Card
J25 M6 WM25 Top rear AC•T diff analyzer: Not used.
AC•T diff 2 analyzer: Motor 6, closed-vial station door motor,
5 conductor
J26 M1 WM1 Top rear AC•T diff analyzer: Motor 1, waste peristaltic pump motor,
5 conductor
AC•T diff 2 analyzer: Motor 1, lyse FMI pump motor,
5 conductor
J27 M2 WM2 Top rear AC•T diff analyzer: Motor 2, diluent peristaltic pump motor,
5 conductor
AC•T diff 2 analyzer: Motor 2, diluent FMI pump motor,
5 conductor
J28 S8 WM8 Center rear AC•T diff analyzer: Sensor 8, aspirate switch, 3 conductor
AC•T diff 2 analyzer: Sensor 8, open-vial station aspirate
switch, 3 conductor
J29 J29 P29 Top front Flash Memory card, 68 conductor
J30 J30 P30 Center front Display assembly ribbon cable, 26 conductor
J31 LV1 WM1 Top rear, upper row AC•T diff analyzer: Solenoid 1, 2 conductor
AC•T diff 2 analyzer: Rinse pump
J36 LV6 WM6 Top rear, upper row AC•T diff analyzer: Not used.
AC•T diff 2 analyzer: Waste pump
J39 LV9 WM9 Top rear, upper row Spare, solenoid 9, 2 conductor
J44 LV14 WM14 Top rear, lower row Spare, solenoid 14, 2 conductor
PN 4237339F
Table A.2-9 Universal AC•T diff/AC•T diff 2Analyzer Card Connectors (See Figure A.2-4) (Continued)
Reference
Designator Card
J48 LV18 Unused Top rear, lower row AC•T diff analyzer: Not used
AC•T diff 2 analyzer: Waste/cleaner select
J49 LV19 WM19 Top rear, lower row AC•T diff analyzer: Not used
AC•T diff 2 analyzer: Diluent reservoir pump
J50 LV20 Unused Top rear, lower row AC•T diff analyzer: Not used
AC•T diff 2 analyzer: Fan, back panel
J57 M3 WM3 Center front Motor 3, traverse horizontal motor
J80 S24 WM24 Top center Sensor 24, specimen tube bottom seeking sensor
J81 S17 WM17 Top center Sensor 17, WBC bath horizontal position sensor
J82 S18 WM18 Center rear Sensor 18, lyse pump home sensor
J83 S19 WM19 Center rear Sensor 19, diluent pump home sensor
J98 S25 WM25 Top center Sensor 25, closed-vial aspirate sensor
(door-closed position sensor)
Jumpers
The jumpers on the Universal AC•T diff/AC•T diff 2 Analyzer card configure the card for the
model of the instrument and for the type of peristaltic or FMI sample pump (full or half
winding) currently in use on the instrument. Table A.2-11 lists both the wire colors for pump
motor connectors J26, J27, and J24 to help you determine if the pump is full or half winding,
and the corresponding jumper settings.
PN 4237339F
Table A.2-10 Universal AC•T diff/AC•T diff 2 Analyzer Card Jumper Settings (See Figure A.2-4)
AC•T diff Analyzer AC•T diff 2 Analyzer

Peristaltic Pumps (J26 and J27) FMI Sample Pump (J24) Function
Half Winding Full Winding Half Winding Full Winding
Pin No. Wire Colors Wire Colors Wire Colors Wire Colors
1 Open Open Open Open
2 Red Red Yellow Black
3 White Blue Green Green
4 Yellow Green White Red
5 Black Black Blue Blue
X* Green Yellow Black Yellow
X* Blue White Red White
Half Winding Full Winding Half Winding Full Winding

Jumpers Settings Settings Settings Settings
X1 Always OFF Always OFF Always ON Always ON Number of traverse mechanism positions.
X2 Always OFF Always OFF Always OFF Always OFF Factory use only.
X3 Always ON Always ON Always ON Always ON Factory use only.

†Vacuum transducer reference voltage.
X4 ON ON OFF OFF 4X ON = 15 V; 4X OFF = 8 V.
X6 Always ON Always ON Always ON Always ON Factory use only.
X7 Always OFF Always OFF Always OFF Always OFF Factory use only.
X8 Always ON Always ON Always ON Always ON RS 232 serial port clock
X9 Always ON Always ON Always ON Always ON Microprocessor clock

Changes current for the Triple Syringe
X10 Always OFF Always OFF ON OFF module/FMI pump motors.
X11 ON OFF Always OFF Always OFF M2 current
X12 ON OFF Always OFF Always OFF M1 current

Changes current for the Triple Syringe
X13 ON ON OFF OFF module/FMI pump motors.
J6 Always ON Always ON Always ON Always ON High voltage. OFF disconnects high voltage.
Factory set. Connects RBC amplifier to
E2 -E3 Always ON Always ON Always ON Always ON signal processor.
Factory set. Connects PLT amplifier to signal
E5 - E6 Always ON Always ON Always ON Always ON processor
Factory set. Connects WBC amplifier to
E8 - E9 Always ON Always ON Always ON Always ON signal processor
* These wires are not used and are cut near the motor.
† Two vacuum transducers are currently in use. One has a single port (P1) and uses an 8 V reference voltage.
The other has two ports (P1 is NOT used) and uses a 15 V reference voltage. Their performance is the same.
PN 4237339F
Test Points
Table A.2-11 Universal AC•T diff/AC•T diff 2Analyzer Card Test Points (See Figure A.2-4)
Test Point Description Circuit

TP4 +200 Vdc From U7 (dc/dc converter)
TP6 DGND Digital ground
TP9 AGND Analog ground
TP10 -15 Vdc From the Power Supply
TP26 +3.6 Vdc Hgb lamp supply voltage
PN 4237339F
Display Controller Driver Card
r For component locations on the circuit card using through-hole design, refer to
Figure A.2-5.
r For component locations on the circuit card using surface-mount design, refer to
Figure A.2-6.
r For J61 pinout details, refer to Table A.2-13.
r For details concerning a specific jumper on the circuit card using through-hole design,
refer to Table A.2-17.
Note: The circuit card using surface-mount design has no jumpers.
Component Locations
Figure A.2-5 Display Controller Driver Card Component Locations - (Through-Hole Design)
X4
J66
X1 TP1
X3
J65
X2
TP3
J62
J63
TP4
J61
J64
TP2
7339133E
PN 4237339F
Figure A.2-6 Display Controller Driver Card Component Locations - (Surface-Mount Design)
J67
J65
J66
J62
J61
TP1
TP3
J63
TP4
J64
TP2
7339132E
Connectors and Pinouts
Table A.2-12 Display Controller Driver Card Connectors
J No. Description (Through-Hole Design) Description (Surface-Mount Design)

J61 Analyzer card Analyzer card
J62 LCD LCD
J63 Touchscreen keypad Touch keypad
J64 Power LED Power LED
J65 Backlight Power Daughter card Backlight Power Daughter card
J66 Smart card reader Reagent Management card reader
J67 N/A Reagent Management card reader -
subassembly testing
PN 4237339F
.
Table A.2-13 Display Controller Driver Card - J61 Pinouts
Pin Signal Description

2 DGND1 Motor and solenoid ground
4 +24 Vdc
6 LCD CONTRAST VOLTAGE Data bit to/from Analyzer card
7 DD3
8 +5 Vdc
10 +5 Vdc
14 EGND Earth ground
16 Not used Connects to address bit A16 of display memory (U7)
17 RESET Reset signal for reagent card reader
18 Production instruments do not use
19 /RD Read enable for display controller chip U6, active low
20 /LEDPWR Power source for power on LED
21 /WR Write enable for display controller chip U6, active low
22 SCLK Clock signal for reagent card reader
23 /CS Chip select signal for display controller chip U6, active low
24 KINT Keyboard interrupt signal from U5, keyboard controller
25 /KWR Write control signal for U5 (keyboard controller) active low
26 /KWD Read control signal for U5 (keyboard controller) active low
PN 4237339F
Table A.2-14 Display Controller Driver Card, J62 Pinouts
Pin Signal Function

1 YD (FRAME STARTUP) Signals start of each screen frame
2 WF (LIQUID CRYSTAL AC) Provides ac polarity in each display frame
3 LP (DISPLAY DATA LATCH) Latches data in each common line
4 XSCL (DISPLAY DATA SHIFT) Shifts data in 4-bit increments to display
5 INHX (DISPLAY ON/OFF) H=ON
L=OFF
6 XD0 Data bit 0
7 XD1 Data bit 1
8 XD2 Data bit 2
9 XD3 Data bit 3
10 +5 V Power supply voltage for logic at +5 Vdc
12 -22 V Power supply for LCD at -22 Vdc
13 Voltage for LCD contrast adjustment
14 EGND Chassis (earth) ground
Columns: Rows:
Pin Front Flex Cable Destination Pin (J63) Back Flex Cable Destination Pin (J63)
1 4 9 1 1
2 3 10 2 2
3 2 11 3 3
4 1 12 4 4
5 5 13 5 5
6 6 14 6 6
7 7 15 7 7
8 8 16 8 8
Pin Signal Function

2 Not connected
PN 4237339F
Jumpers
Table A.2-17 Display Controller Driver Card Jumpers
X No. Description (Through-Hole Design) Description (Surface-Mount Design)

X1 ON N/A
X2 OFF N/A
X3 ON N/A
X4 OFF N/A
Test Points
Table A.2-18 Display Controller Driver Card Test Points
TP No. Description (Through-Hole Design) Description (Surface-Mount Design)

TP1 Oscillator output Oscillator output
TP2 -22 Vdc -22 Vdc
TP3 Digital ground Digital ground
TP4 +5 Vdc +5 Vdc
PN 4237339F
SOFTWARE MENU TREES
A.3 SOFTWARE MENU TREES

Figure A.3-2 Software Menu Tree - AC•T diff Analyzer
POWERUP STARTUP SAMPLE RESULTS

SCREEN SCREEN SCREEN MAIN SCREEN
SETUP FUNCTIONS
STARTUP
UNITS DILUTER FUNCTIONS

SHUTDOWN
WET PRIME DIAGNOSTICS FUNCTIONS

ANALYZING
MODE
PATIENT VOLTAGES/ QA FUNCTIONS
SAMPLE
LIMITS SENSORS RESULTS
DRAIN
BATHS DARKEN LIGHTEN
SCREEN SCREEN
DATE/TIME SOLENOIDS
CONTROL
DRY PRIME RUN
LYTIC REAGENT
TRANSMISSION VERIFY
PREDILUTE CONTROL
DISPENSE INFO
LYTIC REAGENT
CALIBRATION SAMPLE
FACTORS DETAILS ASSAY VALUES
ZAP AND RANGES
APERTURES
PRINTERS/ MOTORS
PROFILES CALIBRATION
RINSE + MIX TARGET VALUES
LABORATORY PULSE
ID REPRODUCIBILITY
DRY PRIME
DILUENT RUN
LATEX
PRINT SETUP CALIBRATION
REPORT SWEEP FLOW CARRYOVER
RUN
PREPARE TO
CLEAN BATHS SHIP 7339058F
PN 4237339F
AC•T 8/10 and AC•T diff COMPONENT LOCATIONS AND FUNCTIONS A
A.4 AC•T 8/10 and AC•T diff COMPONENT LOCATIONS AND FUNCTIONS
Summary
Most Diluter functions are accomplished by fluidic components that are interconnected by
tubing and controlled by timed solenoid signals. This section briefly describes the functions
of these fluidic components and shows their locations.
Solenoids
Solenoids are electronic valves that are energized or de-energized to perform a function or to
activate other components in the Diluter. Table A.4-1 identifies the function of each solenoid
used in the AC•T 8/10 and AC•T diff analyzers. Solenoids LV7, LV8, LV9, LV10, LV11, and
LV12 are attached to and control the operation of ASCO® Angar™ valves. Solenoids LV13,
LV14, and LV15 are attached to and control the operation of small Bio-Chem™ pinch valves.
Use the Pneumatic/Hydraulic Schematic or the figures referenced in Table A.4-1 to locate
these solenoids. (For the part number and location of the Pneumatic/Hydraulic Schematics
schematic file, see Chapter 6.)
Table A.4-1 Solenoid Functions - AC•T 8/10 or AC•T diff Analyzers
Solenoid Figure
Number Function Reference
LV1 VIC vent select A.4-2, 7
LV2 High vacuum enable A.4-2, 8
LV3 WBC air mix select A.4-2, 9
LV4 Lytic reagent air mix select A.4-2, 10
LV5 Air mix enable A.4-2, 11
LV6 Spare
LV7* RBC bath diluent select A.4-2, 3
LV8* Probe-wipe waste select A.4-2, 4
LV9* Lytic reagent dispense enable A.4-2, 1
LV10* Probe-wipe diluent select A.4-2, 2
LV11* Bath diluent select A.4-2, 5
LV12* Syringe diluent select A.4-2, 6
LV13† Cleaner select A.4-2, 14
LV14† WBC bath drain select A.4-2, 21
LV15† VC1 drain select A.4-2, 20
LV16 RBC count A.4-1, 8
LV17 WBC count A.4-1, 7
LV23 Pneumatic pump motor A.4-3, 4
Note: Solenoids LV18 through LV22 are not used on the AC•T 8/10 and AC•T diff analyzers.
* Solenoid is attached to and controls the operation of an Angar valve.
† Solenoid is attached to and controls the operation of a small Bio-Chem pinch valve.
PN 4237339F
AC•T 8/10 and AC•T diff COMPONENT LOCATIONS AND FUNCTIONS
Main Analyzer Components

The main Diluter components comprising the AC•T 8/10 and AC•T diff analyzers are
identified and described in the following tables. Each table also includes the reference
designator for the component, where applicable, and a figure reference for locating the
component.
r Table A.4-2 describes the main components behind the front door. Use Figure A.4-1 to
locate these components.
r Table A.4-3 describes the main components inside the right compartment. Use
Figure A.4-2 to locate these components.
r Table A.4-4 describes the main components inside the left compartment. Use
Figure A.4-3 to locate these components.
Components Located Behind the Front Door of an AC•T 8/10 or AC•T diff Analyzer
Figure A.4-1 View of an AC•T 8/10 or AC•T diff Analyzer with the Front Door Open
1 2
1. Software card slot
2. Vacuum adjust knob
3. Vacuum chamber
13
4. Hgb assembly VAC ADJ
5. Sweep-flow spool
6. WBC bath
7. VL17
8. VL16
9. RBC bath RBC WBC
12
10. Aspirate switch
11. Probe LV16 LV17
12. Probe-wipe housing

3
13. Traverse module
11
7339123E 10 9 8 7 6 5 4
PN 4237339F
Table A.4-2 Components behind the Front Door of an AC•T 8/10 or AC•T diff Analyzer
Reference
Figure Designator
Reference Component Function DCN 6323083
A.4-1, 1 Software card slot Opening for inserting the metallic software card. This
software card must be firmly seated into the track of the
slot; otherwise, the card could fall inside the analyzer.
A.4-1, 2 Vacuum adjust knob Knob used to the adjust the vacuum regulator (RG1) which VAC RGL TR
regulates the low (6-in. Hg) vacuum used to pull the
dilution through the WBC and RBC aperture and
sweep-flow diluent behind the RBC aperture.
A.4-1, 3 Vacuum chamber Distributes low vacuum (6-in. Hg) to pull dilution through VC1 or
the aperture in both baths and sweep-flow diluent through VAC ISLR
the sweep-flow line behind the RBC aperture. Also CHMBR
provides the high vacuum needed for scavenging the
sweep-flow line behind the RBC bath, and for cleansing
and drying the probe inside the probe-wipe housing. Also
acts as a holding chamber for the waste that accumulates
during these count, scavenge, and cleaning functions. May
also be referred to as a vacuum isolator chamber.
A.4-1, 4 Hgb assembly Hgb lamp and preamp provide the hemoglobin blank and
sample readings needed to calculate the Hgb result.
A.4-1, 5 Sweep-flow spool Tubing wound around a spool that acts as a choke to CK2
regulate diluent delivery through the sweep-flow line
behind the RBC aperture.
A.4-1, 6 WBC bath Holds the WBC dilution for mixing and for collecting WBC WBC
and Hgb data, including differential data if the analyzer is
an AC•T diff analyzer. May also be referred to as the WBC
aperture/bath assembly.
A.4-1, 7 LV17 Angar two-way solenoid valve used to apply the low LV17
vacuum (6-in. Hg) in the vacuum chamber (VC1) to the
WBC aperture for accumulating count and size data.
De-energized - the pathway from VC1 to the WBC aperture
is closed.
Energized - the pathway from VC1 to the WBC aperture is
open. As low vacuum is applied to the WBC aperture,
dilution is pulled from the WBC bath through the WBC
aperture via LV17 and enters the VC1 as a stream of
droplets.
PN 4237339F
Table A.4-2 Components behind the Front Door of an AC•T 8/10 or AC•T diff Analyzer (Continued)
Reference
Figure Designator
A.4-1, 8 LV16 Angar two-way solenoid valve used to apply the low LV16
vacuum (6-in. Hg) in the vacuum chamber (VC1) to the
RBC aperture for accumulating count and size data.
De-energized - the pathway from VC1 to the RBC aperture
is closed.
Energized - the pathway from VC1 to the RBC aperture is
open. As low vacuum is applied to the RBC aperture,
dilution is pulled from the RBC bath through the RBC
aperture via LV16 and enters the VC1 as a stream of
droplets. Vacuum applied to the RBC aperture is
simultaneously applied to the sweep-flow system.
A.4-1, 9 RBC bath Holds the RBC dilution for mixing and for collecting RBC RBC
and Plt data. May also be referred to as the RBC
aperture/bath assembly.
A.4-1, 10 Aspirate switch When pressed by the operator, initiates a cycle in the
selected mode of operation - either the Whole-Blood mode
or Predilute mode.
A.4-1, 11 Probe Input pathway for sample aspiration in the Whole-Blood ASP PROBE
and Predilute modes. Also the input pathway for aspirating
a portion of the WBC dilution from the WBC bath for
transfer to the RBC bath. May also be referred to as the
aspirate probe.
A.4-1, 12 Probe-wipe housing Housing has an internal spiral configuration that allows
diluent entering the top port to clean the outside of the
probe as the diluent spirals downward and exits through
the bottom port to the vacuum chamber (VC1). May also
be referred to as the probe-wipe block.
A.4-1, 13 Traverse module Encases and protects the probe. Controls horizontal and
vertical positioning of the probe using stepper motors,
direct drive gear systems, and dual-channel opto sensors.
Also cleanses the probe after aspiration. Figure 2.2-1
illustrates the main components.
PN 4237339F
Components Inside the Right Compartment of an AC•T 8/10 or AC•T diff Analyzer
Figure A.4-2 View Inside the Right Compartment of an AC•T 8/10 or AC•T diff Analyzer
1. LV9 1 2 3 4 5 6
2. LV10
3. LV7 23
4. LV8
5. LV11
7
6. LV12 8
7. LV1 9
8. LV2 10
9. LV3 11
10. LV4
11. LV5 12
12. Waste/rinse pump (PM1)
13. Diluent pump (PM2)
14. LV13
15. Diluent reservoir 13
16. Aspiration syringe (250 µL) 22
17. Diluent syringe (5 mL)
18. Syringe module
19. Lytic reagent syringe (1 mL) 14
20. LV15
21. LV14 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 7339124E
22. Rinse (cleaner) optical sensor
23. Vacuum transducer
PN 4237339F
Table A.4-3 Components Inside the Right Compartment of an AC•T 8/10 or AC•T diff Analyzer
Reference
Figure Designator
A.4-2, 1 LV9 Angar three-way solenoid valve used to control lytic LV9
reagent usage.
De-energized - provides a bidirectional pathway between
the lytic reagent source and the 1-mL lytic reagent syringe.
Energized - provides a pathway between the 1-mL lyse
syringe and the left-side port of the WBC bath.
A.4-2, 2 LV10 Angar three-way solenoid valve used to control diluent LV10
movement.
De-energized - provides a pathway from the diluent source
to the reservoir for diluent being pumped by peristaltic
pump PM2.
Energized - provides a pathway from the diluent source to
the top port of the probe-wipe housing for diluent being
pumped by peristaltic pump PM2.
A.4-2, 3 LV7 Angar three-way solenoid valve used to route diluent LV7
dispensed by the sample syringe via LV11 to the lower-side
ports of the baths.
De-energized - routes diluent to the right-side port of the
WBC bath to prefill the bath.
Energized - routes diluent through a Y-connector (FY8) to
both the left- and right-side ports of the RBC bath to prefill
the bath.
A.4-2, 4 LV8 Angar two-way solenoid valve used to connect the vacuum LV8
chamber (VC1) to the bottom port of the probe-wipe
housing.
De-energized - the pathway from the bottom port of the
probe-wipe housing to VC1 is closed.
Energized - the pathway from the bottom port of the
probe-wipe housing to the VC1 is open to allow high
vacuum to either pull diluent through the housing to clean
the outside of the probe or function as a source of air for
drying the outside of the probe.
A.4-2, 5 LV11 Angar three-way solenoid valve used to control diluent LV11
output from the sample syringe.
De-energized - top of the probe is connected to the sample
syringe for aspiration or diluent dispense.
Energized - routes diluent from the sample syringe to LV7
for bath prefill.
A.4-2, 6 LV12 Angar three-way solenoid valve used to control the routing LV12
of diluent. De-energized - provides a bidirectional pathway
between the diluent reservoir and the 5-mL diluent syringe.
Energized - provides a unidirectional pathway from the
5-mL diluent syringe to the 250-µL sample syringe and
LV11.
PN 4237339F
Table A.4-3 Components Inside the Right Compartment of an AC•T 8/10 or AC•T diff Analyzer (Continued)
Reference
Figure Designator
A.4-2, 7 LV1 Two-way solenoid valve used to control venting of the LV1
vacuum chamber (VC1).
De-energized - atmospheric vent closed.
Energized - vents the top of VC1 to atmosphere when the
chamber is draining or during a high vacuum/low vacuum
transition.
A.4-2, 8 LV2 Three-way solenoid valve used to control the vacuum level LV2
going through port 1 to the vacuum chamber (VC1).
De-energized - low vacuum (6-in. Hg) is available at LV2,
port 1.
Energized - high vacuum is available at LV2, port 1.
A.4-2, 9 LV3 Three-way solenoid valve used to switch the mixing LV3
bubbles between the bottom port of the RBC and WBC
baths.
De-energized - supplies mixing bubbles to the RBC bath.
Energized - supplies mixing bubbles to the WBC bath.
A.4-2, 10 LV4 Three-way solenoid valve used to switch pressure between LV4
the WBC bath and LV3.
De-energized - pressure is routed to LV3.
Energized - pressure is routed to the WBC bath lytic reagent
port (left-side port).
A.4-2, 11 LV5 Three-way solenoid valve used to switch the pressure from LV5
the pneumatic pump between atmosphere and LV4.
De-energized - pressure from the pneumatic pump is
vented to atmosphere (necessary for proper operation of a
single-head pump when vacuum is being used in the
system).
Energized - pressure from pneumatic pump routed to LV4
for creating mixing bubbles.
A.4-2, 12 Waste/rinse pump This peristaltic pump functions as either a waste pump or a PM1
rinse pump, depending on its rotation.
r As a waste pump, PM1 rotates clockwise and drains the
WBC bath, the RBC bath, and the vacuum chamber
(VC1).
r As a rinse pump, PM1 rotates counterclockwise and
pumps AC•T Rinse shutdown diluent (cleaner) into the
system filling both baths through their respective waste
ports.
A.4-2, 13 Diluent pump Peristaltic pump used to pull diluent from the diluent PM2
container into the diluent reservoir.
PN 4237339F
Reference
Figure Designator
A.4-2, 14 LV13 Small Bio-Chem solenoid pinch valve directs the flow of LV13
liquid being moved by peristaltic pump PM1.
De-energized - peristaltic pump PM1 is connected to the
waste system for draining the WBC bath, the RBC bath, and
the vacuum chamber (VC1).
Energized - peristaltic pump PM1 is connected to the AC•T
Rinse shutdown diluent (cleaner) supply for input of
cleaning agent during the Shutdown routine.
A.4-2, 15 Diluent reservoir Distribution chamber for supplying diluent to the diluent RSD
syringe. Diluent flow between the reservoir and diluent
syringe is bidirectional to allow diluent flow back into the
reservoir when the Triple Syringe module is energized but
diluent supplied by the diluent syringe is not required. Also
supplies diluent through the sweep-flow line behind the
RBC aperture.
A.4-2, 16 Aspiration syringe (250 µL) Syringe is capable of aspirating different volumes SAMPLE
depending on the mode of operation: SRNG
r 12 µL of whole-blood is aspirated when using the
Whole-Blood mode of operation.
r 20 µL of whole-blood is aspirated when using the
Predilute mode of operation.
May also be referred to as the sample or aspirate syringe.
A.4-2, 17 Diluent syringe (5 mL) Syringe is capable of dispensing different volumes as DILUENT
required in the cycle for prefilling the baths and then SRNG
providing the proper volume of diluent for making the final
WBC and RBC dilutions. The diluent syringe also provides
the diluent needed for rinsing the WBC and RBC baths.
A.4-2, 18 Syringe module Module used to control fluidic movement. From right to
left, consists of a 250-µL sample syringe, a 5-mL diluent
syringe, and 1-mL lytic reagent syringe. One motor
simultaneously drives all three volume syringes. May also
be referred to as the Triple Syringe module.
A.4-2, 19 Lytic reagent syringe (1 mL) Delivers lytic reagent to the WBC bath to lyse RBCs and LYSE SRNG
react with the hemoglobin. Syringe is capable of delivering
different volumes of lytic reagent depending on the cycle:
r Dispenses 415 µL during a Whole-Blood mode cycle.

r Dispenses 313 µL during a Predilute mode cycle.
r Dispenses 1 mL several times during the Lyse Prime
cycle.
May also be referred to as the lyse syringe.
PN 4237339F
Reference
Figure Designator
A.4-2, 20 LV15 Small Bio-Chem solenoid pinch valve used to route the flow LV15
of waste or shutdown reagent (cleaner).
De-energized - connects peristaltic pump PM1 to LV14.
Depending on the state of LV13, either drains the bath or
fills the bath with shutdown diluent (cleaner) as specified
by the de-energized or energized state of LV14.
Energized - connects peristaltic pump PM1 to the bottom
port of the vacuum chamber (VC1) for draining.
A.4-2, 21 LV14 Small Bio-Chem solenoid pinch valve used to control the LV14
flow of waste from the baths or the flow of shutdown
diluent (cleaner) to the baths.
De-energized - depending on the state of LV13 and LV15,
connects either the waste system or the shutdown diluent
(cleaner) system to the bottom port of the RBC bath.
Energized - depending on the state of LV13 and LV15,
connects either the waste system or the shutdown diluent
(cleaner) system to the bottom port of the WBC bath.
A.4-2, 22 Rinse (cleaner) optical sensor An inline fluid sensor placed in the tubing from the cleaning FS3
reagent source to ensure cleaning reagent is present.
A.4-2, 23 Vacuum transducer Monitors the low vacuum supply in VC1, prior to energizing VAC XDCR
count solenoids VL16 and VL17, to verify the proper level
of low vacuum (6-in. Hg) is available for collecting count
data. May also be referred to as the vacuum sensor.
Components Inside the Left Compartment of an AC•T 8/10 or AC•T diff Analyzer
Figure A.4-3 View Inside the Left Compartment of an AC•T 8/10 or AC•T diff Analyzer
1 . C o n n e c tio n fo r r e a g e n t p ic k u p tu b e 1 1
2 . C o n n e c tio n fo r r e a g e n t p ic k u p tu b e 2
3 . C o n n e c tio n fo r r e a g e n t p ic k u p tu b e 3
4 . P n e u m a tic p u m p
7 3 3 9 1 2 5 F
Table A.4-4 Components Inside the Left Compartment of an AC•T 8/10 or AC•T diff Analyzer
Reference
Figure Designator
A.4-3, 1 Connection for reagent Connects the diluent reagent supply to the analyzer.
pickup tube 1
r Reagent 1 of the AC•T Tainer or diff AC•T Tainer reagents.
r Reagent 1 of the AC•T Pak reagents.
A.4-3, 2 Connection for reagent Connects the lytic reagent supply to the analyzer.
pickup tube 2
r Reagent 2 of the AC•T Pak reagents.
A.4-3, 3 Connection for reagent Connects the cleaning agent supply to the analyzer.
pickup tube 3
r Use this connection for the AC•T Rinse shutdown diluent
supply.
PN 4237339F
Table A.4-4 Components Inside the Left Compartment of an AC•T 8/10 or AC•T diff Analyzer (Continued)
Reference
Figure Designator
A.4-3, 4 Pneumatic pump Located underneath the panel floor of the on-board reagent PM3
compartment.
All three types of 24-Vdc pneumatic pumps currently in use, the
Brailsford brushless-type vacuum pump, the ASF Thomas
brush-type, diaphragm vacuum pump, and the KNF
brushless-type, dual-head pump, provide the vacuum and
pressure needed by the system. For details, see Pneumatic
System under Heading 2.2, DILUTER SYSTEM - AC•T 8/10 AND
AC•T diff™ ANALYZERS.
Note: The ASF Thomas vacuum pump diaphragm and motor are
a single assembly.
PN 4237339F
BERROR MESSAGES B
B.1 WARNING AND FATAL ERROR MESSAGE TABLES
Table B.1-1 Warning (Non-Fatal) Error Messages (Icons)

Check printer
Transmission incomplete
Vacuum out of range during count
Hgb voltage failure - Hgb Blank or Sample reading outside range 2048 to 4095 A/D units
Channelizing buffer overflow error - usually indicates an overflow in one of the Plt channels
Timekeeper failure
CMOS PD (persistent data) failure
Check Reagent Management card
Waste full
Diluent empty
Lytic reagent empty
AC•T Rinse shutdown diluent empty
Patient storage data corrupt, AC•T diff and AC•T diff 2 analyzers
Control expired, AC•T diff and AC•T diff 2 analyzers
Control file full, AC•T diff and AC•T diff 2 analyzers
Table B.1-2 Fatal Error Messages (Numbers)

1 All PCMCIA. For details, see PCMCIA Error 1.
3 All DVM. For details, see DVM Error 3.
4 All Unexpected software condition.
6 All Probe did not reach up position. For details, see Probe Did Not
PN 4237339F
ERROR MESSAGES
Table B.1-2 Fatal Error Messages (Numbers) (Continued)

7 All Probe did not reach down position. For details, see Probe Did Not
8 All Measured thief position. For details, see Probe Did Not Reach
Position Errors 6 through 11 and 19.
9 AC•T 8/10 and AC•T diff analyzers Probe did not reach aspirate position. For details, see Probe Did Not
10 All Probe did not reach WBC position. For details, see Probe Did Not
11 All Probe did not reach RBC position. For details, see Probe Did Not
12 AC•T 8/10 and AC•T diff analyzers Syringe did not reach up position. For details, see Syringe Did Not
Analyzers.
13 AC•T 8/10 and AC•T diff analyzers Syringe did not leave up position. For details, see Syringe Did Not
Analyzers.
16 All I2C communication failure. For details, see I2C Communication

Failure Error 16.
17 AC•T 8/10 and AC•T diff analyzers Steps missing (syringe motor). For details, see Steps Missing
(Syringe Motor) Error 17, AC•T 8/10 and AC•T diff Analyzers.
AC•T 8/10 and AC•T diff analyzers Diluent level error during Powerup table execution. For details see
Diluent Level Error During Powerup.
All Vacuum <6 in. Hg before probe wipe. For details. see Vacuum Error.
PN 4237339F
COPTIONAL PRINTERS C
C.1 EPSON TM-290P SLIP PRINTER
Specifications
Table C.1-1 Epson TM-290P Slip Printer - Specifications
Item Specification
Print method Impact dot matrix
Shuttle-type, 7-pin head
Unidirectional printing
Use 0.63 mm column spacing
Use 4.23 mm (1/6 in.) line spacing
Ribbon Exclusive ribbon cassette
Type ERC-27
Purple ink
Life expectancy about 1,500,000 characters
Paper Types:
r Normal (high quality)
r Pressure sensitive.
Carbon copy
Total thickness:
r Single-ply paper (no copy) - 0.09 to 0.25 mm (135 kg paper)
r Copy paper - 0.09 to 0.35 mm.
Maximum copies - 1 original and 2 copies
Interface Uses parallel interface (Centronics compatible)
Operator Controls and Indicators

See Figure C.1-1 for the location of the controls and indicators and Table C.1-2 for their
function.
Figure C.1-1 Epson TM-290P Slip Printer - Location of Controls and Indicators
POWER
RELEASE
RESET PAPER OUT
FORWARD
REVERSE
RELEASE
7303007A
OPTIONAL PRINTERS
Table C.1-2 Epson TM-290P Slip Printer - Function of Controls and Indicators
Control/Indicator Function
RESET button Starts Printer as if power was just turned on
POWER LED (green indicator) Lights when power is on
RELEASE LED (green indicator) Lights when Printer is in release state
Blinks when Printer is in error state
PAPER OUT LED (red indicator) Lights when paper is out
FORWARD key Feeds paper forward
REVERSE key Feeds paper backward
RELEASE key Releases paper
DIP Switch SW1 Settings

See Table C.1-3 for the DIP switch settings and Table C.1-4 for the DIP switch settings for
international character sets.
Table C.1-3 Epson TM-290P Slip Printer - DIP Switch Settings for SW1
Positions/Settings
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
OFF ON ON ON OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF
ON = Autofeed Used only for International Not Used
Character Sets (Table C.1-4).
Table C.1-4 Epson TM-290P Slip Printer - International Character Sets - DIP Switch Settings for SW1-2
through SW1-4
Positions/Settings
Country SW1-2 SW1-3 SW1-4

U.S.A. ON ON ON
France OFF ON ON
Germany ON OFF ON
U.K. OFF OFF ON
Denmark ON ON OFF
Sweden OFF ON OFF
Italy ON OFF OFF
Spain OFF OFF OFF
OPTIONAL PRINTERS
CANON BJC-250 BUBBLE JET PRINTER C
C.2 CANON BJC-250 BUBBLE JET PRINTER
Specifications
Table C.2-1 Canon BJC-250 Bubble Jet Printer - Specifications
Item Specification
Print method Bubble jet ink
Ribbon BC-02 black cartridge:
r Life - 500 pages (5% coverage)
r Throughput - 3.1 ppm (standard), 4 ppm (draft)
Paper Weight (auto feeder) - 64 to 105 g/m2 (17 to 28 lb)
Sheet feed capacity (auto feeder):
r 0.4 in.
r 100 sheets
r 75g/m2 (20 lb) paper.
Interface IEEE 1284 with parallel Centronics connector
Noise Level Approximately 43 dB (per ISO 9296)
Operating Temperature 32°F to 95°F (0°C to 35°C)
Power Consumption 20 W (5 W in idle mode)
Operator Controls and Indicators

Figure C.2-1 Canon BJC-250 Bubble Jet Printer - Power/Resume Controls and Indicators
BUTTONS
POWER RESUME
POWER
LIGHT
7479001A
OPTIONAL PRINTERS
CANON BJC-250 BUBBLE JET PRINTER
Figure C.2-2 Canon BJC-250 Bubble Jet Printer - Cartridge Lock and Paper Thickness Levers
Paper thickness
lever
Cartridge lock
(in locked position)
7339060A
Table C.2-2 Canon BJC-250 Bubble Jet Printer - Function/Status of Controls and Indicators
Control/Indicator Condition Function/Status

POWER button Pressed briefly Press to turn power on/off
Pressed until 1 beep heard Press to print demonstration
Pressed until 2 beeps heard Press for Printer status/Printer settings
Pressed until 3 beeps heard Press to perform Printer Test (A)
Pressed until 4 beeps heard Press to perform Print Head Nozzle Test
RESUME button Pressed briefly Press for form feed
Pressed for 2 seconds or more Press for head cleaning
POWER LED Off Unlit when Printer off
Yellow Lights when system initializing
Green Lights when power ON
Flashing green Flashes when Printer busy/cartridge not
present
Orange Lights when paper out/Printer offline
Cartridge lock lever Up Allows removal/replacement of cartridge
Down Locks cartridge in position
Paper thickness lever Left For thin paper
Right For thick paper
OPTIONAL PRINTERS
OKIPAGE 14e LED PRINTER C
C.3 OKIPAGE 14e LED PRINTER
Specifications
Table C.3-1 OKIPAGE14e LED Printer - Specifications
Item Specification
Performance 14 ppm, < 8 seconds to first page
600 dpi output quality
Technology Digital LED print head
Epson “FX 9-pin dot matrix compatible
Paper handling
Paper input 250 sheet letter tray
Manual feed
Paper output 200 sheets face down
50 sheets face up (straight through paper path)
Paper quality (recommended) Tray: 16 to 28 lb
Recycled paper must be specified or guaranteed for use with laser
printers.
Size (W x D x H) 33.0 cm (13 in.) x 39.6 cm (15.6 in.) x 20.0 cm (7.9 in.)
Configuring the Printer

ATTENTION: Only reconfigure this Printer if the Menu printout indicates the Printer is not
configured correctly.
1. Connect the OKIPAGE 14e LED Printer to the parallel printer port of a stand-alone
computer equipped with a CD-ROM reader.
2. Insert the OKIPAGE 14e Installation software (CD) provided with the Printer into the
computer’s CD drive and run the installation program.
Note: Installing the software in the computer only takes a few minutes and is necessary
to configure the Printer. You can uninstall it when you are finished.
3. Follow the screen instructions to install the program.
4. Access the OKIPAGE 14e Status Monitor and using the various menu tabs, modify the
settings identified in the Menu printout.
5. Select Printer Menu tt Test Printer tt Menu Print.
6. Compare the printout to the settings in the User column in Table C.3-3 to determine if
the Printer is configured correctly.
OPTIONAL PRINTERS
OKIPAGE 14e LED PRINTER
Table C.3-2 Approved Menu Settings Printed Using the Front Panel
Level 1 Category Item Factory User

Common Personality Emulation Auto Epson FX
Tray Select Manual Feed OFF OFF
Paper Feed Tray 1 Tray 1
Edit Size Edit Size Cassette Size Cassette Size
Paper Size Tray1 Letter Letter
Manual Letter Letter
Media Type Tray 1 Medium Medium
Manual Medium Medium
Paper Size Check Paper Size Check Enable Enable
Copies Copies 1 1
Euro Sign Euro Sign Disable Disable
HP Laser Jet Fonts and Symbols Font Source Resident Resident
6P Emulation Font No. I000 I000
Font Pitch 10.00 CPI 10.00 CPI
Symbol Set PC-8 PC-8
Page Layout 1 A4 Print Width 78 Column 78 Column
White Page Skip OFF OFF
CR Function CR CR
LF Function LF LF
Common Page Layout 2 Orientation Portrait Portrait
Lines per Page 60 Lines 60 Lines
Host Interface Parallel Enable Enable
RS232C Enable Enable
USB Enable Enable
Level – 2 Print Mode Resolution 600 dpi 300 dpi
Memory Usage Font Protection Auto Auto (0 KB)
Auto Operation Auto Continue OFF OFF
Wait Timeout 90 Seconds 90 Seconds
Darkness Control Darkness 0 0
Power Saving Power Saving 15 Min 15 Min
Low Toner Low Toner ON ON
Toner Saving Toner Saving Disable Disable
Clearance Warnings Clearance Warnings ON ON
Error Report Error Report OFF OFF
Parallel I/F Parallel Speed High High
Bi-Direction Enable Enable
I-Prime OFF OFF
RS232C Serial Flow Control DTR Hi Polarity DTR Hi Polarity
Baud Rate 9600 Baud 9600 Baud
Data Bits 8 Bits 8 Bits
Parity None None
Min. Busy Time 200 mSec 200 mSec
Language Language English English
OPTIONAL PRINTERS
OKIPAGE 14e LED PRINTER C
Table C.3-3 Approved Menu Settings Printed from the Installation Software Print Menu
Level 1 Category Item Factory User

Common Personality Emulation Auto Epson FX
Tray Select Manual Feed OFF OFF
Paper Feed Tray 1 Tray 1
Edit Size Edit Size Cassette Size Cassette Size
Paper Size Tray1 Letter Letter
Manual Letter Letter
Media Type Tray 1 Medium Medium
Manual Medium Medium
Paper Size Check Paper Size Check Enable Enable
Copies Copies 1 1
Euro Sign Euro Sign Disable Disable
HP Laser Jet Fonts and Symbols Font Source Resident Resident
6P Emulation Font No. I000 I000
Font Pitch 10.00 CPI 10.00 CPI
Symbol Set PC-8 PC-8
Page Layout 1 A4 Print Width 78 Column 78 Column
White Page Skip OFF OFF
CR Function CR CR
LF Function LF LF
Common Page Layout 2 Orientation Portrait Portrait
Lines per Page 60 Lines 60 Lines
Host Interface Parallel Enable Enable
RS232C Enable Enable
USB Enable Enable
Level – 2 Print Mode Resolution 600 dpi 300 dpi
Memory Usage Font Protection Auto Auto (0 KB)
Auto Operation Auto Continue OFF OFF
Wait Timeout 90 Seconds 90 Seconds
Darkness Control Darkness 0 0
Power Saving Power Saving 15 Min 15 Min
Low Toner Low Toner ON ON
Toner Saving Toner Saving Disable Disable
Clearance Warnings Clearance Warnings ON ON
Error Report Error Report OFF OFF
Parallel I/F Parallel Speed High High
Bi-Direction Enable Enable
I-Prime OFF OFF
RS232C Serial Flow Control DTR Hi Polarity DTR Hi Polarity
Baud Rate 9600 Baud 9600 Baud
Data Bits 8 Bits 8 Bits
Parity None None
Min. Busy Time 200 mSec 200 mSec
Language Language English English
OPTIONAL PRINTERS
OKIPAGE 14e LED PRINTER
Controls and Indicators

Figure C.3-1 OKIPAGE 14e LED Printer Front Operator Panel See Figure C.3-1 for the locations of
the controls and indicators on the
POWER LIGHT MANUAL FEED ERROR LIGHT operator front panel, Table C.3-4 for
(Amber) (Red) their functions.
OKI OKIPAGE 14e
7339145F READY LIGHT USER OPTION SWITCH

(Green)
Table C.3-4 OKIPAGE 14e LED Printer - Operator Panel Lights - Reference
Ready Light Manual Feed Error

(Green)* (Amber)* (Red)* Meaning User Option Switch Function
ON Off Off Ready Quick Press: Takes printer off line
Off Off Off Off line Quick Press: Ready
2 Second Press: Prints Demo and Menu pages.
5 Second Press: Prints Cleaning page.
Blinking Off Off Processing/receiving data Quick Press: Pauses Printer.
Slow blink Off Off Printing paused Quick Press: Resumes printing.
2 Second Press: Prints buffer contents.
5 Second Press: Clears buffer and resets
Printer.
Off Off Blink r Paper out Quick Press: Resumes printing.
r Paper jam
r Cover open
r Printing error
Blink or Blink or Blink or Hardware error Turn Printer OFF and ON.
Fast blink Fast blink Fast blink If problem persists, call service.
Slow blink r Warning
r Change image drum
r Toner Low
r Toner sensor
Off Blink Off Ready for manual feed Place sheet in manual feeder.
*Blink = one blink/second; Slow blink = one blink/4 seconds; Fast blink = several blinks/second
CONTENTS 10
ABBREVIATIONS, ABBREVIATIONS-1
CONTENTS
ABBREVIATIONS
The following list is a composite of the abbreviations, acronyms and reference designators used in this
manual. When the same abbreviation (or reference designator) is used for more than one word (or type of
component), all meanings relevant to this manual are included, separated by semicolons.
SYMBOLS CMOS - complementary metal oxide

°C - degrees Celsius semiconductor
°F - degrees Fahrenheit CN - connector
> - greater than CPU - central processing unit
≥ - greater than or equal to CV - coefficient of variant; check valve
< - less than
≤ - less than or equal to D
dB - decibels
µA - micro amperes
dc - direct current
µL - microliter
DCHC - door closed holding current
µs - microsecond
DCN - document control number
- - minus
DGND - digital ground
% - percent
Dil - diluent
+ - plus
DIP switch - dual in-line package switch
± - plus or minus
DMA - direct memory access
DOPN - door open
A
A - amperes DUART - dual universal asynchronous receiver
transmitter
ac - alternating current
DVM - digital voltmeter
A/D - analog to digital
AG - automotive glass
E
AGND - analog ground
EGND - earth (chassis) ground
APT - aperture
EPLD - electronically programmable logic device
AspSW - aspirate switch
ESD - electrostatic discharge
ASTM - American Society for Testing Materials
ATM - atmosphere
F
AVG - average F - fuse
AVR - aperture voltage ratio FB - fluid barrier
FET - field effect transistor
B fL - femtoliters
BNC - bayonet Neil-Concelman connector
FLS - hydraulic filter
FMI - logo of Fluid Metering, Inc.
C FS - optical liquid sensor
C - capacitor
ft - feet
CD-ROM - compact disc-read only memory
cm - centimeters
CV - check valve
PN 4237339F ABBREVIATIONS-1
ABBREVIATIONS
G mA - milli-amperes
g - grams max - maximum
g/dL - grams per deciliter MB - megabytes
MCH - mean cell hemoglobin
H MCHC - mean cell hemoglobin concentration
Hct - hematocrit MCV - mean corpuscle volume
Hg - mercury MGND - motor ground
Hgb -hemoglobin MHz - megahertz
Hz - hertz mL - milliliters
mm - millimeters
I
i.d. - internal diameter
N
IEEE - Institute of Electrical Engineers nm - nanometers
in. - inches
in. Hg - inches of mercury O
I/O - input/output o.d. - outside diameter
ISO - International Organization for OP - output port
Standardization
P
J P - plug connector
J - receptacle connector PC - printed circuit
PCF - pump correction factor
K PCMCIA - Personal Computer Memory Card
K - kilos International Association
KΩ - kilohms PCV - probe closed vial
KHz - kilohertz PD - persistent data
KNF - Plt - platelet count
PM - pump
L PN - part number
l - long
p-p - peak-to-peak
L - coil
ppm - pages per minute
LCD - liquid crystal display
PUP - probe up position
LED - light emitting diode
LTVAR - long term variance
Q
LV - solenoid Q - transistor
QA - quality assurance
M
MΩ - megohms
M - motor
ABBREVIATIONS
R VC - vacuum isolator chamber

R - resistor Vdc - volts direct current
RAM - random access memory VRF - vacuum reference
RAV - red aperture voltage
RBC - red blood cell count W
RDW - red cell distribution width w - wide
RF - reference W - watt
RH - relative humidity WAV - white aperture voltage
RIA - red aperture current WBC - white blood cell count
RM - running mean WHT - white
RMCV - red mean corpuscle value WIA - white aperture current
RN - resistor WM - wire marker
ROM - read only memory WMCV - white mean corpuscle value
RPWV - red pulse-width value WPWV - white pulse-width voltage
RS-232 - Electronic Industries Association standard
governing interface between data processing X
and data communications equipment. X - jumper; plugged
RV - varistor x - times
S
S - switch; solenoid
SEMS -
SGND - solenoid ground
SLO-BLO - slow blow
SMT - surface mount technology
SW - switch
T
Temp - temperature
thd - thread
TP - test point
U
U - integrated circuit
V
V - volts
Vac - vacuum; volts alternating current
VAR - variance
ABBREVIATIONS
INDEX
Numerics Hgb support circuitry, 2.5-6

1 (error number), 7.2-2 memory, 2.1-1
3 (error number), 7.2-2 miscellaneous support circuits used, 2.5-5
4 (error number), 7.2-2 Plt processor circuitry, 2.5-2
6 (error number), 7.2-2 Power On LED and Sensor Connector
7 (error number), 7.2-2 circuits, 2.5-6
8 (error number), 7.2-2 Pulse circuit, 2.5-5
9 (error number), 7.2-2 RBC processor circuitry, 2.5-2
10 (error number), 7.2-2 Serial and Parallel I/O Port circuits, 2.5-3
11 (error number), 7.2-2 solenoid driver circuitry, 2.5-4
12 (error number), 7.2-2 stepper motor driver circuitry, 2.5-4
13 (error number), 7.2-3 test points, table of, A.2-4
14 (error number), 7.2-3 voltages, acceptable ranges, table of, A.1-1
16 (error number), 7.2-3 WBC processor circuitry, 2.5-1
17 (error number), 7.2-3 See also Analyzer cards
19 (error number), 7.2-3 Analyzer card, AC•T diff analyzer
20 (error number), 7.2-3 communication circuitry, 2.6-2
21 (error number), 7.2-3 connector and test point locations,
illustration, A.2-5
connectors, table of, A.2-2, A.2-6
A CPU and memory, 2.6-2
abbreviations dc motor control circuitry, 2.6-2
used in this manual, ABBREVIATIONS-1 description, 2.6-1
AC•T 8/10 analyzer components display circuitry, 2.6-2
See components, AC•T 8/10 and AC•T diff ground connection for aperture sensor
analyzers system, 2.2-8
AC•T diff analyzer components handling and distributing electrical power, 2.6-1
See components, AC•T 8/10 and AC•T diff jumpers, table of, A.2-7
analyzers memory, 2.1-1
C
A •T diff 2 analyzer components. See components, solenoid control circuitry, 2.6-2
AC•T diff 2 analyzer test points, table of, A.2-8
altitude voltages, table of acceptable ranges, A.1-1
affect on mixing, AC•T diff 2 analyzer, A.5-1 See also Analyzer cards
compensation for increase, AC•T diff 2 Analyzer card, AC•T diff 2 analyzer
analyzer, A.5-1 communication circuitry, 2.6-2
analog circuits connector and test point locations,
on Analyzer card, AC•T 8/10 analyzer, 2.5-1 illustration, A.2-9, A.2-13
Analyzer card, AC•T 8/10 analyzer connectors, table of, A.2-10, A.2-14
A/D Converter circuit, 2.5-3 CPU and memory, 2.6-2
analog circuits used, 2.5-1 dc motor control circuitry, 2.6-2
Aperture Voltage Sensor circuit, 2.5-1 description, 2.6-1
connector and test point locations, differences between it and the Analyzer card for
illustration, A.2-1 the AC•T diff analyzer, 2.6-1
connectors, table of, A.2-2 display circuitry, 2.6-2
description, 2.5-1 ground connection for aperture sensor
digital circuits used, 2.5-3 system, 2.3-15
Display Interface circuit, 2.5-4 handling and distributing electrical power, 2.6-1
ground connection for aperture sensor jumpers, table of, A.2-12, A.2-17
system, 2.2-8 solenoid control circuitry, 2.6-2
INDEX
test points, table aperture/bath assembly

of, 2.6-1, A.2-12, A.2-13, A.2-16 components on mounting plate, illustration,
voltages, table of acceptable ranges, A.1-1 AC•T 8/10 and AC•T diff analyzers, 8.2-26
See also Analyzer cards components on mounting plate, illustration,
Analyzer card, Universal AC•T diff 2 analyzer, 8.2-28
jumper settings, table of, A.2-17 description of two versions currently in
test points, table of, A.2-18 use, 2.2-9
Analyzer cards description, AC•T 8/10 and AC•T diff
coaxial cable connections, 4.10-1 analyzers, 2.2-9
disconnecting cables for top cover and rear panel description, AC•T diff 2 analyzer, 2.3-15
removal, 4.2-2 electrode, positioning, 4.10-4
disconnecting Display assembly, 4.5-1 location, illustration, AC•T 8/10 and AC•T diff
disconnecting for removal, illustration, 4.4-2 analyzers, 8.2-26
disconnecting from Power Supply module, 4.3-1 location, illustration, AC•T diff 2
installation, 4.4-4 analyzer, 8.2-28
interfaced to front door components by Display maintenance schedule, 5.1-1
Controller Driver card, 2.7-3 part numbers, 8.1-1, 8.2-27, 8.2-29
location, illustration, 4.3-1, 4.4-2, 8.2-24 poor drainage, troubleshooting, 7.4-1
part numbers, 8.1-1 removing the electrical shield,
removal, 4.4-1 illustration, 4.10-1
removal/installation verification, 4.4-4 replacement, 4.10-1
removal/installation, tools/supplies replacement procedure verification, 4.10-5
needed, 4.4-1 replacement, tools/supplies needed, 4.10-1
schematics, part numbers, 6.1-1 shield and mounting plate, illustration, 8.2-30
signals, A.2-21 when to replace, 4.10-1
signals to/from the Display Controller Driver See also RBC aperture/bath assembly; WBC
card, 2.7-4 aperture/bath assembly
Startup cycle function in removal/installation ASF Thomas pump. See pneumatic pump
verification, 4.4-5 Aspirate cycle
stepper motor control, 2.6-3 amount of lytic reagent dispensed, AC•T 8/10
Voltages/Sensors screen function in and AC•T diff analyzers, 2.2-4
removal/installation verification, 4.4-5 description, 2.8-5
See also Analyzer card for specific AC•T one of ten instrument cycles, 2.8-1
instrument primary aspirate table, AC•T 8/10 and diff
Angar valves analyzers, 2.8-1
used on AC•T 8/10 and AC•T diff primary aspirate table, AC•T diff 2
analyzers, A.4-1 analyzer, 2.8-1
aperture sensor system, AC•T 8/10 and AC•T diff table, timing and activity, Closed-Vial mode,
analyzers AC•T diff 2 analyzer, software version
components, 2.2-8 1.00, 2.8-16
components, illustration, 4.10-3 table, timing and activity, Whole-Blood mode,
description, 2.2-8 AC•T 10 analyzer, software version
aperture sensor system, AC•T diff 2 analyzer 1.04, 2.8-8
components, 2.3-15 table, timing and activity, Whole-Blood mode,
components, illustration, 4.10-3 AC•T 8 analyzer, software version 1.03, 2.8-6
description, 2.3-15 table, timing and activity, Whole-Blood mode,
aperture. See aperture/bath assembly; RBC aperture; AC•T 8 analyzer, software version 1.04, 2.8-8
WBC aperture
INDEX
table, timing and activity, Whole-Blood mode, AVR RM field

AC•T diff analyzer with Veterinary Option, on Sample Details screen, AC•T 8/10 analyzer,
software version 1.04 or 1.05, 2.8-14 description, 7.1-10
table, timing and activity, Whole-Blood mode,
AC•T diff analyzer, software version
1.03, 2.8-10 B
table, timing and activity, Whole-Blood mode, background
AC•T diff analyzer, software version 1.04 or high results, troubleshooting, 7.4-1
1.05, 2.8-12 baths. See aperture/bath assembly
volume of lytic reagent used, AC•T 8/10 and belt, horizontal drive. See horizontal drive belt
AC•T diff analyzers, 2.2-4 Bio-Chem solenoid pinch valves
aspirate probe function of large valves, AC•T diff 2
component in the Traverse module, AC•T diff 2 analyzer, 2.3-17
analyzer, 2.3-1 large valves used on AC•T diff 2 analyzer, A.5-1
function, AC•T diff 2 analyzer, A.5-5 small valves used on AC•T 8/10 and AC•T diff
aspirate probe. See probe analyzers, A.4-1
aspirate pump. See sample pump Biohazards Safety Guide, 1.2-1
aspirate switch biological
cap-pierce door. See cap-pierce door hazards, 1.2-1
conditions that turn ON its indicator, 7.1-5 Blank1 field
digital sensor indicator, 7.1-5 on Sample Details screen, AC•T 8/10 analyzer,
function, 2.1-1 description, 7.1-12
function, AC•T 8/10 and AC•T diff Blank2 field
analyzers, A.4-4 on Sample Details screen, AC•T 8/10 analyzer,
function, AC•T diff 2 analyzer, A.5-4 description, 7.1-12
location, illustration, 8.2-24 block, probe-wipe. See probe-wipe housing
location, illustration, AC•T 8/10 and AC•T diff boards, circuit. See cards, circuit
analyzers, 2.1-2, A.4-2 bottom sense function, AC•T diff 2 analyzer
location, illustration, AC•T diff 2 aspiration pierce, 2.3-8
analyzer, 2.1-2, A.5-3 aspiration pierce, illustration of
part number, 8.1-6, 8.2-25 components, 2.3-8
two digital sensor indicators on the AC•T diff 2 components, identification of, 2.3-7
analyzer, 7.1-5 components, location, illustration, 2.3-7
aspiration pump. See sample pump purpose, 2.3-7
aspiration syringe, AC•T 8/10 and AC•T diff spring tension, 2.3-8
analyzers vent pierce, 2.3-7
function, A.4-8 bubbles, mixing. See mixing bubbles
volume, A.4-8 busy state
AspSW field definition, 2.9-1
on Voltages/Sensors screen, description, 7.1-5
ATTENTION C
definition, 1.1-6
cables
audience
coaxial, connections to Analyzer card, 4.10-1
requirements of, 1.1-4
part numbers, 8.1-1
AVR AVG field
calibration factors
on Sample Details screen, AC•T 8/10 analyzer,
storage, 4.4-1
description, 7.1-10
Canon printer. See Printer, Canon
AVR Measured field
cap-pierce door
on Sample Details screen, AC•T diff analyzer,
disassembly, 4.17-1
description, 7.1-16
INDEX
disassembly, illustration, 4.17-5 check valves

location, illustration, AC•T diff 2 analyzer, 2.1-2 function in mixing bubble paths, AC•T diff 2
used as aspirate switch, 2.1-1 analyzer, 2.3-15
cap-pierce door motor, AC•T diff 2 analyzer function in waste and cleaner system, AC•T 8/10
function, A.5-3 and AC•T diff analyzers, 2.2-10
location, illustration, A.5-3 circuit cards. See cards, circuit
Cap-Pierce module circuits
component in the Traverse module, AC•T diff 2 A/D Converter, 2.5-3
analyzer, 2.3-1 Aperture Voltage Sensor, 2.5-1, 2.5-2
component part numbers, 8.2-23 Count Comparator, 2.5-2
description, 2.3-4 Dc Restorer, 2.5-2
disassembling/replacement, procedure Display Interface, 2.5-4
verification, 4.17-9 Editor, 2.6-2
disassembling/replacement, procedures, 4.17-1 Hgb Support, 2.5-6
disassembling/replacement, tools/supplies Peak Detector, 2.5-2
needed, 4.17-1 Plt Window Comparator, 2.5-2
door disassembly, 4.17-1 Power On LED and Sensor Connector, 2.5-6
door disassembly, illustration, 4.17-5 Pulse, 2.5-5
exploded view, 8.2-22 Red and White Amplifier, 2.6-1
front door safety latch removal, 4.17-1 Serial and Parallel I/O Port, 2.5-3
function, 2.3-5, A.5-3 Width Integrator, 2.5-2
location, 2.3-2 Citizen printer. See Printer, Citizen
location, illustration, A.5-3 Classifications of Etiological Agents on the Basis of
main components, illustration, 2.3-4 Hazards, 1.2-1
main components, listing of, 2.3-4 Clean Baths cycle
motor location, illustration, 4.17-3 one of ten instrument cycles, 2.8-1
motor removal, 4.17-1 Clean field
motor removal, illustration, 4.17-3 on Voltages/Sensors screen, AC•T 8/10 analyzer,
optical switch location, illustration, 4.17-6 description, 7.1-5
optical switch removal, 4.17-1 cleaner optical sensor
optical switch removal, illustration, 4.17-6 location, illustration, AC•T 8/10 and AC•T diff
removing, illustration, 4.17-2 analyzers, A.4-5
cards, circuit See rinse (cleaner) optical sensor
Analyzer. See Analyzer card cleaner pump
Display Controller Driver. See Display function in the cleaner system, AC•T diff 2
Controller Driver card analyzer, 2.3-17
Flash Memory. See Flash Memory card cleaner system, AC•T diff 2 analyzer, 2.3-17
part numbers, 8.1-1 cleaner system. See waste and cleaner system
Transient Suppressor. See Transient Suppressor clog detection, AC•T diff analyzer
card table, acceptable Target value ranges, A.1-1
Traverse Interconnect. See Traverse clog detection, AC•T diff and AC•T diff 2 analyzers
Interconnect card parameter storage, 4.4-1
cards, software. See Flash Memory card setting Target values, procedure, 4.13-1
CAUTION clog detection, AC•T diff and AC•T diff2 analyzers
definition, 1.1-5 setting Target values, Sample Details
risk of damage to electronic components, 1.2-1 screen, 4.13-1
risk of ESD damage to electronic setting Target values, tools/supplies
components, 1.2-1 needed, 4.13-1
setting Target values, verification, 4.13-2
INDEX
table of acceptable Target value ranges, 4.13-1 Continue icon

Closed-Vial mode, AC•T diff 2 analyzer in troubleshooting, 7.2-1
aspiration pierce, typical, 2.3-6 conventions
aspiration, typical, illustration of components used in this manual, 1.1-6
used, 2.3-6 counter, cycle
aspiration, using bottom sense function, function, 7.1-24
illustration of components used, 2.3-8 location, 7.1-24
bottom sense function, 2.3-7 counts. See Plt; RBC; WBC
starting the cycle, 2.3-5 covers
starting the cycle, illustration of components part numbers, 8.1-2
used, 2.3-5 top and rear, removal procedures, 4.2-1
typical operation, 2.3-5 customer documents
venting, 2.3-6 part numbers, table of, 1.1-1
venting, illustration of components used, 2.3-6 CVAsp field
CMOS memory chip on Voltages/Sensors screen, AC•T diff 2
for calibration factors and Clog Detect parameter analyzer, description, 7.1-5
storage, 4.4-1 cycles
part number, 8.1-4 Aspirate. See Aspirate cycles
coaxial cables Clean Baths, 2.8-1
connections to Analyzer card, 4.10-1 counter, function and location, 7.1-24
components, AC•T 8/10 and AC•T diff analyzers instrument, 2.8-1
located behind the front door, illustration, A.4-2 Lyse Dispense Verification. See Lyse Dispense
located behind the front door, table of, A.4-3 Verification cycle
located inside the left compartment, Lyse Prime. See Lyse Prime cycle
illustration, A.4-10 Non-Labile Control Mode, 2.8-1
located inside the left compartment, table Powerup. See Powerup cycle
of, A.4-10 Predilute. See Predilute cycle
located inside the right compartment, Prepare-to-Ship. See Prepare-to-Ship cycle
illustration, A.4-5 Prime, 2.8-1
located inside the right compartment, table Shutdown, 2.8-1
of, A.4-6 Startup. See Startup cycle
components, AC•T diff 2 analyzer Wakeup Prime, 2.8-1
located behind the front door, illustration, A.5-3
located behind the front door, table of, A.5-3
located inside the left compartment, D
illustration, A.5-13 dc motors
located inside the left compartment, table control circuitry, AC•T diff and AC•T diff 2
of, A.5-13 analyzers, 2.6-2
located inside the pneumatic pump decontamination procedure, 4.21-1
compartment, illustration, A.5-10 DELTA AVR field
located inside the pneumatic pump on Sample Details screen, AC•T 8/10 analyzer,
compartment, table of, A.5-11 description, 7.1-10
located inside the right compartment, diagnostic functions. See Diagnostics menu, 7.1-2
illustration, A.5-6 Diagnostics menu
located inside the right compartment, table AC•T 8/10 analyzer, illustration, 7.1-1
of, A.5-6 AC•T diff analyzer, illustration, 7.1-1
connectors AC•T diff 2 analyzer, illustration, 7.1-1
external electrical, 2.1-1 description of menu items, 7.1-2
contamination exiting initiates Powerup cycle, 7.1-1
risk of personal, 1.2-1, 1.2-2 function, 7.1-1
INDEX
in troubleshooting, 7.1-1 location, illustration, AC•T diff 2 analyzer, A.5-6

diaphragm pumps part number, 8.1-5
function in the diluent delivery system, AC•T diluent reservoir sensor
diff 2 analyzer, 2.3-10 conditions that turn ON its indicator, 7.1-5
function in the pneumatic system, AC•T diff 2 digital sensor indicator, 7.1-5
analyzer, 2.2-5, 2.3-11 diluent syringe, AC•T 8/10 and AC•T diff analyzers
function in the waste system, AC•T diff 2 function, 2.2-3, A.4-8
analyzer, 2.3-17 See also Triple Syringe module
digital circuits volume, A.4-8
on Analyzer card, AC•T 8/10 analyzer, 2.5-3 Display assembly
digital sensor indicators circuitry, AC•T diff analyzer, 2.6-2
description, 7.1-5 circuitry, AC•T diff 2 analyzer, 2.6-2
Dil, Waste, AspSW, OVAsp, and CVAsp, 7.1-5 components, 2.7-1
Dil field components, illustration, 2.7-1
on Voltages/Sensors screen, description, 7.1-5 disconnecting cables, illustration, 4.5-1
diluent delivery system, AC•T 8/10 and AC•T diff disconnecting for Analyzer card
analyzers removal/installation, 4.4-2
components and flow, simplified exploded view, 8.2-6
schematic, 2.2-3 installation, 4.5-3
description, 2.2-2 part numbers, 8.1-2, 8.2-7
diluent delivery system, AC•T diff 2 analyzer removal, 4.5-1
components and flow, simplified removal/installation verification, 4.5-4
schematic, 2.3-9 removal/installation, tools/supplies
description, 2.3-9 needed, 4.5-1
diluent level sensor, AC•T 8/10 and AC•T diff removing and disassembling, illustration, 4.5-2
analyzers Display Controller Driver card
level error during powerup, 7.2-3 component in the Display assembly, 2.7-1
troubleshooting, 7.2-8 components, 2.7-3
diluent pump connection to the LCD, 2.7-2
component in diluent delivery system, AC•T connection to the touch screen, 2.7-2
diff 2 analyzer, 2.3-9 daughter card, function, 2.7-4
FMI pump function, AC•T diff 2 analyzer, A.5-6 disconnecting the Display assembly, 4.5-2
function, AC•T 8/10 and AC•T diff disconnecting the LED power indicator, 4.5-2
analyzers, A.4-7 function, 2.7-3
function, AC•T diff 2 analyzer, 2.3-10, A.5-8 J61 pinouts, table of, 2.7-4, A.2-21
location, illustration, AC•T diff 2 analyzer, A.5-6 J62 pinouts, table of, A.2-22
volume, AC•T diff 2 analyzer, A.5-6 J63 pinouts, table of, A.2-22
See also FMI pumps J65 pinouts, table of, A.2-22
diluent pump (reservoir fill) jumpers, table of, A.2-23
location, illustration, AC•T diff 2 analyzer, A.5-6 location, illustration, 2.7-1
diluent reservoir part number, 8.1-2, 8.2-7
components, AC•T 8/10 and AC•T diff schematic, part number, 6.1-1
analyzers, 2.2-2 SMT design, component locations, A.2-20
components, AC•T diff 2 analyzer, 2.3-9 SMT design, illustration, A.2-20
function, AC•T 8/10 and AC•T diff test points, table of, A.2-23
analyzers, A.4-8 through-hole design, component
function, AC•T diff 2 analyzer, A.5-8 locations, A.2-19
location, illustration, AC•T 8/10 and AC•T diff through-hole design, illustration, A.2-19
analyzers, A.4-5
INDEX
door filters
Cap-Pierce module, disassembly, 4.17-1 blue, location, 8.2-10
Cap-Pierce module, safety latch removal, 4.17-1 blue, maintenance schedule, 5.1-1
door, front blue, part number, 8.2-11
component part numbers, 8.2-7 FLS1. See FLS1
components, illustration, 8.2-6 FLS3. See FLS3
door, front, AC•T diff2 analyzer green, location, 8.2-10
opening, 4.2-3 green, part number, 8.2-11
opening, illustration, 4.2-3 part numbers, 8.1-2
opening, tools/supplies needed, 4.2-3 waste, AC•T diff 2 analyzer, 2.3-17
Flash Memory card
amount of memory, AC•T 8/10 analyzer, 2.1-1
E amount of memory, AC•T diff analyzer, 2.1-1
Editor circuits connector on Analyzer card, AC•T 8/10
voltage used, 2.6-2 analyzer, A.2-2
electrical interference connector on Analyzer card, AC•T diff
troubleshooting, 7.4-1 analyzer, A.2-6
electrode, aperture/bath assembly connector on Analyzer card, AC•T diff 2
positioning, 4.10-4 analyzer, A.2-10, A.2-15
EMC Motor Filter 2 card function, AC•T 8/10 and diff analyzers, 2.1-1
function, AC•T diff 2 analyzer, A.5-12 function, AC•T diff analyzer, 2.6-2
engineering schematics function, AC•T diff 2 analyzer, 2.6-2
included in this manual, 6.1-1 possible cause of PCMCIA (1) error, 7.2-4
Epson printer. See Printer, Epson, C.1-2 removing, illustration, 4.4-1
error icons source of controlling program, 2.5-3
in fatal error messages, 7.2-2 FLS1
in warning error messages, 7.2-1, B.1-1 function in diluent delivery system, AC•T 8/10
error messages, fatal and AC•T diff analyzers, 2.2-3
description, 7.2-2 function in waste and cleaner system, AC•T
table of, 7.2-2, B.1-1 diff 2 analyzer, 2.3-17
error messages, warning FLS2
description, 7.2-1 function in waste and cleaner system, AC•T 8/10
table of, 7.2-1, B.1-1 and AC•T diff analyzers, 2.2-10
error state FLS3
definition, 2.9-1 function in diluent delivery system, AC•T 8/10
exception state and AC•T diff analyzers, 2.2-3
definition, 2.9-1 fluid barrier
exhaust port function in vacuum system, AC•T diff 2
function, AC•T diff 2 analyzer, A.5-12 analyzer, A.5-11
location, illustration, AC•T diff 2 location in vacuum system, illustration, AC•T
analyzer, A.5-10 diff 2 analyzer, A.5-10
external fluidic systems. See pneumatic system; hydraulic
electrical connectors, 2.1-1 systems
FMI pumps
F description, 2.3-17
function, 2.1-1
fans
main components, 2.3-18
part numbers, 8.1-2
main components, illustration, 2.3-18
fatal error messages
FMI pumps, AC•T diff 2 analyzer
See error messages, fatal, 7.2-2
diluent, A.5-6
INDEX
diluent pump volume, A.5-6 maintenance schedule, 5.1-1

location, illustration, A.5-6 supply voltage, AC•T 8/10 analyzer, 2.2-9
lyse pump volume, A.5-7 supply voltage, AC•T diff analyzer, 2.2-9
lytic reagent supply voltage, AC•T diff 2 analyzer, 2.3-16
sample pump volume, A.5-6 Hgb measurements
forms description, AC•T diff analyzer, 7.1-12, 7.1-13
Notice of Information Update, when used, 1.1-3 results analysis, flowchart, 7.1-14
front door. See door, front Hgb output
front panel components acceptable blank reading, 4.11-4, A.1-1
illustration, 8.2-2, 8.2-4 setting, 7.1-3
FS1 Hgb photometer assembly
function in diluent delivery system, AC•T 8/10 acceptable Hgb output reading with clean
and AC•T diff analyzers, 2.2-2 diluent in WBC bath, 4.11-4, A.1-1
FS2 adjusting the Hgb output, 4.11-4
function in lytic reagent delivery system, AC•T assembly/installation, 4.11-3
8/10 and AC•T diff analyzers, 2.2-4 description, AC•T 8/10 and AC•T diff
function in lytic reagent delivery system, AC•T analyzers, 2.2-9
diff 2 analyzer, 2.3-11 description, AC•T diff 2 analyzer, 2.3-16
fuses disassembly/replacement, 4.11-1
location, illustration, 8.2-16 disassembly/replacement verification, 4.11-4
part number, AC•T 8/10 and AC•T diff disassembly/replacement, tools/supplies
analyzers, 8.1-3, 8.2-17 needed, 4.11-1
part number, AC•T diff 2 analyzer, 8.1-3, 8.2-17 exploded view, 4.11-3
function in aperture sensor system, AC•T 8/10
and AC•T diff analyzers, 2.2-8
H function in aperture sensor system, AC•T diff 2
hazards analyzer, 2.3-15
biological, 1.2-1 removing to access the WBC aperture/bath
electronic, 1.2-1 assembly, 4.10-2
while troubleshooting, 1.2-1 horizontal drive belt, AC•T diff 2 analyzer
headings, special removal, 4.9-1
definitions, 1.1-5 removing the belt clamp, illustration, 4.9-5
Hgb removing the belt, illustration, 4.9-5
erratic results, troubleshooting, 7.4-1 tension adjustment, 4.9-14
high results, troubleshooting, 7.4-1 horizontal motor, AC•T 8/10 and AC•T diff
low results, troubleshooting, 7.4-1 analyzers
support circuitry, 2.5-6 location, illustration, 4.8-2
Hgb assembly removal, 4.8-1
function, AC•T 8/10 and AC•T diff horizontal motor, AC•T diff 2 analyzer
analyzers, A.4-3 location, 2.3-2
function, AC•T diff 2 analyzer, A.5-4 removal, 4.9-1
location, illustration, AC•T 8/10 and AC•T diff removal, illustration, 4.9-8
analyzers, A.4-2 horizontal sensor, AC•T 8/10 and AC•T diff
location, illustration, AC•T diff 2 analyzer, A.5-3 analyzers
Hgb field location, illustration, 4.8-2
on Voltages/Sensors screen, description, 7.1-3 removal, 4.8-1
Hgb gain field horizontal sensors, AC•T diff 2 analyzer
on Voltages/Sensors screen, description, 7.1-3 components in Traverse module, 2.3-1
Hgb lamp location, 2.3-2
in sleep state, 2.9-1
INDEX
removal, 4.9-1 instrument

removal, illustration, 4.9-9 covers, part numbers, 8.1-2
hydraulic systems cycles available, 2.8-1
movement control, AC•T 8/10 and AC•T diff interconnect engineering schematic, part
analyzers, 2.1-1 number, 6.1-1
movement control, AC•T diff 2 analyzer, 2.1-1 long-term shutdown procedure, 4.15-1
hydraulic systems, AC•T 8/10 and AC•T diff ON/OFF switch. See power ON/OFF switch
analyzers opening or removing doors, panels, and
cleaner. See waste and cleaner system covers, 4.2-1
diluent. See diluent delivery system operating modes, 2.1-3
engineering schematic, part number, 6.1-1 parameters reported, 2.1-3
lytic reagent. See lytic reagent delivery system preparing for shipment, 4.15-1
shutdown diluent. See waste and cleaner system states, description, 2.9-1
waste. See waste and cleaner system instrument labels
hydraulic systems, AC•T diff 2 analyzer location, illustration, AC•T 8/10 and AC•T diff
cleaner. See waste and cleaner system analyzers, 1.2-2
diluent. See diluent delivery system location, illustration, AC•T diff 2 analyzer, 1.2-2
engineering schematic, part number, 6.1-1 intended audience
lytic reagent. See lytic reagent delivery system requirements of, 1.1-4
shutdown diluent. See waste and cleaner system interference, electrical
waste. See waste and cleaner system troubleshooting, 7.4-1
IPL. See parts lists, illustrated
Ithaca Series 90 printer
I description, 3.2-5
icons
AC•T 8/10 analyzer, relative positions on the
software menu tree, illustration, A.3-1 J
C
A •T diff analyzer, relative positions on the jumpers
software menu tree, illustration, A.3-2 Analyzer card, AC•T diff analyzer, table of, A.2-7
AC•T diff 2 analyzer, relative positions on the Analyzer card, AC•T diff 2 analyzer, table
software menu tree, illustration, A.3-4 of, A.2-12
C
A •T diff/Veterinary Option analyzer, relative Display Controller Driver card, table of, A.2-23
positions on the software menu tree,
illustration, A.3-3
Exit, 7.1-6 K
exiting using, 7.1-6 KNF pump. See pneumatic pump
Save and Exit, 7.1-3, 7.1-6
illustrated parts list. See parts lists, illustrated L
IMPORTANT
lamp, Hgb. See lamp, Hgb
definition, 1.1-5
lamps
information labels
maintenance schedule, 5.1-1
location, illustration, AC•T 8/10 and AC•T diff
Latex Calibration screen
analyzers, 1.2-2
function in latex gain adjustment, AC•T diff and
location, illustration, AC•T diff 2 analyzer, 1.2-2
AC•T diff 2 analyzers, 4.12-2
installation
illustration, AC•T diff analyzer, 4.12-1, 7.1-23
instructions and procedures, 3.1-1
illustration, AC•T diff 2 analyzer, 4.12-1, 7.1-23
veterinary software option, 3.3-1
latex gain adjustment, AC•T diff and AC•T diff 2
installation procedures
analyzers
customer documents, table of, 3.1-1
adjustment criteria, table of, 4.12-2, A.1-2
INDEX
procedure, 4.12-1 location, illustration, AC•T 8/10 and AC•T diff

tools/supplies needed, 4.12-1 analyzers, A.4-5
verification, 4.12-3 location, illustration, AC•T diff 2 analyzer, A.5-6
when to make adjustment, 4.12-1 operational states, AC•T 8/10 and AC•T diff
Latex Results screen analyzers, A.4-6
function in latex gain adjustment, AC•T diff and operational states, AC•T diff 2 analyzer, A.5-7
AC•T diff 2 analyzers, 4.12-2 type of valve, AC•T 8/10 and AC•T diff
illustration, AC•T diff and AC•T diff 2 analyzers, A.4-6
analyzers, 4.12-2 type of valve, AC•T diff 2 analyzer, A.5-7
LCD LV11
backlighting, 2.7-4 function, AC•T 8/10 and AC•T diff
CN1 pinouts, table of, 2.7-3, A.2-22 analyzers, A.4-6
CN2 pinouts, table of, 2.7-3, A.2-22 function, AC•T diff 2 analyzer, A.5-7
component in the Display assembly, 2.7-1 location, illustration, AC•T 8/10 and AC•T diff
connection to Display Controller Driver analyzers, A.4-5
card, 2.7-2 location, illustration, AC•T diff 2 analyzer, A.5-6
description, 2.7-2 operational states, AC•T 8/10 and AC•T diff
driver provided by the Display Controller Driver analyzers, A.4-6
card, 2.7-4 operational states, AC•T diff 2 analyzer, A.5-7
location, illustration, 2.7-1, 8.2-6 type of valve, AC•T 8/10 and AC•T diff
part number, 8.2-7 analyzers, A.4-6
See also Display assembly type of valve, AC•T diff 2 analyzer, A.5-7
LED power indicator LV12
disconnecting from the Display Controller function, AC•T 8/10 and AC•T diff
Driver card, 4.5-2 analyzers, A.4-6
location, illustration, 8.2-6 function, AC•T diff 2 analyzer, A.5-7
part numbers, 8.1-3 location, illustration, AC•T 8/10 and AC•T diff
receives power through the Display Controller analyzers, A.4-5
Driver card, 2.7-3 location, illustration, AC•T diff 2 analyzer, A.5-6
signal, 2.7-4, A.2-21 operational states, AC•T 8/10 and AC•T diff
liquid optical sensors analyzers, A.4-6
ON/OFF readings, AC•T diff and AC•T diff 2 operational states, AC•T diff 2 analyzer, A.5-7
analyzers, 7.1-5 type of valve, AC•T 8/10 and AC•T diff
typical readings, AC•T 8/10 analyzer, 7.1-5 analyzers, A.4-6
low vacuum adjustment, AC•T diff 2 type of valve, AC•T diff 2 analyzer, A.5-7
analyzer, A.5-11 LV13
LV1 function, AC•T 8/10 and AC•T diff
function, AC•T 8/10 and AC•T diff analyzers, A.4-8
analyzers, A.4-7 function, AC•T diff 2 analyzer, A.5-7
location, illustration, AC•T 8/10 and AC•T diff location, illustration, AC•T 8/10 and AC•T diff
analyzers, A.4-5 analyzers, A.4-5
operational states, AC•T 8/10 and AC•T diff location, illustration, AC•T diff 2 analyzer, A.5-6
analyzers, A.4-7 operational states, AC•T 8/10 and AC•T diff
type of valve, AC•T 8/10 and AC•T diff analyzers, A.4-8
analyzers, A.4-7 operational states, AC•T diff 2 analyzer, A.5-7
LV10 type of valve, AC•T 8/10 and AC•T diff
analyzers, A.4-6 type of valve, AC•T diff 2 analyzer, A.5-7
function, AC•T diff 2 analyzer, A.5-7
INDEX
LV14 location, illustration, AC•T diff 2 analyzer, A.5-6

function, AC•T 8/10 and AC•T diff operational states, AC•T diff 2 analyzer, A.5-8
location, illustration, AC•T 8/10 and AC•T diff LV2
analyzers, A.4-5 function, AC•T 8/10 and AC•T diff
operational states, AC•T 8/10 and AC•T diff analyzers, A.4-7
type of valve, AC•T 8/10 and AC•T diff location, illustration, AC•T 8/10 and AC•T diff
LV15 location, illustration, AC•T diff 2
function, AC•T 8/10 and AC•T diff analyzer, A.5-10
analyzers, A.4-9 operational states, AC•T 8/10 and AC•T diff
function, AC•T diff 2 analyzer, A.5-9 analyzers, A.4-7
location, illustration, AC•T 8/10 and AC•T diff operational states, AC•T diff 2 analyzer, A.5-12
analyzers, A.4-5 type of valve, AC•T 8/10 and AC•T diff
location, illustration, AC•T diff 2 analyzer, A.5-6 analyzers, A.4-7
operational states, AC•T 8/10 and AC•T diff type of valve, AC•T diff 2 analyzer, A.5-12
analyzers, A.4-9 LV3
operational states, AC•T diff 2 analyzer, A.5-9 function, AC•T 8/10 and AC•T diff
type of valve, AC•T 8/10 and AC•T diff analyzers, A.4-7
type of valve, AC•T diff 2 analyzer, A.5-9 location, illustration, AC•T 8/10 and AC•T diff
LV16 analyzers, A.4-5
function, AC•T 8/10 and AC•T diff location, illustration, AC•T diff 2
analyzers, A.4-4 analyzer, A.5-10
function, AC•T diff 2 analyzer, A.5-4 operational states, AC•T 8/10 and AC•T diff
location, illustration, AC•T 8/10 and AC•T diff analyzers, A.4-7
analyzers, A.4-2 operational states, AC•T diff 2 analyzer, A.5-12
location, illustration, AC•T diff 2 analyzer, A.5-3 type of valve, AC•T 8/10 and AC•T diff
operational states, AC•T 8/10 and AC•T diff analyzers, A.4-7
operational states, AC•T diff 2 analyzer, A.5-4 LV4
type of valve, AC•T 8/10 and AC•T diff function, AC•T 8/10 and AC•T diff
type of valve, AC•T diff 2 analyzer, A.5-4 function, AC•T diff 2 analyzer, A.5-11
LV17 location, illustration, AC•T 8/10 and AC•T diff
analyzers, A.4-3 location, illustration, AC•T diff 2
function, AC•T diff 2 analyzer, A.5-4 analyzer, A.5-10
location, illustration, AC•T 8/10 and AC•T diff operational states, AC•T 8/10 and AC•T diff
location, illustration, AC•T diff 2 analyzer, A.5-3 operational states, AC•T diff 2 analyzer, A.5-11
operational states, AC•T 8/10 and AC•T diff type of valve, AC•T 8/10 and AC•T diff
operational states, AC•T diff 2 analyzer, A.5-4 type of valve, AC•T diff 2 analyzer, A.5-11
type of valve, AC•T 8/10 and AC•T diff LV5
analyzers, A.4-3 function, AC•T 8/10 and AC•T diff
type of valve, AC•T diff 2 analyzer, A.5-4 analyzers, A.4-7
LV18 function, AC•T diff 2 analyzer, A.5-11
function, AC•T diff 2 analyzer, A.5-8
INDEX
location, illustration, AC•T 8/10 and AC•T diff Lyse Prime cycle
analyzers, A.4-5 amount of lytic reagent dispensed, AC•T 8/10
location, illustration, AC•T diff 2 and AC•T diff analyzers, 2.2-4
analyzer, A.5-10 lyse pump
operational states, AC•T 8/10 and AC•T diff advantages of using an FMI pump, AC•T diff 2
analyzers, A.4-7 analyzer, 2.3-10
operational states, AC•T diff 2 analyzer, A.5-11 component in lytic reagent delivery system,
type of valve, AC•T 8/10 and AC•T diff AC•T diff 2 analyzer, 2.3-11
analyzers, A.4-7 FMI pump, function, AC•T diff 2 analyzer, A.5-7
type of valve, AC•T diff 2 analyzer, A.5-11 function, AC•T diff 2 analyzer, 2.3-10
LV7 location, illustration, AC•T diff 2 analyzer, A.5-6
function, AC•T 8/10 and AC•T diff pump volume, A.5-7
analyzers, A.4-6 See also FMI pumps
function, AC•T diff 2 analyzer, A.5-8 lyse syringe, AC•T 8/10 and AC•T diff analyzers
location, illustration, AC•T 8/10 and AC•T diff function, 2.2-4
analyzers, A.4-5 See also Triple Syringe module
location, illustration, AC•T diff 2 analyzer, A.5-6 Lytic field
operational states, AC•T 8/10 and AC•T diff on Voltages/Sensors screen, AC•T 8/10 analyzer,
analyzers, A.4-6 description, 7.1-5
operational states, AC•T diff 2 analyzer, A.5-8 lytic reagent
type of valve, AC•T 8/10 and AC•T diff amount dispensed for various cycles, AC•T 8/10
analyzers, A.4-6 and AC•T diff analyzers, 2.2-4
type of valve, AC•T diff 2 analyzer, A.5-8 function, 2.2-4, 2.3-10
LV8 lytic reagent delivery system, AC•T 8/10 and AC•T
function, AC•T 8/10 and AC•T diff diff analyzers
analyzers, A.4-6 components and flow, simplified
function, AC•T diff 2 analyzer, A.5-9 schematic, 2.2-4
location, illustration, AC•T 8/10 and AC•T diff description, 2.2-4
analyzers, A.4-5 lytic reagent delivery system, AC•T diff 2 analyzer
location, illustration, AC•T diff 2 analyzer, A.5-6 components and flow, simplified
operational states, AC•T 8/10 and AC•T diff schematic, 2.3-11
operational states, AC•T diff 2 analyzer, A.5-9 lytic reagent pump. See lyse pump
type of valve, AC•T 8/10 and AC•T diff lytic reagent syringe, AC•T 8/10 and AC•T diff
analyzers, A.4-6 analyzers
type of valve, AC•T diff 2 analyzer, A.5-9 function, A.4-8
LV9 volume, A.4-8
function, AC•T 8/10 and AC•T diff
analyzers, A.4-6
location, illustration, AC•T 8/10 and AC•T diff M
analyzers, A.4-5 maintenance
operational states, AC•T 8/10 and AC•T diff table showing component, schedule,
analyzers, A.4-6 responsibility, 5.1-1
type of valve, AC•T 8/10 and AC•T diff manifold
analyzers, A.4-6 pneumatic, AC•T 8/10 and AC•T diff
Lyse Dispense Verification cycle analyzers, 2.2-5
amount of lytic reagent dispensed, AC•T 8/10 pneumatic, AC•T diff 2 analyzer, 2.3-11
and AC•T diff analyzers, 2.2-4 manual
abbreviations used in, ABBREVIATIONS-1
conventions, 1.1-6
INDEX
numbering format, 1.1-5 Motors screen

organization, 1.1-4 displaying sensor states, 7.1-20
reference designators used fatal error 11, 7.1-20
in, ABBREVIATIONS-1 function, 7.1-1
scope, 1.1-1 illustration, AC•T diff and AC•T diff 2
memory analyzers, 7.1-18
CMOS. See CMOS memory chip motor functions available from, 7.1-18
Flash Memory. See Flash Memory
menu trees
AC•T 8/10 analyzer, illustration showing N
instrument icons and their text nonfatal error messages
equivalents, A.3-1 See error messages, warning, 7.2-1
C
A •T diff analyzer, illustration showing Non-Labile Control Mode cycle
instrument icons and their text one of ten instrument cycles, 2.8-1
equivalents, A.3-2 Note
AC•T diff 2 analyzer, illustration showing definition, 1.1-6
instrument icons and their text Notice of Information Update form
equivalents, A.3-4 when used, 1.1-3
AC•T diff/Veterinary Option analyzer, numbering format
illustration showing instrument icons and description, 1.1-5
their text equivalents, A.3-3
menus O
Diagnostics. See Diagnostics menu, 7.1-1
ON/OFF switch. See power ON/OFF switch
mixing bubbles
online manual
affect of altitude, AC•T diff 2 analyzer, A.5-1
part number, 1.1-1
generating in the AC•T 8/10 and AC•T diff
operating modes, 2.1-3
analyzers, 2.2-7
optical sensors, AC•T diff 2 analyzer. See horizontal
generating in the AC•T diff 2
sensors
analyzer, 2.2-7, 2.3-14
optical switch, Cap-Pierce module
motor
location, illustration, 4.17-6
Cap-Pierce module. See Cap-Pierce module
removal, 4.17-1
motors
opto sensors
cap-pierce door, location, illustration, AC•T
components in Traverse module, AC•T 8/10 and
diff 2 analyzer, A.5-3
AC•T diff analyzers, 2.2-1
dc. See dc motors
OVAsp field
disconnecting for Analyzer card
on Voltages/Sensors screen, AC•T diff 2
removal/installations, 4.4-2
analyzer, description, 7.1-5
functions/actions/descriptions, table of, 7.1-18
horizontal position, 7.1-20
horizontal. See horizontal motor P
part numbers, 8.1-4 panel
peristaltic pump. See peristaltic pump top and rear, removal procedures, 4.2-1
motors, 8.2-8 panel, front
pneumatic pump, location, illustration, AC•T component part numbers, 8.2-3, 8.2-5
diff 2 analyzer, A.5-10 components, illustration, 8.2-2, 8.2-4
stepper. See stepper motors parameters reported, 2.1-3
syringe. See syringe motor See also specific parameter
vertical position, 7.1-20 part numbers, 8.1-2
vertical. See vertical motor aperture/bath assemblies, 8.1-1
INDEX
cables, 8.1-1 parts lists, master

circuit cards, 8.1-1 components, 8.1-1
covers, 8.1-2 fasteners, fittings, miscellaneous
customer documents, table of, 1.1-1 hardware, 8.1-9
fans, 8.1-2 optional items and supplies, 8.1-14
filters, 8.1-2 PCMCIA
LED power indicator, 8.1-3 error (1) description, 7.2-4
master parts list for components, 8.1-1 table, error (1), 7.2-2, B.1-1
master parts list for fasteners, fittings, peristaltic pump
miscellaneous hardware, 8.1-8 component description, 2.2-11
master parts list for optional items and illustration of assembly, 2.2-11
supplies, 8.1-14 operation, 2.2-11
online manual, 1.1-1 peristaltic pump motors
pickup tubes, 8.1-14 location, illustration, 8.2-8
Power Supply modules, 8.1-4 peristaltic pumps
probes, aspirate, 8.1-4 tubing, maintenance schedule, 5.1-1
pumps, 8.1-4 pickup tubes
sensors, 8.1-5 part numbers, 8.1-14
Service Resource Kit CD-ROM, 1.1-1 pinch valves
software, 8.1-6 large Bio-Chem solenoid, AC•T diff 2
tubing, 8.1-6 analyzer, 2.3-17
valves, 8.1-7 Plt
parts lists, illustrated erratic results, troubleshooting, 7.4-1
aperture/bath assembly shield and mounting high results, troubleshooting, 7.4-1
plate, 8.2-30 low results, troubleshooting, 7.4-1
aperture/bath assembly, components on processor circuitry, 2.5-2
mounting plate, AC•T 8/10 and AC•T PM1
diff, 8.2-26 function in waste and cleaner system
aperture/bath assembly, components on AC•T 8/10 and AC•T diff analyzers, 2.2-9
mounting plate, AC•T diff 2 analyzer, 8.2-28 location, illustration, AC•T 8/10 and AC•T diff
Cap-Pierce module, 8.2-22 analyzers, A.4-5
front panel components, 8.2-2, 8.2-4 PM2
left side and top view components, 8.2-24 function in diluent delivery system, AC•T 8/10
Power Supply module, 8.2-16 and AC•T diff analyzers, 2.2-2
rear view components, 8.2-16 location, illustration, AC•T 8/10 and AC•T diff
right-side compartment, AC•T 8/10 and AC•T analyzers, A.4-5
diff analyzers, showing reservoir, 8.2-8 pneumatic manifold, AC•T 8/10 and AC•T diff
right-side compartment, AC•T 8/10 and AC•T analyzers, 2.2-5
diff analyzers, showing transducer, 8.2-10 pneumatic manifold, AC•T diff 2 analyzer, 2.3-11
right-side compartment, AC•T diff 2 analyzer, pneumatic pump
showing pneumatic pump, 8.2-14 dual-head pump, pressure port, location,
right-side compartment, AC•T diff 2 analyzer, illustration, AC•T diff 2 analyzer, A.5-10
showing reagent pumps, 8.2-12 function, AC•T diff 2 analyzer, A.5-12
right-side compartment, AC•T diff 2 analyzer, KNF pump description, 4.6-1, 4.7-1
showing reservoir, 8.2-12 location, illustration, AC•T 8/10 and AC•T diff
Traverse module, AC•T 8/10 and AC•T diff analyzers, A.4-10
analyzers, 8.2-18 location, illustration, AC•T diff 2
Traverse module, AC•T diff 2 analyzer, 8.2-20 analyzer, A.5-10
Triple Syringe module, 8.2-1
INDEX
single-head pump, exhaust port, location, vacuum components and flow, simplified
illustration, AC•T diff 2 analyzer, A.5-10 schematic, 2.3-12
vacuum port, location, illustration, AC•T diff 2 Power ON LED
analyzer, A.5-10 circuit, 2.5-6
pneumatic pump compartment power ON/OFF switch
cover removal, illustration of, AC•T diff 2 in Power Supply module, 2.4-2
analyzer, A.5-10 location, illustration, 2.4-2, 4.3-1, 8.2-16
function, AC•T diff 2 analyzer, A.5-8 part number, 8.1-6, 8.2-17
location, illustration, AC•T diff 2 analyzer, A.5-6 Power Supply module
pneumatic pump motor components, 2.4-2
location, illustration, AC•T diff 2 connector P5, AC•T 8/10 analyzer, pin
analyzer, A.5-10 descriptions, A.1-2
pneumatic pump, AC•T 8/10 and AC•T diff connector P5, AC•T diff and AC•T diff 2
analyzers analyzer, pin descriptions, A.1-2
bracket and cover removal, illustration, 4.6-2 connectors, AC•T 8/10 analyzer, 2.4-2
disconnecting for Analyzer card connectors, AC•T diff analyzer and AC•T diff 2
removal/installations, 4.4-2 analyzers, 2.4-2
function in pneumatic system, 2.2-5 description, 2.1-1, 2.4-1
in sleep state, 2.9-1 function, 2.6-1
models in current use, 4.6-1 fuses, AC•T 8/10 and AC•T diff analyzers, 2.4-2
types used, 2.2-5 fuses, AC•T diff 2 analyzer, 2.4-2
pneumatic pump, AC•T diff 2 analyzer Hz rating, 2.1-1
disconnecting for Analyzer card installation, 4.3-2
removal/installations, 4.4-2 main components, illustration, 2.4-2
function in pneumatic system, 2.3-11 part numbers, 8.1-4, 8.2-17
in sleep state, 2.9-1 removal, 4.3-1
location, illustration, ASF Thomas pump, 4.7-2 removal/installation, tools/supplies
location, illustration, KNF dual-head needed, 4.3-1
pump, 4.7-3 removal/installation, verification, 4.3-2
models in current use, 4.7-1 removing to allow top cover and rear panel
replacement, ASF Thomas pump, 4.7-1 removal, AC•T 8/10 and AC•T diff
replacement, ASF Thomas pump, analyzers, 4.2-2
illustration, 4.7-2 replacing, illustration, 4.3-1
replacement, KNF dual-head pump, 4.7-3 schematic, part number, 6.1-1
replacement, KNF dual-head pump, switching supply specifications, table of, 2.4-1
illustration, 4.7-3 voltage range, 2.1-1
type used, 2.3-11 Powerup cycle
pneumatic system, AC•T 8/10 and AC•T diff description, 2.8-2
analyzers error (15), diluent level error during
description, 2.2-5 powerup, 7.2-8
engineering schematic, part number, 6.1-1 initiated when exiting the Diagnostics
pressure components and flow, simplified menu, 7.1-1
schematic, 2.2-8 one of ten instrument cycles, 2.8-1
vacuum components and flow simplified table, duration and activity, AC•T 8/10 and
schematic, 2.2-5 AC•T diff analyzers, 2.8-3
pneumatic system, AC•T diff 2 analyzer table, duration and activity, AC•T diff 2
description, 2.3-11 analyzer, 2.8-4
engineering schematic, part number, 6.1-1 Preamp Gain field
pressure components and flow, simplified on Voltages/Sensors screen, description, AC•T
schematic, 2.3-14 8/10 analyzer, 7.1-3
INDEX
Predilute cycle communicating with, AC•T diff 2 analyzer, 2.6-2

amount of lytic reagent dispensed, AC•T 8/10 connector on Analyzer card, AC•T 8/10
and AC•T diff analyzers, 2.2-4 analyzer, A.2-2
one of ten instrument cycles, 2.8-1 connector on Analyzer card, AC•T diff
Predilute mode analyzers, A.2-6
instrument verification procedure, 4.14-1 connector on Analyzer card, AC•T diff 2
instrument verification procedure, analyzers, A.2-10, A.2-14
tools/supplies needed, 4.14-1 See also Printer, Canon; Printer, Citizen; Printer,
when to use the Verify Predilute function, 4.14-1 Epson
Prepare-to-Ship cycle Probe
one of ten instrument cycles, 2.8-1 component in the Traverse module, AC•T diff 2
pressure port analyzer, 2.3-1
function, AC•T diff 2 analyzer, A.5-12 probe
Prime cycle alignment procedure verification, AC•T diff 2
amount of lytic reagent dispensed, AC•T 8/10 analyzer, 4.18-2
and AC•T diff analyzers, 2.2-4 alignment with specimen tube, AC•T diff 2
one of ten instrument cycles, 2.8-1 analyzer, 4.18-1
Printer, Canon BJC-250 Bubble Jet alignment, AC•T diff 2 analyzer, tools/supplies
cartridge lock and paper thickness levers needed, 4.18-1
location, C.2-2 function, AC•T 8/10 and AC•T diff
power/resume controls/indicator analyzers, A.4-4
location, 3.2-4, C.2-1 function, AC•T diff 2 analyzer, A.5-5
Printer, specifications, C.2-1 location, illustration, AC•T 8/10 and AC•T diff
See also Printers analyzers, A.4-2
Printer, Citizen location, illustration, AC•T diff 2 analyzer, A.5-3
part numbers, 8.1-14 movement, AC•T diff 2 analyzer, 2.3-2
See also Printers part numbers, 8.1-4
Printer, Epson TM-290P Slip Printer position in sleep state, 2.9-1
connections, illustration, 3.2-2 positions during sample processing, AC•T 8/10
controls and indicators function, C.1-2 and AC•T diff analyzers, 2.2-2
controls and indicators location, 3.2-3, C.1-1 positions during sample processing, AC•T diff 2
DIP switch location, 3.2-1 analyzer, 2.3-2
DIP switch settings, 3.2-1, C.1-2 removal, AC•T 8/10 and AC•T diff
DIP switch settings, international character analyzers, 4.8-1
sets, C.1-2 removal, AC•T diff 2 analyzer, 4.9-1
part number, 8.1-14 wash description, AC•T diff 2 analyzer, 2.3-13
self test, 3.2-2 when to align with specimen tube, AC•T diff 2
setup procedure, 3.2-1, 3.2-3 analyzer, 4.18-1
specifications, C.1-1 probe wipe
See also Printers troubleshooting, 7.4-1
Printer, Ithaca Series 90 probe wipe and count system, AC•T 8/10 and AC•T
description, 3.2-5 diff analyzers
Printer, OKIPAGE 14e LED description, 2.2-6
controls and indicators, C.3-4 vacuum error, 7.2-1, 7.2-3, 7.2-8, B.1-1, B.1-2
print test procedure, 3.2-6 VIC system components and flow, simplified
reconfiguring, C.3-1 schematic, 2.2-7
setup procedure, 3.2-5 probe wipe and count system, AC•T diff 2 analyzer
Printers description, 2.3-15
communicating with, AC•T diff analyzer, 2.6-2 vacuum error, 7.2-1, 7.2-3, 7.2-8, B.1-1, B.1-2
INDEX
VIC system components and flow, simplified horizontal motor removal, AC•T 8/10 and AC•T
schematic, 2.3-13 diff analyzers, 4.8-1
probe-wipe block horizontal motor removal, AC•T diff 2
function, AC•T diff 2 analyzer, A.5-5 analyzer, 4.9-1
probe-wipe block. See probe-wipe housing horizontal sensor removal, AC•T 8/10 and AC•T
probe-wipe housing diff analyzers, 4.8-1
component in Traverse module, AC•T 8/10 and horizontal sensors removal, AC•T diff 2
AC•T diff analyzers, 2.2-1 analyzer, 4.9-1
function, AC•T 8/10 and AC•T diff latex gain adjustment, AC•T diff and AC•T diff 2
analyzers, A.4-4 analyzers, 4.12-1
function, AC•T diff 2 analyzer, A.5-5 pneumatic pump replacement, AC•T 8/10 and
location, illustration, AC•T 8/10 and AC•T diff AC•T diff analyzers, 4.6-1
analyzers, A.4-2 pneumatic pump, AC•T diff 2 analyzer,
location, illustration, AC•T diff 2 analyzer, A.5-3 replacement, 4.7-1
probe-wipe housing, AC•T 8/10 and AC•T diff Power Supply module replacement, 4.3-1
analyzers preparing instrument for shipment/long-term
location, illustration, 4.8-2 shutdown, 4.15-1
removal, 4.8-1 probe removal, AC•T 8/10 and AC•T diff
probe-wipe housing, AC•T diff 2 analyzer analyzers, 4.8-1
component in Traverse module, 2.3-1 probe removal, AC•T diff 2 analyzer, 4.9-1
location, 2.3-2 probe/tube alignment, AC•T diff 2
removal from traverse housing, analyzer, 4.18-1
illustration, 4.9-4 probe-wipe housing removal, AC•T 8/10 and
procedures AC•T diff analyzers, 4.8-1
Analyzer card replacement, 4.4-1 setting clog detection Target values, AC•T diff
aperture/bath assembly electrode, and AC•T diff 2 analyzers, 4.13-1
positioning, 4.10-4 soaking an FMI pump head, 4.20-1
aperture/bath assembly replacement, 4.10-1 top and rear center panel removal, AC•T diff2
Cap-Pierce module door disassembly, 4.17-1 analyzer, 4.2-4
Cap-Pierce module front door safety latch top cover and rear panel removal, AC•T 8/10 and
removal, 4.17-1 AC•T diff analyzers, 4.2-1
Cap-Pierce module motor removal, 4.17-1 traverse housing removal, AC•T 8/10 and AC•T
Cap-Pierce module optical switch diff analyzers, 4.8-1
removal, 4.17-1 traverse housing removal, AC•T diff 2
Cap-Pierce module removal/disassembly, 4.17-1 analyzer, 4.9-1
decontamination, instrument, 4.21-1 Traverse Interconnect card removal, AC•T 8/10
Display assembly disassembly, 4.5-1 and AC•T diff analyzers, 4.8-1
dummy load test, 4.22-1 Traverse Interconnect card removal, AC•T diff 2
Flash Memory (software) card removal, 4.4-1 analyzer, 4.9-1
FMI pump decrystallization, 4.20-1 Traverse module disassembling/replacement,
front door, AC•T diff2 analyzer, opening, 4.2-3 AC•T 8/10 and AC•T diff analyzers, 4.8-1
general guidelines, 4.1-1 Traverse module disassembly/replacement,
Hgb output adjustment, 4.11-4 AC•T diff 2 analyzer, 4.9-1
Hgb photometer assembly verifying instrument operation in Predilute
disassembly/replacement, 4.11-1 mode, 4.14-1
horizontal drive belt removal, AC•T diff 2 vertical motor removal, AC•T 8/10 and AC•T diff
analyzer, 4.9-1 analyzers, 4.8-1
horizontal drive belt tension adjustment, AC•T vertical motor removal, AC•T diff 2
diff 2 analyzer, 4.9-14 analyzer, 4.9-1
vertical rack removal, AC•T diff 2 analyzer, 4.9-1
INDEX
vertical sensor removal, AC•T 8/10 and AC•T waste. See waste pump
diff analyzers, 4.8-1 waste/rinse, AC•T 8/10 and AC•T diff analyzers
publications volume, A.4-7
on decontamination, 1.2-1 waste/rinse, location, illustration, AC•T 8/10 and
Pulse circuit AC•T diff analyzers, A.4-5
description, 2.5-5
pulse test
AC•T 8/10 analyzer, in troubleshooting, 7.1-22 R
AC•T diff analyzer and AC•T diff 2 analyzers, in RAV
troubleshooting, 7.1-22 conditions that decrease this voltage
pulse width reading, 7.1-3, 7.3-4
factors affecting, 7.3-2 conditions that increase this voltage
measuring, 7.3-1 reading, 7.1-3, 7.3-4
measuring, AC•T 8/10 analyzer, 7.1-10, 7.1-11 typical readings, 7.1-3
measuring, AC•T diff analyzer, 7.1-15 used in clog detection, 7.3-4
varieties of, 7.3-1 RAV field
pumps, 2.3-11 on Voltages/Sensors screen, description, 7.1-3
diaphragm. See diaphragm pumps RAV VAR field
diluent, AC•T 8/10 and AC•T diff analyzers on Sample Details screen, AC•T 8/10
volume, A.4-7 analyzer, 7.1-10
diluent, function, AC•T diff 2 analyzer, A.5-8 RBC
diluent, location, illustration, AC•T 8/10 and erratic results, troubleshooting, 7.4-1
AC•T diff analyzers, A.4-5 high results, troubleshooting, 7.4-1
diluent, location, illustration, AC•T diff 2 low results, troubleshooting, 7.4-1
analyzer, A.5-6 processor circuitry, 2.5-2
diluent. See diluent pump voteout criteria, 7.1-12
FM See FMI pumps RBC aperture
part numbers, 8.1-4 voltage. See RAV
peristaltic. See peristaltic pumps; PM1; PM2 RBC aperture/bath assembly
PM1, location, illustration, AC•T 8/10 and AC•T draining, AC•T 8/10 and AC•T diff
diff analyzers, A.4-5 analyzers, 2.2-9
pneumatic, function, AC•T diff 2 draining, AC•T diff 2 analyzer, 2.3-16
analyzer, A.5-12 function in aperture sensor system, AC•T 8/10
pneumatic, location, illustration, AC•T diff 2 and AC•T diff analyzers, 2.2-8
analyzer, A.5-10 function in aperture sensor system, AC•T diff 2
reservoir fill pump. See reservoir fill pumps analyzer, 2.3-15
reservoir fill, function, AC•T diff 2 function in pneumatic system, AC•T 8/10 and
analyzer, A.5-8 AC•T diff analyzers, 2.2-8
reservoir fill, location, illustration, AC•T diff 2 function in waste and cleaner system, AC•T 8/10
analyzer, A.5-6 and AC•T diff analyzers, 2.2-9
rinse, function, AC•T diff 2 analyzer, A.5-8 function, AC•T diff 2 analyzer, A.5-4
rinse, location, illustration, AC•T diff 2 probe position in Traverse module, AC•T 8/10
analyzer, A.5-6 and AC•T diff analyzers, 2.2-1
rinse. See rinse pump See also aperture/bath assembly
sample. See sample RBC bath
vacuum. See pneumatic pump function, AC•T 8/10 and AC•T diff
waste, function, AC•T diff 2 analyzer, A.5-8 analyzers, A.4-4
waste, location, illustration, AC•T diff 2 function, AC•T diff 2 analyzer, A.5-4
analyzer, A.5-6 location, illustration, AC•T 8/10 and AC•T diff
analyzers, A.4-2
INDEX
location, illustration, AC•T diff 2 analyzer, A.5-3 regulator, vacuum

RBC CV field part number, 8.1-5
on Sample Details screen, AC•T diff analyzer, reservoir
description, 7.1-15 part number, 8.1-5
RBC Measured field reservoir fill pump
on Sample Details screen, AC•T diff analyzer, component in diluent delivery system, AC•T
description, 7.1-15 diff 2 analyzer, 2.3-9
RBC Ratio CV field function, AC•T diff 2 analyzer, A.5-8
on Sample Details screen, AC•T diff analyzer, location, illustration, AC•T diff 2 analyzer, A.5-6
description, 7.1-16 See also diaphragm pumps
ready state rinse (cleaner) optical sensor
definition, 2.9-1 function, AC•T 8/10 and AC•T diff
ready-to-ship state analyzers, A.4-9
definition, 2.9-1 location, illustration, AC•T 8/10 and AC•T diff
reagent pickup tube 1 analyzers, A.4-5
function, AC•T 8/10 and AC•T diff rinse optical sensor
analyzers, A.4-10 location, illustration, AC•T 8/10 and AC•T diff
location, illustration, AC•T 8/10 and AC•T diff rinse pump
analyzers, A.4-10 component in waste and cleaner system, AC•T
location, illustration, AC•T diff 2 diff 2 analyzer, 2.3-16
analyzer, A.5-13 function, AC•T diff 2 analyzer, A.5-8
reagent pickup tube 2 location, illustration, AC•T 8/10 and AC•T diff
analyzers, A.4-10 location, illustration, AC•T diff 2 analyzer, A.5-6
function, AC•T diff 2 analyzer, A.5-13 RPWV VAR field
location, illustration, AC•T 8/10 and AC•T diff on Sample Details screen, AC•T 8/10 analyzer,
location, illustration, AC•T diff 2
analyzer, A.5-13
reagent pickup tube 3 S
function, AC•T 8/10 and AC•T diff safety precautions
analyzers, A.4-10 biological, 1.2-1, 1.2-2
function, AC•T diff 2 analyzer, A.5-13 electrical, 1.2-1
location, illustration, AC•T 8/10 and AC•T diff electronic, 1.2-1
analyzers, A.4-10 illustration, warning and information labels,
location, illustration, AC•T diff 2 AC•T 8/10 and AC•T diff analyzers, 1.2-2
analyzer, A.5-13 illustration, warning and information labels,
reagent pickup tubes AC•T diff 2 analyzer, 1.2-2
location, illustration, AC•T 8/10 and AC•T diff troubleshooting, 1.2-1
analyzers, A.4-10 while performing maintenance or
location, illustration, AC•T diff 2 service, 1.2-1, 1.2-2
analyzer, A.5-13 Sample Details screen
Red and White Amplifier circuits description, AC•T 8/10 analyzer, 7.1-8
voltage used, 2.6-1 description, AC•T diff and AC•T diff 2
red-striped tubing analyzers, 7.1-12
location, illustration, AC•T diff 2 for troubleshooting clog detect, AC•T diff
analyzer, A.5-10 analyzer, 7.1-12
reference designators
used in this manual, ABBREVIATIONS-1
INDEX
setting clog detection Target values, AC•T diff Service Resource Kit CD-ROM
and AC•T diff2 analyzers, 4.13-1 part number, 1.1-1
See also specific field names settings
sample pump Hgb output, 7.1-3
aspiration volumes, AC•T diff 2 analyzer shipment
component in diluent delivery system, AC•T preparing instrument, procedure, 4.15-1
diff 2 analyzer, 2.3-9 Shutdown cycle
function, AC•T diff 2 analyzer, 2.3-10, A.5-6 one of ten instrument cycles, 2.8-1
location, illustration, AC•T diff 2 analyzer, A.5-6 shutdown diluent system. See waste and cleaner
See also FMI pumps system
Sample Results screen shutdown procedure
function in removal/installation of Display long term, 4.15-1
assembly, 4.5-4 signals
in sleep state, 2.9-1 Analyzer card, 2.7-4, A.2-21
Sample1 field APERTURE, 2.5-1
on Sample Details screen, AC•T 8/10 analyzer, Display Controller Driver card, 2.7-4, A.2-21
description, 7.1-12 POWER GOOD/POWER FAIL, 7.2-4
Sample2 field simplified schematics
on Sample Details screen, AC•T 8/10 analyzer, Diluent Delivery System in AC•T 8/10 and AC•T
description, 7.1-12 diff Analyzers, 2.2-3
schematics, engineering Diluent Delivery System in the AC•T diff 2
included in this manual, 6.1-1 Analyzer, 2.3-9
screens Lytic Reagent Delivery System in AC•T 8/10 and
Latex Calibration. See Latex Calibration screen AC•T diff Analyzers-, 2.2-4
Latex Results. See Latex Results screen Lytic Reagent Delivery System in the AC•T diff 2
Motors. See Motors screen Analyzer, 2.3-11
Sample Details. See Sample Details screen Pneumatic System in AC•T 8/10 and AC•T diff
Solenoids. See Solenoids screen Analyzers - Pressure, 2.2-8
touch. See touch screen Pneumatic System in AC•T 8/10 and AC•T diff
Verify Predilute. See Verify Predilute screen Analyzers - Vacuum, 2.2-5
Voltages/Sensors. See Voltages/Sensors screen Pneumatic System in the AC•T diff 2 Analyzer -
sensors Pressure, 2.3-14
diluent level. See diluent level sensor Pneumatic System in the AC•T diff 2 Analyzer -
disconnecting for Analyzer card Vacuum, 2.3-12
removal/installations, 4.4-2 Vacuum Isolator Chamber (VC1) System in
horizontal traverse motor, 7.1-20 AC•T 8/10 and AC•T diff Analyzers, 2.2-7
horizontal. See horizontal sensors Vacuum Isolator Chamber (VC1) System in the
optical liquid. See FS1; FS2; liquid optical AC•T diff 2 Analyzer, 2.3-13
sensors Waste and Cleaner System in AC•T 8/10 and
opto. See opto sensors AC•T diff analyzers, 2.2-10
part numbers, 8.1-5 Waste and Cleaner System in the AC•T diff 2
Sensor Connector circuit, AC•T 8/10 Analyzer, 2.3-16
analyzer, 2.5-6 sleep state
syringe, 7.1-20 condition of Hgb lamp, 2.9-1
vertical traverse motor, 7.1-20 condition of pneumatic pump, 2.9-1
vertical. See vertical sensor definition, 2.9-1
vertical. See vertical sensors probe position, 2.9-1
waste. See waste sensor Sample Results screen determines probe
service bypass function, 7.2-3 position, 2.9-1
INDEX
software components in Traverse module, AC•T 8/10 and

card. See Flash Memory card AC•T diff analyzers, 2.2-1
part numbers, 8.1-6 components in Traverse module, AC•T diff 2
part numbers, AC•T 8/10 and AC•T diff analyzer, 2.3-1
analyzers, 8.2-3 control of, 2.6-3
part numbers, AC•T diff 2 analyzer, 8.2-5 driver circuitry, AC•T 8/10 analyzer, 2.5-4
software card slot function in Traverse module, AC•T 8/10 and
function, AC•T 8/10 and AC•T diff AC•T diff analyzers, 2.2-2
analyzers, A.4-3 steps missing (syringe motor)
function, AC•T diff 2 analyzer, A.5-3 table, error (17), 7.2-3, B.1-2
insertion guidelines, AC•T 8/10 and AC•T diff sweep-flow lines
analyzers, A.4-3 function, AC•T diff 2 analyzer, 2.3-10
insertion guidelines, AC•T diff 2 analyzer, A.5-3 sweep-flow spool
location, illustration, AC•T 8/10 and AC•T diff function, AC•T 8/10 and AC•T diff
location, illustration, AC•T diff 2 analyzer, A.5-3 function, AC•T diff 2 analyzer, A.5-4
solenoids location, illustration, AC•T 8/10 and AC•T diff
advantages of pinch-tube type, 2.3-16 analyzers, A.4-2
component definition, A.4-1, A.5-1 location, illustration, AC•T diff 2 analyzer, A.5-3
controlled by solenoid driver circuitry, AC•T reference designator, AC•T diff 2 analyzer, A.5-4
8/10 analyzer, table of, 2.5-5 sweep-flow tubing spool
disconnecting for Analyzer card component in aperture sensor system, AC•T
removal/installations, 4.4-2 8/10 and AC•T diff analyzers, 2.2-8
driver circuitry, AC•T 8/10 analyzer, 2.5-4 component in aperture sensor system, AC•T
function in aperture sensor system, AC•T 8/10 diff 2 analyzer, 2.3-15
and AC•T diff analyzers, 2.2-8 switches
function in pneumatic system, AC•T 8/10 and aspirate. See aspirate switch
AC•T diff analyzers, 2.2-5 cap-pierce door. See cap-pierce door
functions, table of, AC•T 8/10 and AC•T diff Cap-Pierce module optical. See optical switch,
analyzers, A.4-1 Cap-Pierce module
functions, table of, AC•T diff 2 analyzer, A.5-1 power ON/OFF. See power ON/OFF
ghost, AC•T diff 2 analyzer, A.5-1 switch, 2.4-2
Solenoids screen Syringe module, AC•T 8/10 and AC•T diff
description, 7.1-6 analyzers, A.4-5
function, 7.1-1 function in lytic reagent delivery system, 2.2-4
illustration, AC•T diff and AC•T diff 2 module function, A.4-8
analyzers, 7.1-6 module location, illustration, A.4-5
specifications syringe motor
Canon BJC-250 Bubble Jet Printer, table in steps missing (17) error, 7.2-3, B.1-2
of, C.2-1 syringe sensor
Power Supply module switching supply, table description, AC•T 8/10 and AC•T diff
of, 2.4-1 analyzers, 7.1-20
touch screen, table of, 2.7-2 syringes, AC•T 8/10 and AC•T diff analyzers
Startup cycle aspiration, location, illustration, A.4-5
function in Analyzer card verification, 4.4-5 aspiration, volume, A.4-5
one of ten instrument cycles, 2.8-1 diluent, location, illustration, A.4-5
stepper motors diluent, volume, A.4-5
and associated chips, AC•T 8/10 analyzer, table lytic reagent, location, illustration, A.4-5
of, 2.5-4 lytic reagent, volume, A.4-5
part numbers, 8.1-6
INDEX
piston seals, maintenance schedule, 5.1-1 traverse housing, AC•T diff 2 analyzer
system interconnect component in Traverse module, 2.3-1
engineering schematic, part number, 6.1-1 location, 2.3-2
system overview movement, 2.3-2
hardware, 2.1-1 removal, 4.9-1
instruments in the AC•T series, 2.1-1 removal, illustration, 4.9-6
interacting with the AC•T analyzer, 2.1-1 Traverse Interconnect card, AC•T 8/10 and AC•T
software, 2.1-1 diff analyzers
system specifics, table of, 2.1-3 component in Traverse module, 2.2-1
disconnecting to remove Traverse module, 4.8-1
location, illustration, 4.8-2, 8.2-18
T part number, 8.1-2, 8.2-19
Temp field removal, 4.8-1
on Voltages/Sensors screen, description, 7.1-4 Traverse Interconnect card, AC•T diff 2 analyzer
top and rear center panel, AC•T diff2 analyzer location, 2.3-2
installation, 4.2-5 location, illustration, 8.2-20
removal, 4.2-4 part number, 8.1-2, 8.2-21
removal/installation, illustration, 4.2-4 removal, 4.9-1
removal/installation, tools/supplies removal, illustration, 4.9-7
needed, 4.2-4 Traverse module
top cover and rear panel, AC•T 8/10 and AC•T diff function, AC•T 8/10 and AC•T diff
analyzers analyzers, A.4-4
installation, 4.2-2 function, AC•T diff 2 analyzer, A.5-5
removal, 4.2-1 location, illustration, AC•T 8/10 and AC•T diff
removal/installation, illustration, 4.2-1 analyzers, A.4-2
removal/installation, tools/supplies location, illustration, AC•T diff 2 analyzer, A.5-3
needed, 4.2-1 Traverse module, AC•T 8/10 and AC•T diff
touch screen analyzers
component in the Display assembly, 2.7-1 component part numbers, 8.2-19
control, AC•T diff analyzer, 2.6-2 components, 2.2-1
control, AC•T diff 2 analyzer, 2.6-2 connector on Analyzer card, A.2-2
description, 2.7-2 description, 2.2-1
input managed by Display Controller Driver disassembly/replacement verification, 4.8-5
card, 2.7-4 disassembly/replacement, illustration, 4.8-2
location, illustration, 8.2-6 disassembly/replacement, tools/supplies
location, illustration, AC•T 8/10 and AC•T diff needed, 4.8-1
analyzers, 2.1-2 disconnecting for Analyzer card
location, illustration, AC•T diff 2 analyzer, 2.1-2 removal/installation, 4.4-2
specifications, table of, 2.7-2 exploded view, 4.8-2, 8.2-18
See also Display assembly function, 2.2-1
Transient Suppressor card installation, 4.8-3
location, illustration, 8.2-16 removal, 4.8-1
part number, 8.1-2, 8.2-17 Traverse module, AC•T diff analyzers
traverse housing connector on Analyzer card, A.2-6
component in Traverse module, AC•T 8/10 and Traverse module, AC•T diff 2 analyzer
AC•T diff analyzers, 2.2-1 component part numbers, 8.2-21
traverse housing, AC•T 8/10 and AC•T diff components, illustration, 2.3-2
analyzers components, listing of, 2.3-1
location, illustration, 4.8-2 description, 2.3-1
removal, 4.8-1
INDEX
disassembly/replacement procedure V
verification, 4.9-14 Vac field
disassembly/replacement, procedures, 4.9-1 on Voltages/Sensors screen, description, 7.1-4
disassembly/replacement, tools/supplies vacuum
needed, 4.9-1 error, 7.2-3, 7.2-8
disconnecting flex cable, illustration, 4.9-2 minimum and maximum readings, AC•T 8/10
disconnecting for Analyzer card and AC•T diff analyzers, 7.1-4
removal/installation, 4.4-2 regulator, part number, 8.1-5
disconnecting horizontal motor cable, vacuum adjust
illustration, 4.9-2 making a low vacuum adjustment, AC•T diff 2
disconnecting tubing, illustration, 4.9-3 analyzer, 4.7-7
exploded view, 8.2-20 vacuum adjust knob
horizontal drive belt removal, 4.9-1 function, AC•T diff 2 analyzer, A.5-11
horizontal drive belt tension adjustment, 4.9-14 location, illustration, AC•T 8/10 and AC•T diff
horizontal motor removal, 4.9-1 analyzers, A.4-2
horizontal sensors removal, 4.9-1 location, illustration, AC•T diff 2
probe removal, 4.9-1 analyzer, A.5-6, A.5-10
removal, 4.9-1 making a low vacuum adjustment, AC•T diff 2
removal, illustration, 4.9-3 analyzer, A.5-11
traverse housing removal, 4.9-1 vacuum chamber
Traverse Interconnect card removal, 4.9-1 function, AC•T 8/10 and AC•T diff
vertical motor removal, 4.9-1 analyzers, A.4-3
vertical rack removal, 4.9-1 function, AC•T diff 2 analyzer, A.5-4
Traverse module, AC•T diff 2 analyzers location, illustration, AC•T 8/10 and AC•T diff
connector on Analyzer card, A.2-10, A.2-14 analyzers, A.4-2
Triple Syringe module location, illustration, AC•T diff 2 analyzer, A.5-3
exploded view, 8.2-1 See also VC1
function, 2.1-1 vacuum isolator chamber. See vacuum chamber;
function in lytic reagent delivery system, 2.2-4 VC1
See Syringe module vacuum port
troubleshooting function, AC•T diff 2 analyzer, A.5-12
AC•T 8/10 and AC•T diff analyzer specific location, illustration, AC•T diff 2
problems, 7.4-1 analyzer, A.5-10
clog detection problems, 7.3-1 vacuum pump. See pneumatic pump
DVM error (3), 7.2-4 vacuum regulator
error messages, 7.2-1 function, AC•T diff 2 analyzer, A.5-11
service bypass function for powerup location, illustration, AC•T diff 2
errors, 7.2-3 analyzer, A.5-10
using pulse test, AC•T 8/10 analyzer, 7.1-22 vacuum sensor
using pulse test, AC•T diff and AC•T diff 2 function, AC•T diff 2 analyzer, A.5-11
analyzers, 7.1-22 location, illustration, AC•T diff 2
using the dummy load test, 4.22-1 analyzer, A.5-6, A.5-10
using Voltages/Sensors screen, 7.1-2 See also vacuum transducer
verify predilute, 7.1-8 vacuum transducer
tubing function, AC•T 8/10 and AC•T diff
lists, part numbers, 6.1-1 analyzers, A.4-9
maintenance schedule, 5.1-1 location, illustration, AC•T 8/10 and AC•T diff
part numbers, 8.1-6 analyzers, A.4-5
See also vacuum sensor
INDEX
valves software version, 3.3-1

Bio-Chem. See Bio-Chem solenoid pinch voltages
valves, 2.3-17 AC•T 8/10 analyzer, allowable ranges, table
check. See check valves of, 7.2-5
part numbers, 8.1-7 C
A •T diff analyzer, allowable ranges, table
pinch, Bio-Chem. See Bio-Chem solenoid pinch of, 7.2-5
valves, 2.3-17 Analyzer card, AC•T 8/10 analyzer acceptable
solenoid. See solenoids ranges, table of, A.1-1
VC1 Analyzer card, AC•T diff analyzer, acceptable
component in aperture sensor system, AC•T ranges, table of, A.1-1
8/10 and AC•T diff analyzers, 2.2-8 Analyzer card, AC•T diff 2 analyzer, acceptable
component in aperture sensor system, AC•T ranges, table of, A.1-1
diff 2 analyzer, 2.3-15 fields on Voltages/Sensors screen, AC•T 8/10
distributes high vacuum, low vacuum and vent analyzer, description, 7.1-4
in the pneumatic system, AC•T 8/10 and RAV, 7.1-3
AC•T diff analyzers, 2.2-6 WAV, 7.1-3
distributes high vacuum, low vacuum and vent Voltages/Sensors screen
in the pneumatic system, AC•T diff 2 AC•T diff analyzer, illustration, 7.1-2
analyzer, 2.3-12 description, 7.1-2, 7.1-3
draining, AC•T 8/10 and AC•T diff Exit icons, 7.1-6
analyzers, 2.2-9 function in Analyzer card verification, 4.4-5
draining, AC•T diff 2 analyzer, 2.3-16 function in Hgb photometer assembly
function in probe-wipe and count system, AC•T disassembly/replacement verification, 4.11-4
8/10 and AC•T diff analyzers, 2.2-6 function in pneumatic pump replacement, AC•T
function in probe-wipe and count system, AC•T 8/10 and AC•T diff analyzer, 4.6-4
diff 2 analyzer, 2.3-12 function in pneumatic pump replacement, AC•T
location, illustration, 8.2-26, 8.2-28 diff 2 analyzer, 4.7-7
part number, 8.1-2, 8.2-27, 8.2-29 illustration, AC•T 8/10 analyzer, 7.1-2
VC1. See also vacuum chamber illustration, AC•T diff analyzer, 7.1-2
Verify Predilute function troubleshooting aid, 7.1-2
in troubleshooting, 7.1-8 used for adjusting the Hgb value, 7.1-3
Verify Predilute screen See also specific field names
description, 7.1-8 voteouts
vertical motor, AC•T 8/10 and AC•T diff analyzers criteria, 7.1-12
location, illustration, 4.8-2
removal, 4.8-1
vertical motor, AC•T diff 2 analyzer W
location, 2.3-2 Wakeup Prime cycle
removal, 4.9-1 one of ten instrument cycles, 2.8-1
removal, illustration, 4.9-6 WARNING
vertical sensor, AC•T 8/10 and AC•T diff analyzers biological risk of personal injury, 1.2-1, 1.2-2
location, illustration, 4.8-2 definition, 1.1-5
removal, 4.8-1 electronic risk of personal injury, 1.2-1
vertical sensors, AC•T diff 2 analyzer warning error messages
function, 2.3-2 See error messages, warning, 7.2-1
located on Traverse Interconnect card, 2.3-1 warning labels
veterinary option location, illustration, AC•T 8/10 and AC•T diff
installation, 3.3-1 analyzers, 1.2-2
risk of inaccurate results, 3.3-1 location, illustration, AC•T diff 2 analyzer, 1.2-2
INDEX
waste and cleaner system, AC•T 8/10 and AC•T diff function in aperture sensor system, AC•T 8/10
analyzers and AC•T diff analyzers, 2.2-8
components and flow, simplified function in aperture sensor system, AC•T diff 2
schematic, 2.2-10 analyzer, 2.3-15
description, 2.2-9 function in pneumatic system, AC•T 8/10 and
waste and cleaner system, AC•T diff 2 analyzer AC•T diff analyzers, 2.2-8
components and flow, simplified function in waste and cleaner system, AC•T 8/10
schematic, 2.3-16 and AC•T diff analyzers, 2.2-9
description, 2.3-16 function, AC•T diff 2 analyzer, A.5-4
Waste field probe position in Traverse module, AC•T 8/10
on Voltages/Sensors screen, description, 7.1-5 and AC•T diff analyzers, 2.2-1
waste pump See also aperture/bath assembly
component in waste and cleaner system, AC•T WBC bath
diff 2 analyzer, 2.3-16 function, AC•T 8/10 and AC•T diff
location, illustration, AC•T 8/10 and AC•T diff function, AC•T diff 2 analyzer, A.5-4
analyzers, A.4-5 location, illustration, AC•T 8/10 and AC•T diff
location, illustration, AC•T diff 2 analyzer, A.5-6 analyzers, A.4-2
waste sensor location, illustration, AC•T diff 2 analyzer, A.5-3
conditions that turn ON its indicator, 7.1-5 WBC Measured field
digital sensor indicator, 7.1-5 on Sample Details screen, AC•T diff analyzer,
waste/rinse pump description, 7.1-15
function, AC•T 8/10 and AC•T diff WBC Ratio CV field
analyzers, A.4-7 on Sample Details screen, AC•T diff analyzer,
location, illustration, AC•T 8/10 and AC•T diff description, 7.1-16
analyzers, A.4-5 Whole-Blood Aspirate cycle. See Aspirate cycle
WAV WPWV AVG field
conditions that decrease this voltage on Sample Details screen, AC•T 8/10 analyzer,
reading, 7.1-3, 7.3-4 description, 7.1-11
conditions that increase this voltage WPWV LTVAR field
reading, 7.1-3, 7.3-4 on Sample Details screen, AC•T 8/10 analyzer,
typical readings, 7.1-3 description, 7.1-11
used in clog detection, 7.3-4 WPWV RM field
WAV field on Sample Details screen, AC•T 8/10 analyzer,
on Voltage/Sensors screen, description, 7.1-3 description, 7.1-11
WAV VAR field WPWV VAR field
on Sample Details screen, AC•T 8/10 analyzer, on Sample Details screen, AC•T 8/10 analyzer,
description, 7.1-10 description, 7.1-10
WBC
erratic results, troubleshooting, 7.4-1
high results, troubleshooting, 7.4-1
low results, troubleshooting, 7.4-1
processor circuitry, 2.5-1
voteout criteria, 7.1-12
WBC aperture
voltage. See WAV
WBC aperture/bath assembly
draining, AC•T 8/10 and AC•T diff
analyzers, 2.2-9
draining, AC•T diff 2 analyzer, 2.3-16
TRADEMARKS
The BECKMAN COULTER logo, 4C, AC•T, AC•T diff, AC•T diff 2, AC•T Pak, AC•T Rinse,
AC•T Tainer, AC•T Tron, COULTER, COULTER COUNTER, diff AC•T Pak, diff AC•T Tainer,
and MD II are trademarks of Beckman Coulter, Inc.
All other trademarks, service marks, products, or services are trademarks or registered
trademarks of their respective holders.

AcT Service Manual

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

AcT Service Manual

Uploaded by

Document Information

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

AcT Service Manual

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

COULTER® Ac•T™ Series Analyzers

PN 4237339F (December 2001)

HAZARDS AND OPERATIONAL PRECAUTIONS AND LIMITATIONS

WARNINGS, CAUTIONS, and IMPORTANTS alert you as follows:

WARNING - Can cause injury.

Copyright © Beckman Coulter, Inc. 1996-2001

Initial Issue, 10/96

REVISION STATUS, iii

1.1 MANUAL DESCRIPTION, 1.1-1

1.2 SAFETY PRECAUTIONS, 1.2-1

2 INSTRUMENT DESCRIPTION, 2.1-1

2.1 SYSTEM OVERVIEW, 2.1-1

2.4 POWER SUPPLY MODULE, 2.4-1

2.7 DISPLAY ASSEMBLY, 2.7-1

2.8 SOFTWARE STRUCTURE, 2.8-1

2.9 INSTRUMENT STATES, 2.9-1

3 INSTALLATION PROCEDURE, 3.1-1

PART A: INSTRUMENT INSTALLATION

3.1 INSTRUMENT INSTALLATION, 3.1-1

PART B: UPGRADE AND OPTION INSTALLATION

3.2 OPTIONAL PRINTERS, 3.2-1

4 SERVICE AND REPAIR PROCEDURES, 4.1-1

4.1 GENERAL GUIDELINES, 4.1-1

4.2 OPENING OR REMOVING INSTRUMENT DOORS, PANELS, AND

4.3 POWER SUPPLY MODULE REPLACEMENT, 4.3-1

4.4 ANALYZER CARD REPLACEMENT, 4.4-1

4.5 DISPLAY ASSEMBLY - DISASSEMBLING/ASSEMBLING, 4.5-1

4.6 PNEUMATIC PUMP REPLACEMENT - AC•T 8/10 AND AC•T diff

4.8 TRAVERSE MODULE DISASSEMBLY/REPLACEMENT - AC•T 8/10 AND AC•T

4.11 HGB PHOTOMETER ASSEMBLY - DISASSEMBLY/REPLACEMENT

4.14 VERIFY INSTRUMENT OPERATION IN PREDILUTE MODE, 4.14-1

4.22 PREAMP DUMMY LOAD TEST, 4.22-1

5 MAINTENANCE PROCEDURES, 5.1-1

5.1 RECOMMENDED MAINTENANCE SCHEDULE, 5.1-1

6.1 SCHEMATICS REQUIRED, 6.1-1

7.1 DIAGNOSTICS MENU, 7.1-1

Exit Icons, 7.1-6

8 PARTS LISTS, 8.1-1

8.1 MASTER PARTS LIST, 8.1-1

8.2 ILLUSTRATED PARTS, 8.2-1

A QUICK REFERENCE INFORMATION, A.1-1

A.1 TOLERANCES AND LIMITS, A.1-1

A.2 CIRCUIT CARD CONNECTORS, JUMPERS, AND TEST POINTS, A.2-1

B ERROR MESSAGES, B.1-1

C OPTIONAL PRINTERS, C.1-1

C.2 CANON BJC-250 BUBBLE JET PRINTER, C.2-1

C.3 OKIPAGE 14e LED PRINTER, C.3-1

2.2-1 Traverse Module - Components, 2.2-1

4.17-5 Removing the Optical Sensors in the Cap-Pierce Module, 4.17-6

A.2-14 Display Controller Driver Card, J62 Pinouts, A.2-22

1.1 MANUAL DESCRIPTION, 1.1-1

1.2 SAFETY PRECAUTIONS, 1.2-1

Table 1.1-1 AC•T Analyzer Customer Documents

Instrument Document Language PN

AC•T 8/10 analyzer Getting Started English 4237289

Table 1.1-1 AC•T Analyzer Customer Documents (Continued)

Instrument Document Language PN

Instrument Document Language PN

r An operator’s knowledge of the AC•T analyzer

r In the electronic manual, each page or screen has -